As filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2010
Registration
No. 333-165452
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
PRIMO WATER
CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
5149
|
|
30-0278688
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
(336) 331-4000
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number,
including area code, of
registrants principal executive offices)
Mark Castaneda
Chief Financial Officer
Primo Water Corporation
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
(336) 331-4000
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent
for service)
Please send copies of all communications to:
|
|
|
D. Scott Coward
|
|
Rachel W. Sheridan
|
K&L Gates LLP
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP
|
4350 Lassiter at North Hills Avenue
|
|
555 Eleventh Street, NW
|
Suite 300
|
|
Suite 1000
|
Raleigh, NC 27609
|
|
Washington, DC 20004-1036
|
(919) 743-7328
|
|
(202) 637-2200
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box.
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2
of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer
o
|
Accelerated
filer
o
|
Non-accelerated
filer
þ
|
Smaller reporting
company
o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities,
and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in
any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 23, 2010
IPO
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
Common Stock
$ per share
Primo Water
Corporation is
selling shares
of common stock. We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an
additional shares
from us to cover over-allotments, if any.
This is an initial
public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the
initial public offering price to be between
$ and
$ per share. We have applied for
approval to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market
under the symbol
.
INVESTING IN OUR
COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE RISK FACTORS
BEGINNING ON PAGE 11.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC
BB&T
Capital Markets
Signal
Hill
The
date of this prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized anyone to provide you with information that is
different from that contained in this prospectus. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer
to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as
of the date of this prospectus unless the information
specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our
common stock.
Primo
®
,
Taste
Perfection
®
,
Zero Waste. Perfect
Taste
tm
,
www.primowater.com
, the Primo logo and other trademarks
or service marks of Primo Water Corporation appearing in this
prospectus are the property of Primo Water Corporation. Trade
names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing
in this prospectus are the property of the respective owners.
Industry
and Market Data
We obtained the industry and market data used throughout this
prospectus through our research, surveys and studies conducted
by third-parties and industry and general publications. While we
believe the data is reliable, we have not independently verified
this industry and market data from third-party sources. Some
data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are
derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as
independent industry publications, government publications,
reports by market research firms or other published sources.
None of the independent industry publications referred to in
this prospectus were prepared on our behalf or at our expense.
The foregoing discussion does not, in any manner, disclaim our
responsibilities with respect to the disclosures contained in
this prospectus.
Dealer
Prospectus Delivery Obligation
Until ,
2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information about our Company and
this offering contained elsewhere herein and is qualified in its
entirety by the more detailed information and financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should
read this entire prospectus carefully, including Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere
herein, before making an investment decision. In this
prospectus, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise
requires, the terms Primo, we,
us, our, our Company, or
ours refer to Primo Water Corporation and its
consolidated subsidiaries but do not refer to or include
information about our former subsidiary, Prima Bottled Water,
Inc., which was spun off to our stockholders effective
December 31, 2009.
Our
Business
We are a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon
purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major
retailers nationwide. We believe the market for purified water
is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health
benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap
water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly,
economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming
purified water. Our business is designed to generate recurring
demand for Primo purified bottled water through the initial sale
of our innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is
commonly referred to as razor-razorblade because the
initial sale of a product creates a base of users who frequently
purchase complementary consumable products. Once our bottled
water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are
exchanged at our recycling center displays where consumers
receive a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the
purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. Primo
consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles of water annually
and each bottle can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times
before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled,
substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of
equivalent volumes of single-serve bottled water. As of
December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and
water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous
United States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500
retail locations respectively, including Lowes Home
Improvement, Sams Club, Costco, Walmart, Target, Kroger,
Winn-Dixie, Albertsons and Walgreens.
We have created a new nationwide single-vendor water bottle
exchange solution for our retail customers, addressing a market
demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our water bottle
exchange solution is easy for retailers to implement, requires
minimal management supervision and store-based labor and
provides centralized billing and detailed performance reports.
Our solution offers retailers attractive financial margins and
the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our
displays. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water
consumption and water bottle exchange, retailers benefit from
year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.
We deliver our solution to retailers utilizing our current
relationships with 55 independent bottlers and
27 independent distributors and our company-owned
distribution operations covering portions of four states, which
we refer to collectively as our national network.
Our independent bottlers and distributors typically have already
made the capital investment required to deliver our solution,
including investment in bottling facilities and storage and
distribution assets. We focus our capital expenditures on
developing new retail relationships, installing displays at
store locations, raising brand awareness, research and
development for new products and maintaining our management
information system (MIS) tools. We are able to
manage our national network on a real-time basis through our MIS
tools, which provide resource planning and delivery schedule
tracking, thus enabling us to optimize our networks assets
and respond to customer needs. In addition, our national network
benefits from the recurring nature of water consumption and
water bottle exchange that generates year-round demand and
optimizes utilization of existing production and distribution
assets. We believe our solution and national network provide us
a significant competitive advantage in servicing our retail
customers.
We benefit significantly from management experience gained over
the last 15 years in exchange-based businesses, which
enables us to implement best practices and develop and maintain
key business relationships. Prior to founding Primo, our Chief
Executive Officer founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane
cylinder exchange
1
business, in 1994 and, with several of our other key executive
officers, led its initial public offering in 1998 and successful
sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, we believe Blue Rhino was
a market leader in propane grill cylinder exchange with over
29,000 retail locations in 49 states.
Industry
Overview
We believe there are several trends that support consumer demand
for our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers,
including the following:
Emphasis
on Health and Wellness
As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe
consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water
relative to consumption of high caloric beverages, carbonated
soft drinks and beverages containing artificial sweeteners.
Concerns
Regarding Quality of Municipal Tap Water
Many consumers purchase purified water not only due to better
taste, but also because of concerns regarding municipal tap
water quality. Municipal water is typically surface water that
is treated centrally and pumped to homes, which can allow
additional contaminants to dissolve into the water through
municipal or household pipes impacting taste and quality.
Growing
Preference for Purified Water
We believe consumer preference toward purified water relative to
tap water continues to grow as purified water has become
accepted on a mainstream basis. According to a June 2009 report
by independent market analyst Datamonitor,
Bottled Water in
the United States
, consumers spent $18.4 billion in
2008 on bottled water and the bottled water industry is expected
to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 7.5%,
reaching $26.5 billion by 2013.
Increasing
Demand for Products with Lower Environmental Impact
We believe that consumers are increasingly favoring products
with a lower environmental impact with a reuse, recycle,
reduce mindset becoming a common driver of consumer
behavior. Most single-serve polyethylene terephthalate
(PET) water bottles are produced using fossil fuels
and contribute to landfill waste given that only 27% of PET
bottles are recycled according to a November 2009 Environmental
Protection Agency report. Governmental legislation also reflects
these concerns with numerous initiatives enacted to either tax
purchases of beverages in plastic bottles or prohibit their use
within government facilities or disposal in community landfills.
Availability
of an Economical Water Bottle Exchange Service and Innovative
Water Dispensers
Based on estimates derived from industry data, we believe the
current household penetration rate of multi-gallon water
dispensers is approximately 4%, with the vast majority of these
households utilizing traditional home delivery services. We
believe the lack of innovation, design enhancement and
functionality and the retail pricing structure of our
competitors dispenser models has prevented greater
household adoption. Compounding these issues, we believe there
previously was no economical water bottle exchange service with
major retailer relationships nationwide to promote dispenser
usage beyond the traditional home delivery model. We believe
there are over 140,000 major retail locations nationwide that we
can target to sell our dispensers or offer our water bottle
exchange service.
2
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
Appeal to
Consumer Preferences
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental Awareness.
Our water bottle exchange
service incorporates reuse of existing bottles, recycles water
bottles when their lifecycle is complete and reduces landfill
waste and fossil fuel usage compared to alternative methods of
bottled water consumption.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value.
We provide consumers the opportunity for cost
savings when consuming our bottled water compared to both
single-serve bottled water and typical home and office delivery
services. Our water dispensers are sold at attractive retail
prices in order to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of
our water bottle exchange service, increase household
penetration and drive sales of our bottled water.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convenience.
Our water bottle exchange service and water
dispensers are available at major retail locations nationwide.
In addition, our water bottle exchange service provides
consumers the convenience of exchanging empty bottles and
purchasing full bottles at any participating retailer. We offer
three- and five-gallon water bottle options to address different
consumer volume preferences.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taste.
We have dedicated significant time and effort to
develop our water purification process and formulate the
proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in Primo
purified water. We believe that Primo purified water has a silky
smooth taste and in an independent taste test that we
commissioned, four out of five participants preferred Primo
purified water over municipal tap water and three out of four
participants preferred Primo purified water over their
regions market-leading bottled water.
|
|
|
|
Health and Wellness.
As part of a desire to live a
healthier lifestyle, we believe that consumers are increasingly
focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of other
beverages. As we raise our brand awareness, we believe consumers
will recognize that our water bottle exchange service is an
effective option for their purified water consumption needs.
|
Key
Retail Relationships Served by National Single-Vendor
Solution
We believe we are the only water bottle exchange provider with a
single-vendor solution for retailers nationwide. Our national
network utilizes our MIS tools and processes to optimize their
production and distribution assets while servicing our retail
customers. We believe the combination of our major retail
relationships, unique single-vendor solution for retail
customers, national network and our MIS tools is difficult to
replicate. We anticipate these factors will facilitate our
introduction of new purified water-related products in the
future.
Ability
to Attract and Retain Consumers
We offer razor-razorblade products designed to
generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the
razorblade) through the initial sale of our innovative water
dispensers (the razor), which include a coupon for a free three-
or five-gallon bottle of Primo purified water. We acquire new
consumers and enhance recycling efforts by accepting most
dispenser-compatible water bottles in exchange for a recycle
ticket discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo
purified water. In addition, we believe our offering
high-quality water dispensers enhances consumer awareness and
adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increases
household penetration and drives sales of our bottled water.
3
Efficient
Business Model
Our business model allows us to efficiently offer our solution
to our retail partners and centrally manage our national network
without a substantial capital investment. We believe our
business processes and MIS tools enable us to manage the
bottling and distribution of our water, our product quality,
retailer inventory levels and the return of used bottles on a
centralized basis, leveraging our invested capital and
personnel. We believe our water bottle exchange service is
unique in that we are not required to make a significant portion
of the capital investment required to operate our exchange
service nationwide and our independent bottlers and distributors
often are able to augment their current production capacity and
leverage their existing bottling and distribution assets. In
addition, the flow of payments between the retailer and our
bottlers and distributors is controlled efficiently through
electronic data interchange.
Benefit
from Managements Proven Track Record
We benefit greatly from management experience gained over the
last 15 years in exchange businesses to implement and
refine best practices and develop and maintain key business
relationships. In addition to our Chief Executive Officer, our
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Operations, Vice
President of Products and Vice President of National Accounts
all held comparable positions within the Blue Rhino organization
during its rapid sales and location growth.
Growth
Strategy
We seek to increase our market share and drive further growth in
our business by pursuing the following strategies:
Increase
Penetration with Existing Retail Relationships and Develop New
Retail Relationships
We believe we have significant opportunities to increase store
penetration with our existing retail relationships and develop
new retail relationships based on our competitive strengths. As
of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service was
offered at approximately 6,000 of our top ten retailers
nationwide locations representing a penetration rate of
approximately 45%. We intend to further penetrate our top
ten retailers and other existing retailers and our long-term
strategy targets a total of approximately 40,000 retail store
locations (including new locations with our existing retail
customers).
Drive
Consumer Adoption Through Innovative Water Dispenser
Models
We intend to continue to develop and sell innovative water
dispensers at attractive retail prices, which we believe is
critical to increasing consumer awareness and driving consumer
adoption of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our
water dispensers have appealing features that will continue to
drive consumer adoption. Since we first began selling our water
dispensers in 2005, we have sold over 460,000 units and
have expanded our retail network from four locations as of
December 31, 2007, to our current network of approximately
5,500 locations. Our long term strategy is to provide multiple
purified water-based-beverages from a single Primo water
dispenser, with consistent promotion of our water bottle
exchange service to supply the purified water.
Increase
Same Store Sales
We sell our water dispensers at minimal margin and provide a
free three- or five-gallon bottle of water with every water
dispenser sold to drive consumer demand for our water bottle
exchange service. We believe increasing unit sales of Primo
purified bottled water is dependent on generating greater
consumer awareness of the environmentally friendly and
economical aspects of and the convenience associated with both
our purified bottled water and our water bottle exchange
service. We expect that our branding, marketing and sales
efforts will result in greater usage of our water bottle
exchange service.
4
Develop
and Install Other Hydration Solutions
We believe we have significant opportunities to leverage our
national network and our systems and processes to offer other
environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy
hydration solutions to our retail partners without significant
increases in our centralized costs. For example, we intend to
offer our retail partners self-service refill vending machines
that dispense purified water into bottles and other containers.
In addition, we intend to offer our retail partners automated,
self-bagging purified ice dispensers.
Pursue
Strategic Acquisitions to Augment Geographic and Retail
Relationships
We believe opportunities exist to expand through selective
acquisitions, including smaller water bottle exchange businesses
with established retail accounts, on-premises self-service water
refill vending machine networks and retail accounts, ice
dispenser machine networks and retail accounts and water
dispenser companies.
Risk
Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully
described in the section entitled Risk Factors
beginning on page 11. You should carefully consider these
risks before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks
include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
We have incurred operating losses in the past and may incur
operating losses in the future.
|
|
|
|
We depend on a small number of large retailers for most of our
consumer sales. Our arrangements with these retailers for our
bottled water exchange services and sales of our water
dispensers are nonexclusive and may be terminated at will.
|
|
|
|
The success of our business depends on retailer and consumer
acceptance of our water bottle exchange service and water
dispensers.
|
|
|
|
In our bottled water business, we depend on independent
bottlers, distributors and suppliers for our business to operate.
|
|
|
|
In our bottled water business, if our distributors do not
perform to our retailers expectations, if we encounter
difficulties in managing our distributor operations or if we or
our distributors are not able to manage growth effectively, our
retail relationships may be adversely impacted and our business
may suffer.
|
|
|
|
We operate in a highly competitive industry, face competition
from companies with far greater resources than we have and could
encounter significant competition from these companies in our
niche market of water bottle exchange services and related
products.
|
|
|
|
If our bottled water became contaminated, our business could be
seriously harmed.
|
|
|
|
While many members of our senior management have experience as
executives of a products and exchange services business, there
can be no assurances that this experience and past success will
result in our business becoming profitable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution
channels or national network could adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In our water dispenser business, because all of our dispensers
are manufactured by two manufacturers in China, a significant
disruption in the operations of these manufacturers or political
unrest in China could materially adversely affect us.
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
If we lose key personnel, in particular our Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer, Billy D. Prim, or are unable
to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to implement our
business strategies could be delayed or hindered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We depend on key management information systems.
|
Our
Corporate Information
We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on
October 20, 2004. Our headquarters are located at 104
Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104 and
our telephone number is
(336) 331-4000.
Our website is
www.primowater.com
. Information on, or
accessible through, our website is not a part of and is not
incorporated into this prospectus and the inclusion of our
website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual
reference only.
6
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Issuer
|
|
Primo Water Corporation
|
|
Common stock offered by us
|
|
shares
(
shares if the underwriters over-allotment option is
exercised in full)
|
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
shares
( shares
if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full)
|
|
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million
(or approximately $ million
if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full), assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend
to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion
of our outstanding Series B preferred stock, to repay our
14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011
and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See
Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
Dividend policy
|
|
We currently do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our
common stock.
|
|
Risk factors
|
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under Risk Factors, together with all of the other
information set forth in this prospectus, before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock.
|
|
|
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol
|
|
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global
Market under the symbol
.
|
The number of shares of our common stock that will be
outstanding after this offering is based
on shares
of common stock outstanding as
of ,
2010. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus, including the number of shares that will be
outstanding after this offering and other share-related
information:
|
|
|
|
|
reflects
a -for-
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of our Series A convertible
preferred stock and our Series C convertible preferred
stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of 50% of our Series B preferred
stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this
offering at a ratio of : , which is
calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the
Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflects the redemption of the remaining 50% of our
Series B preferred stock immediately following this
offering;
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with our
Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible
preferred stock that will
expire
days after the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued to a third party that will
expire days after the closing
of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with our
14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011
that will expire December 30, 2019;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term
Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this
offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
assumes no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option to purchase up to
additional shares of our common stock.
|
8
SUMMARY
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables summarize our historical consolidated
financial data and other information for the periods indicated.
We prepared the summary historical consolidated financial data
using our audited consolidated financial statements that are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this
summary historical consolidated financial data in conjunction
with such audited consolidated financial statements and related
notes. See Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and
Other Data and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The summary historical consolidated financial data are not
necessarily indicative of future results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
30,776
|
|
|
|
38,771
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10,353
|
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
9,922
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
25,688
|
|
|
|
48,185
|
|
|
|
52,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(12,235
|
)
|
|
|
(13,538
|
)
|
|
|
(5,917
|
)
|
Interest (expense) and other income, net
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(2,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(5,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(14,074
|
)
|
|
|
(19,346
|
)
|
|
|
(11,824
|
)
|
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion
charge
(1)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(19,875
|
)
|
|
|
(3,042
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In 2008, we recorded a non-cash
beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend of $17.6 million
on our Series C preferred stock. This was a result of the
adjustment of the conversion ratio on the Series C preferred
stock based upon a formula taking into account our net sales for
the year ending December 31, 2008, which resulted in a
final conversion ratio of 1:1.92.
|
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data set
forth below gives effect to the conversion of all of our
outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock and
Series C convertible preferred stock into shares of our
common stock, the conversion of 50% of our outstanding shares of
Series B preferred stock into shares of our common stock at
a ratio of : , which is calculated by
dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B
preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50% of our
outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock. The
unaudited pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data
gives effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale
of shares
of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated expenses payable by
9
us and the application of a portion of such net proceeds to
repay our 14% subordinated convertible notes due
March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
22,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities
|
|
|
14,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except location data)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Other information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water bottle exchange locations at year end
|
|
|
4,700
|
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Water bottle units sold
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
3,853
|
|
Water dispenser units sold
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
10
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. You should read and consider carefully each of the risks
and uncertainties described below together with the financial
and other information contained in this prospectus before you
decide to invest in our common stock. Our business, financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may
be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. As a
result, the market price of our common stock could decline and
you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Relating to Our Business and Industry
We have
incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating
losses in the future.
We have incurred operating losses in the past and expect to
incur operating losses in the future. As of December 31,
2009, our accumulated deficit was approximately
$91.0 million. Our losses from continuing operations were
$12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007,
$13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
and $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
We have not been profitable since our inception, and we may not
become profitable in the future. Our losses may continue as we
incur additional costs and expenses related to branding and
marketing, expansion of operations, product development and
development of relationships with strategic business partners.
If our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial
performance will be adversely affected. If our sales do not grow
to offset these increased expenses, we may not become
profitable. If we do not achieve sustained profitability, we may
be unable to continue operations.
In both
our bottled water and water dispenser businesses, we depend on a
small number of large retailers for most of our consumer sales.
Our arrangements with these retailers for our bottled water
exchange services and sales of our water dispensers are
nonexclusive and may be terminated at will.
Certain retailers make up a significant percentage of our retail
sales volume, such that if one or more of these retailers were
to materially reduce or terminate its business with us, our
sales would suffer. For 2009, Lowes Home Improvement,
Sams Club and Walmart represented approximately 33%, 19%
and 15% of our consolidated net sales, respectively. While we
sell a small percentage of our dispensers directly to consumers
through our online store, the vast majority of our sales for
both of our water bottle exchange service and of our water
dispensers are made through our retail partners.
While we have arrangements with certain retailers for our
products and services, we cannot provide any assurance of any
future sales. None of our significant retail accounts are
contractually bound to offer our water dispensers or bottle
exchange service. As a result, retailers can discontinue our
products or services at any time and offer a competitors
products or services, or none at all. Continued positive
relations with a retailer depend upon various factors, including
price, customer service, consumer demand and competition. In
addition, certain of our retailers have multiple vendor policies
and may seek to offer a competitors products or services
at new or existing locations. If any significant retailer
materially reduces, terminates or is unwilling to expand its
relationship with us, or requires price reductions or other
adverse modifications in our selling terms, our sales would
suffer.
The
success of our business depends on retailer and consumer
acceptance of our water bottle exchange service and water
dispensers.
We are a consumer products and services company operating in the
highly-competitive bottled water market and rely on continued
consumer demand or preference for our products and services. To
generate sales and profits, we must sell products that appeal to
retailers and to consumers. Our future success depends on
consumer acceptance, particularly at the household level, of our
bottled water products, water bottle exchange service and water
dispensers. There is no guarantee that there will be significant
market acceptance of our water bottle exchange service or that
we will be successful in selling our water dispensers on a scale
necessary to achieve sustained profitability.
11
The market for bottled water related products and services is
evolving rapidly and we may not be able to accurately assess the
size of the market or trends that may emerge and affect our
business. Consumer preferences can change due to a variety of
factors, including social trends, negative publicity and
economic changes. If we are unable to convince current and
potential retail customers and individual consumers of the
advantages of our products and services, our ability to sell our
bottled water products and water dispensers will be limited.
Consumer acceptance also will affect, and be affected by, our
existing retail partners and potential new retail
partners decision to sell our products and services and
their perception of the likelihood of consumers purchasing our
products and services. Even if retail customers purchase our
products or services, there is no guarantee that they will be
successful in selling our products or services to consumers on a
scale necessary for us to achieve sustained profitability. Any
significant changes in consumer preferences for purified bottled
water could result in reduced demand for our water bottle
exchange service and our water dispensers and erosion of our
competitive and financial position.
In our
bottled water business, we depend on independent bottlers,
distributors and suppliers for our business to
operate.
We are and will continue to be for the foreseeable future,
substantially dependent on independent bottlers, distributors
and suppliers to bottle and deliver our bottled water products
and provide our water bottle exchange service to our retail
customers. We do not have our own manufacturing facilities to
produce bottled water products. We are and will continue to be
for the foreseeable future, entirely dependent on third parties
to supply the bottle pre-forms, bottles, water and other
materials necessary to operate our bottled water business. We
rely on third-party supply companies to manufacture our three-
and five-gallon water bottles and deliver them to our bottlers.
In turn, we rely on bottlers to properly purify the water,
include our mineral enhancements and bottle the finished product
without contamination and pursuant to our quality standards and
preparation procedures. Finally, we rely upon our distributors
to deliver bottled water to our retail partners in a timely
manner, accurately enter information regarding the delivery of
the bottles into our management information system, manage our
recycling center displays and return used bottles to the
bottlers to be sanitized or crushed and recycled.
We can make no assurance that we will be able to maintain these
third-party relationships or establish additional relationships
as necessary to support growth and profitability of our business
on economically viable terms. As independent companies, these
bottlers, distributors and suppliers make their own business
decisions. Suppliers may choose not to do business with us for a
variety of reasons, including competition, brand identity,
product standards and concerns regarding our economic viability.
They may have the right to determine whether, and to what
extent, they produce and distribute our products, our
competitors products and their own products. Some of the
business for these bottlers, distributors and suppliers comes
from producing or selling our competitors products. These
bottlers, distributors and suppliers may devote more resources
to other products or take other actions detrimental to our
brands. In addition, their financial condition could also be
adversely affected by conditions beyond our control and our
business could suffer. In addition, we will face risks
associated with any bottlers or distributors failure
to adhere to quality control and service guidelines we establish
or failure to ensure an adequate and timely supply of product
and services at retail locations. Any of these factors could
negatively affect our business and financial performance. If we
are unable to obtain and maintain a source of supply for
bottles, water and other materials, our business will be
materially and adversely affected.
In our
bottled water business, if our distributors do not perform to
our retailers expectations, if we encounter difficulties
in managing our distributor operations or if we or our
distributors are not able to manage growth effectively, our
retail relationships may be adversely impacted and business may
suffer.
We rely on our distributors to deliver our three- and
five-gallon bottled water and provide our water bottle exchange
service to retailers. Accordingly, our success depends on our
ability to manage our retail relationships through the
performance of our distributor partners. The majority of our
current distributors are independent and we exercise only
limited influence over the resources they devote to delivery and
exchange of our three- and five-gallon water bottles. Our
success depends on our ability to establish and maintain
distributor relationships and on the distributors ability
to operate viable businesses. We can provide no assurance that
we will be able to maintain such relationships or establish
additional relationships as necessary to support growth and
profitability of our
12
business on economically viable terms. Our retailers impose
demanding service requirements on us and we could suffer a loss
of consumer or retailer goodwill if our distributors do not
adhere to our quality control and service guidelines or fail to
ensure an adequate and timely supply of bottled water at retail
locations. The poor performance of a single distributor to a
national retailer could jeopardize our entire relationship with
that retailer and cause our bottled water sales and exchange
service to suffer. In addition, the number of retail locations
offering our water bottle exchange service and our corresponding
sales, have grown significantly over the past several years
along with our national distributor network
.
Accordingly,
our distributors must be able to adequately service an
increasing number of retail accounts. If we or our distributors
fail to manage our growth effectively, our bottled water sales
and exchange service may suffer.
We
operate in a highly competitive industry, face competition from
companies with far greater resources than we have and could
encounter significant competition from these companies in our
niche market of water bottle exchange services and related
products.
We participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment
of the nonalcoholic beverage industry. While the industry is
dominated by large and well-known international companies,
numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market
niches. In our business model, we not only offer three- and
five-gallon bottled water but also provide consumers the ability
to exchange their used containers as part of our exchange
service. While we are aware of a few direct competitors that
operate water bottle exchange networks at retail, we believe
they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and we believe
they do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottling and
distribution capabilities to effectively support major retailers
nationwide. Competitive factors with respect to our business
include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs,
product innovation, increased efficiency in production and
distribution techniques, the introduction of new packaging and
brand and trademark development and protection.
Our primary competitors in our bottled water business include
Nestlé, The
Coca-Cola
Company, PepsiCo, Dr Pepper Snapple Group and DS Waters of
America. None of these companies currently offer a nationwide
water bottle exchange service at retail. However, many of these
competitors are leading consumer products companies, have
substantially greater financial and other resources than we do,
have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have
established relationships with retailers, manufacturers,
bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange
business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do
so. In addition to competition between companies within the
bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant
competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including
carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices,
sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.
We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser
marketplace. While we have had recent success in our sales of
water dispensers to retailers, there are many large consumer
products companies with substantially greater financial and
other resources than we do, a larger brand presence with
consumers and established relationships with retailers that
could decide to enter the marketplace. Should any of these
consumer products companies so decide to enter the water
dispenser marketplace, sales of our water dispensers could be
materially and adversely impacted, which, in turn, could
materially and adversely affect our sales of bottled water.
Finally, our water bottle exchange service faces competition
from other methods of purified water consumption such as
countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration
systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water
filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs,
standard and advanced feature water coolers and
refrigerator-dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.
If we are
unable to build and maintain our brand image and corporate
reputation, our business may suffer.
We are a relatively new company, having been formed in late 2004
and commenced operations in June 2005. Our success depends on
our ability to build and maintain the brand image for our
existing bottled water products and services and effectively
build the brand image for any new products. We cannot assure
you, however, that any additional expenditures on advertising
and marketing will have the desired impact on our products
brand image and on consumer preferences. Actual or perceived
product quality issues or allegations of product contamination,
13
even if false or unfounded, could tarnish the image of our brand
and may cause consumers to choose other products. Allegations of
product defects or product contamination, even if untrue, may
require us from time to time to recall a product from all of the
markets in which the affected product was distributed. Product
recalls would negatively affect our profitability and brand
image. Also, adverse publicity surrounding water usage and any
campaigns by activists attempting to connect our system to
environmental issues, water shortages or workplace or human
rights violations in certain developing countries in which we or
our business partners operate, could negatively affect our
overall reputation and our products acceptance by
consumers.
Interruption
or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels or
national network could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our ability and that of our business partners, including
suppliers, bottlers, distributors and retailers, to manufacture,
sell and deliver products and services is critical to our
success. Interruption or disruption of our supply chain,
distribution channels or service network due to unforeseen
events, including war, terrorism and other international
conflicts, public health issues, natural disasters such as
earthquakes, fires, hurricanes or other adverse weather and
climate conditions, strikes and other labor disputes, whether
occurring in the United States or abroad, could impair our
ability to manufacture, sell or deliver our products and
services.
If our
bottled water became contaminated, our business could be
seriously harmed.
We have adopted various quality, environmental, health and
safety standards. However, our products may still not meet these
standards or could otherwise become contaminated. A failure to
meet these standards or contamination could occur in our
operations or those of our bottlers, distributors or suppliers.
Such a failure or contamination could result in expensive
production interruptions, recalls and liability claims.
Moreover, negative publicity could be generated even from false,
unfounded or nominal liability claims or limited recalls. Any of
these failures or occurrences could negatively affect our
business and financial performance.
In our
water dispenser business, because all of our dispensers are
manufactured by two manufacturers in China, a significant
disruption in the operations of these manufacturers or political
unrest in China could materially adversely affect us.
We have only two manufacturers of water dispensers. Any
disruption in production or inability of our manufacturers to
produce quantities of water dispensers adequate to meet our
needs could significantly impair our ability to operate our
water dispenser business on a
day-to-day
basis. Our manufacturers are located in China, which exposes us
to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased
costs in the event of changes in the policies of the Chinese
government, political unrest or unstable economic conditions in
China or developments in the U.S. that are adverse to
trade, including enactment of protectionist legislation. In
addition, our dispensers are shipped directly from the
manufacturer to our retail partners. Although we routinely
inspect and monitor our manufacturing partners activities
and products, we rely heavily upon their quality controls when
producing and delivering the dispensers to our retail partners.
Any of these matters could materially adversely affect our water
dispenser business and, as a result, our profitability.
If we
lose key personnel or are unable to recruit qualified personnel,
our ability to implement our business strategies could be
delayed or hindered. In addition, we may not be able to attract
and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our
planned growth.
We are highly dependent upon the services of our senior
management because of their experience, industry relationships
and knowledge of the business. We are particularly dependent on
the services of Billy D. Prim, our Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer. We do not have a formal succession plan in
place for Mr. Prim. While our employment agreements with members
of our senior management include customary confidentiality,
non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, there can be no
assurance that such provisions will be enforceable or adequately
protect us. The loss of one or more of our key employees could
seriously harm our business and we may not be able to attract
and retain individuals with the same or similar level of
experience or expertise. We face
14
competition for qualified employees from numerous sources and
there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and
retain qualified personnel on acceptable terms. Our ability to
recruit and retain such personnel will depend upon a number of
factors, such as our results of operations, prospects and the
level of competition then prevailing in the market for qualified
personnel. Failure to recruit and retain such personnel could
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
While
many members of our senior management have experience as
executives of a products and exchange services business, there
can be no assurances that this experience and past success will
result in our business becoming profitable.
Many members of our senior management have had experience as
senior managers of a company engaged in the supply, distribution
and exchange of propane gas cylinders. While the business model
for that company and the model for our business are similar, the
propane gas industry and the bottled water industry are very
different. For example, there are no assurances that consumer
demand will exist for our bottled water products, water bottle
exchange service or water dispensers sufficient to enable us to
be profitable. While we believe our business model will be
successful, any similarity between our business model and that
of our senior managements predecessor employer should not
be viewed as an indication that we will be profitable.
The
consolidation of retail customers may adversely impact our
operating margins and profitability.
Our customers, such as mass merchants, supermarkets, warehouse
clubs, food distributors and drug and pharmacy stores, have
consolidated in recent years and consolidation may continue. As
a result of these consolidations, our large retail customers may
seek lower pricing or increased promotions from us. If we fail
to respond to these trends in our industry, our volume growth
could slow or we may need to lower prices or increase trade
promotions and consumer marketing for our products and services,
both of which would adversely affect our financial results.
These retailers may use floor or shelf space currently used for
our products and services for their own private label products
and services. In addition, retailers are increasingly carrying
fewer brands in any one category and our results of operations
will suffer if we are not selected by our significant customers
to remain a vendor
.
In the event of consolidation
involving our current retailers, we may lose key business if the
surviving entities do not continue to purchase products or
services from us.
Adverse
weather conditions could negatively impact our
business.
Unseasonable or unusual weather may negatively impact demand for
our products. The sales of our bottled water products and water
dispensers are influenced to some extent by weather conditions
in the markets in which we operate. Unusually cool or rainy
weather may reduce temporarily the demand for our products and
contribute to lower sales, which would have an adverse effect on
our results of operations for such periods.
We depend
on key management information systems.
We depend on our management information systems (MIS) to process
orders, manage inventory and accounts receivable, maintain
distributor and customer information, maintain cost-efficient
operations and assist distributors in delivering products and
services on a timely basis. Any disruption in the operation of
our MIS tools, the loss of employees knowledgeable about such
systems, the termination of our relationships with third-party
MIS partners or our failure to continue to effectively modify
such systems as business expands could require us to expend
significant additional resources or to invest additional capital
to continue to manage our business effectively, and could even
affect our compliance with public reporting requirements.
Additionally, our MIS tools are vulnerable to interruptions or
other failures resulting from, among other things, natural
disasters, terrorist attacks, software, equipment or
telecommunications failures, processing errors, computer
viruses, hackers, other security issues or supplier defaults.
Security, backup and disaster recovery measures may not be
adequate or implemented properly to avoid such disruptions or
failures. Any disruption or failure of these systems or services
could cause substantial errors, processing inefficiencies,
security breaches, inability to use the systems or process
transactions, loss of
15
customers or other business disruptions, all of which could
negatively affect our business and financial performance.
Water
scarcity and poor quality could negatively impact our long-term
profitability.
Water is a limited resource facing unprecedented challenges from
overexploitation, population growth, increasing pollution, poor
management and climate change. As demand for water continues to
increase and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of
available water deteriorates, our business may incur increasing
costs or face capacity constraints which could adversely affect
our profitability or net sales in the long run.
We may
pursue acquisitions and investments in new product lines,
businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which
could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations.
In the future, we may acquire or invest in new product lines,
businesses or technologies to expand our current bottled water
products and services. Acquisitions present a number of
potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business
operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure
requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line,
business or technology. For example, if we identify an
acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully
negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at
all. The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrating
acquired products, services, technologies, personnel or
businesses might result in significant transaction costs,
operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures and might
require significant management attention that would otherwise be
available for ongoing development of our business. If we are
successful in consummating an acquisition, we may not be able to
integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into
our existing business and products and we may not achieve the
anticipated benefits of any acquisition
.
Furthermore,
potential acquisitions and investments may divert our
managements attention, require considerable cash outlays
and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our
existing operations and adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition. To complete future
acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume
contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and
write-downs of acquired assets, any of which could dilute the
interests of our stockholders or adversely affect our
profitability or cash flow.
Changes
in taxation requirements could affect our financial
results.
We are subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in
which we generate net sales. In addition, our water dispensers
are subject to certain import duties and sales taxes in certain
jurisdictions in which we operate. Increases in income tax rates
could reduce our after-tax income from affected jurisdictions,
while increases in indirect taxes could affect our
products and services affordability and therefore
reduce demand for our products and services.
Our
ability to use net operating loss carryforwards in the United
States may be limited.
As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating losses of
approximately $55.0 million for federal income tax
purposes, which expire at various dates through 2029. To the
extent available and not otherwise utilized, we intend to use
any net operating loss carryforwards to reduce the
U.S. corporate income tax liability associated with our
operations. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, generally imposes an annual limitation on the
amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to
offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone certain
changes in stock ownership. Our ability to utilize net operating
loss carryforwards may be limited, under this section or
otherwise, by the issuance of common stock in this offering. To
the extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is
significantly limited, our income could be subject to
U.S. corporate income tax earlier than it would if we were
able to use net operating loss carryforwards, which could result
in lower profits.
16
Our
financial results may be negatively impacted by the recent
global financial events.
The recent global financial events have resulted in the
consolidation, failure or near failure of a number of
institutions in the banking, insurance and investment banking
industries and have substantially reduced the ability of
companies to obtain financing. These events also led to a
substantial reduction in stock market valuations during 2008 and
the first few months of 2009, although stock market valuations
rebounded significantly in the latter half of 2009. These events
could have a number of different effects on our business,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
a reduction in consumer spending, which could result in a
reduction in our sales volume;
|
|
|
|
a shift in the purchasing habits of our target consumers;
|
|
|
|
a negative impact on the ability of our retail customers to
timely pay their obligations to us, thus reducing our cash flow;
|
|
|
|
a negative impact on the ability of our vendors to timely supply
materials; and
|
|
|
|
an increased likelihood that our lender may be unable to honor
its commitments under our revolving credit facility.
|
Other events or conditions may arise directly or indirectly from
the global financial events that could negatively impact our
business.
Risks
Relating to Regulatory and Legal Issues
Our
products and services are heavily regulated at both the state
and federal level. If we are unable to continue to comply with
applicable regulations and standards in any jurisdiction, we
might not be able to sell our products in that jurisdiction or
they could be recalled, and our business could be seriously
harmed.
The production, distribution and sale in the United States of
our products are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Americans with
Disabilities Act (the ADA); the Lanham Act; various
environmental statutes; and various other federal, state and
local statutes and regulations applicable to the production,
transportation, sale, safety, advertising, promotion, labeling
and ingredients of such products. For example, measures have
been enacted in various localities and states that require a
deposit to be charged for certain non-refillable beverage
containers. The precise requirements imposed by these measures
vary. Other deposit, recycling or product stewardship proposals
have been introduced in various jurisdictions. We anticipate
that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the
future at the local, state and federal levels.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the FDA)
regulates bottled water as a food under the federal Food, Drug
and Cosmetic Act. Our bottled water must meet FDA requirements
of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling.
Further, any claims we make in marketing our products, such as
claims related to the beneficial health effects of drinking
water, are subject to FDAs advertising and promotion
requirements and restrictions. In addition, the FDA has
established current good manufacturing practices, regulations
which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls
used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled
drinking water. We and our third-party bottling and distribution
partners are subject to these requirements
.
In addition,
all public drinking water must meet Environmental Protection
Agency standards established under the Safe Drinking Water Act
for mineral and chemical concentration and drinking water
quality and treatment. We also must comply with overlapping and,
in some cases, inconsistent state regulations in a variety of
areas. These state-level regulations, among other things, set
standards for approved water sources and the information that
must be provided and the basis on which any therapeutic claims
for water may be made. We must expend resources to continuously
monitor state legislative and regulatory activities in order to
identify and ensure compliance with laws and regulations that
apply to our bottled water business in each state in which we
operate.
17
Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to
make water bottles are subject to regulation by the FDA. These
regulations relate to substances used in food packaging
materials, not with specific finished food packaging products.
Our beverage containers are deemed to be in compliance with FDA
regulations if the components used in the containers:
(i) are approved by the FDA as indirect food additives for
their intended uses and comply with the applicable FDA indirect
food additive regulations; or (ii) are generally recognized
as safe for their intended uses and are of suitable purity for
those intended uses.
The Consumer Product Safety Commission, FDA or other applicable
regulatory bodies may require the recall, repair or replacement
of our products if those products are found not to be in
compliance with applicable standards or regulations. The failure
of our third party manufacturers or bottlers to produce
merchandise that adheres to our quality control standards could
damage our reputation and lead to customer litigation against
us. If our manufacturers or distributors are unable or unwilling
to recall products failing to meet our quality standards, we may
be required to remove merchandise or recall those products at a
substantial cost to us. We may be unable to recover costs
related to product recalls.
We believe that our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those
set by federal, state and local regulations. Nevertheless, our
failure or the failure of our suppliers, bottlers or
distributors to comply with federal or state laws, rules or
regulations could subject us to potential governmental
enforcement action for violation of such regulations, which
could result in warning letters, fines, product recalls or
seizures, civil or criminal penalties
and/or
temporary or permanent injunctions, each of which could
materially harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, our failure, or even our perceived
failure, to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations
could cause retailers and others to determine not to do business
with us or reduce the amount of business they do with us.
In
January 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued an
updated report regarding bisphenol A, or BPA, a chemical used in
food and beverage packaging and other products that can possibly
have adverse health effects on consumers, particularly on young
children. The three- and five- gallon polycarbonate plastic
bottles that we use to bottle our water contain BPA. Any
significant change in perception by our customers or government
regulation of polycarbonate plastic in food and beverage
products could adversely affect our operations and financial
results.
In January 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
issued an updated report regarding its current perspective on
the safety of BPA in food packaging materials, asserting the
need for additional studies on BPA and issuing its interim
public health recommendations. BPA is an industrial chemical
used to make hard, clear plastic known as polycarbonate, which
is currently used in our three- and five-gallon water bottles.
BPA is regulated by the FDA as an indirect food additive. While
the FDA notes that studies employing standardized toxicity tests
support the safety of human exposure to BPA at the low levels
currently experienced by consumers, the FDAs report
additionally acknowledges the results of certain recent studies
which suggest some concern regarding potential developmental and
behavioral effects of BPA exposure, particularly on infants and
young children.
The FDA is continuing to evaluate these low dose toxicity
studies, as well as other recent peer-reviewed studies related
to BPA, and has solicited public comment and inter-agency
scientific input in connection with updating its formal
assessment of the safety of BPA for use in food contact
applications. In the interim, the FDAs public health
recommendations include taking reasonable steps to reduce
exposure of infants to BPA in the food supply and working with
industry to support and evaluate manufacturing practices and
alternative substances that could reduce exposure in other
populations. Further, the FDA indicates that it plans to review
its existing authority to shift to a more robust regulatory
framework for oversight of BPA.
Consistent with the findings of numerous international
regulatory bodies, we believe that the scientific evidence
suggests that polycarbonate plastic made with BPA is a safe
packing material for all consumers. Nonetheless, media reports
and the FDA report have prompted concern in our marketplace
among existing and
18
potential customers. It is possible that developments
surrounding this issue could lead to adverse effects on our
business. Such developments could include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increased publicity that changes public or regulatory perception
regarding packaging that uses BPA, so that significant numbers
of consumers stop purchasing products that are packaged in
polycarbonate plastic.
|
|
|
|
The emergence of new scientific evidence that suggests that the
low doses of BPA to which consumers may be exposed when using
polycarbonate plastic is unsafe.
|
|
|
|
Interpretations of existing evidence by the FDA or other
regulatory agencies that lead to prohibitions on the use of
polycarbonate plastic as packaging for consumable products.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The listing of BPA by Californias Office of Environmental
Health Hazard Assessment on the states Proposition 65
list, which would require us to label our products with
information about BPA content and could obligate us to evaluate
the levels of exposure to BPA associated with the use of our
products.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The inability of sellers of consumable products to find an
adequate supply of alternative packaging if polycarbonate
plastic containing BPA becomes an undesirable or prohibited
packaging material.
|
In addition, federal, state and local governmental authorities
have and continue to introduce proposals intended to restrict or
ban the use of BPA in food packaging materials. At this
juncture, we cannot predict with certainty whether or when any
such proposals may be enacted or what impact they may have on
our business.
If any of these events were to occur, our sales and operating
results could be materially adversely affected.
Our
inability to protect our intellectual property, or our
involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property
litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use
of products or services.
We have filed certain patent applications and trademark
registration applications and intend to seek additional patents,
to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations
for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property.
We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other
intellectual property to be valuable to our business and the
establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange
program. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to
protect our proprietary rights and could incur substantial
expense to enforce our rights under such laws. A number of other
companies, however, use trademarks similar or identical to the
Primo
®
mark to identify their products, and we may not be able to stop
these other companies from using such trademarks. The
requirement to change any of our trademarks, service marks or
trade names could entail significant expense and result in the
loss of any goodwill associated with that trademark, service
mark or trade name. While we have filed, and intend to file in
the future, patent applications, where appropriate, and to
pursue such applications with the patent authorities, we cannot
be sure that patents will be issued on such applications or that
any issued patents will not be successfully contested by third
parties. Also, since issuance of a patent does not prevent other
companies from using alternative, non-infringing technology or
designs, we cannot be sure that any issued patents, or patents
that may be issued to others and licensed to us, will provide
significant or any commercial protection, especially as new
competitors enter the market.
In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets
and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our
product development, business processes and operating
activities. We seek to protect this information through
appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including
confidentiality agreements. We cannot be sure that these efforts
will be successful or that confidentiality agreements will not
be breached. We also cannot be sure that we would have adequate
remedies for any breach of such agreements or other
misappropriation of our trade secrets, or that our trade secrets
and proprietary know-how will not otherwise become known or be
independently discovered by others. Where necessary, we may
initiate litigation to enforce our patent or other
19
intellectual property rights. Any such litigation may require us
to spend a substantial amount of time and money and could
distract management from its
day-to-day
operations
.
Moreover, there is no assurance that we will
be successful in any such litigation or that such litigation
will not result in successful counterclaims or challenges to the
validity of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to
successfully develop intellectual property, or to successfully
obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trademarks and other
intellectual property, could affect our ability to distinguish
our products and services from those of our competitors and
could cause our sales to suffer.
Our business and our ability to provide products and services
may be impaired by claims that we infringe the intellectual
property rights of others. Vigorous protection and pursuit of
intellectual property rights characterize the consumer products
industry. These traits can result in significant, protracted and
materially expensive litigation. In addition, parties making
infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive
or other equitable relief that could effectively block our
ability to provide our products, services or utilize our
business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages.
In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need
to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not
be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible
that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that
we may infringe existing or future proprietary rights of others.
Any successful infringement claims could subject us to
significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on
unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling
products, providing services and utilizing business methods and
require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims,
re-brand our Company, products or services, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition.
Legislative
and executive action in state and local governments enacting
local taxes on bottled water to include multi-gallon bottled
water could adversely affect our business and financial
results.
Regulations have been enacted or proposed in some localities
where we operate to enact local taxes on bottled water. These
actions are purportedly designed to discourage the use of
bottled water due in large part to concerns about the
environmental effects of producing and discarding large numbers
of plastic bottles. While we have not to date directly
experienced any adverse effects from these concerns, and we
believe that our products are sufficiently different from those
affected by recent enactments, there is no assurance that our
products will not be subject to future legislative and executive
action by state and local governments, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
or financial condition.
Litigation
or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities,
including product liability claims, and damage our
reputation.
We are from time to time party to various litigation claims and
legal proceedings. We evaluate these claims and proceedings to
assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimate, if
possible, the amount of potential losses. If our products are
not properly manufactured or designed, personal injuries or
property damage could result, which could subject us to claims
for damages. The costs associated with defending product
liability and other claims, and the payment of damages, could be
substantial. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by
such claims, whether or not successful.
We may establish a reserve as appropriate based upon assessments
and estimates in accordance with our accounting policies. We
base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the
information available to us at the time and rely on legal and
management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ
materially from assessments and estimates. Actual settlements,
judgments or resolutions of these claims or proceedings may
negatively affect our business and financial performance. A
successful claim against us that is not covered by insurance or
is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us
to make significant payments of damages and could materially
adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
20
Risks
Relating to This Offering and Our Common Stock
There has
not been a public market for our shares and an active market may
not develop or be maintained, which could limit your ability to
sell shares of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Although we have applied to list the common stock
on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active public market for our
shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The
initial public offering price for our common stock will be
determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and
may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock
after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock,
you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the
initial public offering price, or at all. We cannot predict the
extent to which investor interest in our Company will lead to
the development of an active trading market on The Nasdaq Global
Market or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. An
active public market for our common stock may not develop or be
sustained after this offering. If an active public market does
not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to
sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive
to you, or at all.
The value
of our common stock could be volatile.
The overall market and the price of our common stock may
fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be
significantly affected by various factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
quarterly fluctuations in our operating results;
|
|
|
|
changes in investors and analysts perception of the
business risks and conditions of our business;
|
|
|
|
our ability to meet the earnings estimates and other performance
expectations of financial analysts or investors;
|
|
|
|
unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity
research analysts;
|
|
|
|
termination of
lock-up
agreements or other restrictions on the ability of our existing
stockholders to sell their shares after this offering;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the stock prices of our peer companies or in
stock markets in general; and
|
|
|
|
general economic or political conditions.
|
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business,
our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on
the research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and
may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry
analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence
coverage of our Company, the trading price for our stock would
be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry
analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers
us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable
research about our business, our stock price would likely
decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us
or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our
stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and
trading volume to decline.
21
Future
sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public
markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock
price.
Sales of a large number of our shares of common stock in the
public market after this offering, or the perception that such
sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of
our common stock and could impair our ability to sell equity
securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem
appropriate. After the closing of this offering, we will
have shares
of common stock
( shares
if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares in full) outstanding. The shares of common stock offered
in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act), except for any shares of our common
stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive
officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the
Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the
Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the
public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities
Act or an exemption from registration is available.
We, our executive officers, directors and certain stockholders
have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the
underwriters not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of any common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from
the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
180 days after the date of this prospectus. These shares
will represent % of our outstanding
common stock after this offering
(or % if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares in full). As
restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock
could decline if the holders of the restricted shares sell them
or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC may, in its sole discretion, release any of
these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice.
See Shares Eligible for Future Sale and
Underwriting.
All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of
this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing
stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus,
subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under
federal securities laws. See Shares Eligible for
Future Sale for a more detailed description of the
restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this
offering.
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection
with investments or acquisitions or in order to raise capital
for other purposes. The amount of shares of our common stock
issued in connection with these matters could constitute a
material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common
stock.
Purchasers
in this offering will experience immediate and substantial
dilution in net tangible book value.
The initial public offering price per share is expected to be
substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share
of our outstanding common stock. Purchasers of shares in this
offering will experience immediate dilution in the net tangible
book value of their shares. Based on an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this
prospectus, dilution per share in this offering will be
$ per share
(or % of the price). Further, if we
issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital,
your ownership interest in our Company may be diluted and the
value of your investment may be reduced. See
Dilution.
Concentration
of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors
and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing
significant corporate decisions.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers,
directors and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately % of our
outstanding shares of common stock. In particular, Billy D.
Prim, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, will
beneficially own approximately % of
our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of this
offering. As a result, these stockholders will be able to
exercise a significant level of control over all matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of
directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and
approval of significant corporate transactions. This control
22
could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of
control of our Company or changes in management and will make
the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible
without the support of these stockholders.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might
discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might
consider favorable.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may
make the acquisition of our Company more difficult without the
approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the
terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be
issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super
voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or
preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common
stock;
|
|
|
|
eliminate the ability of our stockholders to act by written
consent;
|
|
|
|
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for
elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
|
|
|
|
provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and
|
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors the members of which
will serve staggered three-year terms.
|
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under
Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction
involving a change in control of our Company, including actions
that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively
affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions
could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult
for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your
choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you
desire.
Since we
have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock
for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on
investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater
than that which you paid for it.
We do not anticipate paying any dividends to our stockholders
for the foreseeable future. The agreements governing our
indebtedness also restrict our ability to pay dividends. Any
determination to pay dividends in the future will be made at the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our
results of operations, financial conditions, contractual
restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other
factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Accordingly, you
may have to sell some or all of your common stock in order to
generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a
gain on your investment when you sell our common stock and may
lose some or all of the amount of your investment. Investors
seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not
purchase our common stock.
We will
incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded
company.
As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will incur
significant legal, accounting and other expenses not presently
incurred. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well
as rules promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, and The Nasdaq Stock Market, require us to
adopt corporate
23
governance practices applicable to U.S. public companies
.
These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial
compliance costs.
If we do
not timely satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the trading price of our common
stock could be adversely affected.
As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will be subject
to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This law
requires us to document and test the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an
established internal control framework and to report on our
conclusion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting. The cost to comply with this law will
affect our net income adversely. Any delays or difficulty in
satisfying the requirements of Section 404 could, among
other things, cause investors to lose confidence in, or
otherwise be unable to rely on, the accuracy of our reported
financial information, which could adversely affect the trading
price of our common stock. In addition, failure to comply with
Section 404 could result in The Nasdaq Stock Market
imposing sanctions on us, which could include the delisting of
our common stock.
Risks
Relating to Our Indebtedness
Restrictive
covenants in our debt instruments restrict or prohibit our
ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions,
which could adversely restrict our financial and operating
flexibility and subject us to other risks.
Our senior revolving credit facility contains various
restrictive covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries
ability to take certain actions. In particular, these agreements
limit our and our subsidiaries ability to, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make restricted payments (including paying dividends on,
redeeming or repurchasing capital stock);
|
|
|
|
make certain investments or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
create liens on our assets to secure debt;
|
|
|
|
engage in certain types of transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
engage in
sale-and-leaseback
or similar transactions; and
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell assets, merge, liquidate or
wind-up.
|
Any or all of these covenants could have a material adverse
effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage
of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate
opportunities and to fund our operations. Any future debt could
also contain financial and other covenants more restrictive than
those imposed under our current senior revolving credit facility.
A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument
governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a
default under that instrument and, due to customary
cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in
a default under any other debt instrument that we may have. If
the lenders under our current or future indebtedness were to so
accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure you
that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to repay in
full our outstanding indebtedness, in which event we likely
would seek reorganization or protection under bankruptcy or
other, similar laws.
24
Global
capital and credit market issues could negatively affect our
liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the
operations of our suppliers, bottlers, distributors and
customers.
The global capital and credit markets have experienced increased
volatility and disruption over the past two years, making it
more difficult for companies to access those markets. There can
be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and
disruption in the capital and credit markets will not impair our
liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. Our business could
also be negatively impacted if our suppliers, bottlers,
distributors or retail customers experience disruptions
resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown
in the general economy.
We may be
unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt
obligations. In addition, our inability to generate sufficient
cash flows to support operations and other activities without
debt financing could prevent future growth and
success.
Our ability to generate cash, make scheduled payments or
refinance our obligations depends on our successful financial
and operating performance. Our financial and operating
performance, cash flow and capital resources depend upon
prevailing economic conditions and various financial, business
and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our
cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our
debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay
capital expenditures, sell material assets or operations, obtain
additional capital or restructure our debt, any or all of which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot
assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions on
terms acceptable to us, or at all, that these actions would
enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements or
that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our
various debt agreements.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to support
capital expansion, business acquisition plans and general
operating activities, and are unable obtain the necessary
funding for these items through debt financing, our business
could be negatively affected and we may be unable to expand into
existing and new markets. Our ability to generate cash flows is
dependent in part upon obtaining necessary financing at
favorable interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations and other
capital market conditions may prevent us from doing so.
25
CAUTIONARY
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are
based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and
projections regarding managements beliefs and assumptions
about the industry in which we operate. Such statements include,
in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and
prospects under the headings Prospectus Summary,
Risk Factors, Use of Proceeds,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business. When used in this prospectus, the words
anticipate, believe, could,
estimate, expect, intend,
may, plan, potential,
predict, project, should,
will, would, and similar expressions
identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future
performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate
indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or
results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based
on information available at the time the statements are made and
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors
that may cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially
from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are
not limited to, statements relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this
offering;
|
|
|
|
growth in the market for purified water and increased consumer
preference toward purified water relative to tap water or other
beverages;
|
|
|
|
consumer recognition of our brand and our water bottle exchange
service and water dispenser products;
|
|
|
|
the use of our retail relationships, single-vendor solution,
national network of independent bottlers and distributors and
MIS tools to facilitate our introduction of new purified
water-related products in the future;
|
|
|
|
our opportunities to increase store penetration with our
existing retail relationships and develop new retail
relationships;
|
|
|
|
the continuing development, innovation and sale of our water
dispensers;
|
|
|
|
our intention to offer new products and services, including
self-service refill vending machines and automated, self-bagging
purified ice dispensers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding our business strategy, anticipated
profitability, liquidity position, future financial performance,
mix of product sales, inflation and expense levels;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to use any net operating loss carryforwards;
|
|
|
|
our dividend policy;
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding additional costs connected to the
growth of our business and costs related to becoming a public
company; and
|
|
|
|
our policies regarding our executive compensation program and
the level of executive compensation.
|
We have included important factors in the cautionary statements
included in this prospectus, particularly in the section
entitled Risk Factors, that we believe could cause
actual results or events to differ materially from the
forward-looking statements we make. Except as required by
applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons why
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in
any forward looking statements, even if new information becomes
available in the future.
26
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million
(approximately $ million if
the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full). This estimate is based upon an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in
the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share would increase
(decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by
approximately $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$ to redeem 50% of the outstanding
shares of our Series B preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ to repay our
14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011
(2011 Notes); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the remaining $ for working
capital and general corporate purposes.
|
Of the $ in net proceeds we intend
to use to redeem 50% of the outstanding shares of Series B
preferred stock, $ will be used to
redeem Series B preferred stock held by directors, officers
and persons known to us to be the beneficial owners of more than
5% of our common stock.
As
of ,
2010, we had $15.0 million principal amount of 2011 Notes
outstanding that bear interest at 14% per annum and mature on
March 31, 2011. We issued the 2011 Notes on
December 30, 2009 and used the proceeds of the 2011 Notes
to retire $8.0 million principal amount of subordinated
debt and to repay approximately $7.0 million of borrowings
under our revolving credit facility. Of the
$ in net proceeds we intend to use
to repay our 2011 Notes, $ will be
used to repay 2011 Notes held by directors, officers and persons
known to us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our
common stock. The terms of the 2011 Notes provide the
noteholders the right to sell their 2011 Notes to us at an
amount equal to the unpaid principal balance plus all unpaid
interest that has accrued through the date of redemption upon
the occurrence of an initial public offering of our common stock
resulting in net proceeds to us of at least $30.0 million.
Pending use of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to
invest such net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing
investment grade securities.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our
business. We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay
dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors
and will depend upon various factors, including our results of
operations, financial condition, capital requirements,
investment opportunities and other factors that our Board of
Directors deems relevant. Our senior credit agreement currently
limits our ability to pay cash dividends.
27
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis (without giving effect to
the -for- reverse stock split of our
common stock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to
the -for- reverse stock split of our
common stock, to the conversion of all outstanding Series A
and Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock,
the conversion of 50% of our outstanding Series B preferred
stock into common stock at a ratio of : ,
which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of
the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50%
of our Series B preferred stock, as if the reverse stock
split, the conversion and the redemption had occurred as of
December 31, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the reverse stock
split, conversion and redemption described above, as well as our
sale of shares in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us,
and the application of a portion of the net proceeds from such
sale of common stock to repay our 2011 Notes, as if each had
occurred as of December 31, 2009.
|
You should read this table in conjunction with Use of
Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
and Other Data, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except par value data) (Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
7,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
15,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares
authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock, 18,755 shares
issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock, 23,280 shares issued and
outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or outstanding, pro
forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock, 12,520 shares
issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock ($0.001 par value, 200,000 shares
authorized and 15,158 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized
and shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma,
and shares
issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
86,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(90,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(409
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
22,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
The shares outstanding data in the preceding table as of
December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with our
Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible
preferred stock that will expire
days after the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued to a third party that will
expire days after the closing
of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with our 2011 Notes
that will expire December 30, 2019;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock available for issuance under our 2010 Omnibus
Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection
with this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes an aggregate
of shares
of common stock available for issuance under our 2010 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan, which we have adopted in connection with
this offering; and
|
|
|
|
assumes no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option to purchase up
to
additional shares of our common stock.
|
29
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will
be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial
public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our
common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. Pro
forma net tangible book value per share represents total
tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of
shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to
the -for- reverse
stock split of our common stock, the conversion of all of our
outstanding Series A and Series C convertible
preferred stock into an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock, the conversion of 50% of our outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock into common stock at a ratio
of : , which is calculated by dividing the
liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by
90% of an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
the redemption of the remaining 50% of our outstanding shares of
Series B preferred stock as if the reverse stock split, the
conversion and the redemption had occurred as of
December 31, 2009. The pro forma net tangible book value of
our common stock as of December 31, 2009, was approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ per share.
After giving effect to our sale of shares at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us,
and applying the net proceeds from this sale, the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock, as of
December 31, 2009, would have been approximately
$ million, or
$ per share. This amount
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to
our existing stockholders of $ per
share and an immediate dilution to new investors of
$ per share. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
attributable to new investors in this offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
giving effect to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, there will be an increase in pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value per share to existing stockholders of
$ per share and an immediate
dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share to new investors of $ per
share based upon the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share. A $1.00 increase or
decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share
would increase or decrease, respectively, the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after
this offering by $ per share and
increase or decrease, respectively, the pro forma as adjusted
dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this
offering by $ per share, in each
case calculated as described above and assuming that the number
of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same.
The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, on
a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and
the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders
and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public
offering price of $
30
per share and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The discussion and tables above are based
on shares
of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009, on a
pro forma as adjusted basis and:
|
|
|
|
|
reflect
a -for-
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
reflect the conversion of our Series A and Series C
convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior
to the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflect the conversion of 50% of our Series B preferred
stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this
offering at a ratio of : , which is
calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series
B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflect the redemption of the remaining 50% of our Series B
preferred stock immediately following the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
exclude shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with our
Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible
preferred stock that will
expire
days after the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
exclude
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued to a third party that will
expire days after the closing
of this offering;
|
|
|
|
exclude shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with 2011 Notes that
expire December 30, 2019;
|
|
|
|
exclude an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
exclude an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term
Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this
offering;
|
|
|
|
exclude an aggregate
of shares
of common stock issuable under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
assume no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option to purchase up
to additional
shares of our common stock.
|
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders
after this offering would be reduced
to % of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the
number of shares held by new investors would increase
to % of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
31
SELECTED
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables set forth our selected historical
consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated.
We prepared the selected historical consolidated financial data
using our consolidated financial statements for each of the
years presented. The selected historical consolidated financial
data for each year in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2009, were derived from our audited historical
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus, and the selected historical consolidated financial
data for each year in the two-year period ended
December 31, 2006, were derived from our audited historical
consolidated financial statements not appearing in this
prospectus. You should read this selected historical
consolidated financial data in conjunction with such audited
historical consolidated financial statements and related notes
and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial
data are not necessarily indicative of future results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
6,589
|
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
6,141
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
30,776
|
|
|
|
38,771
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,968
|
|
|
|
7,491
|
|
|
|
10,353
|
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
9,922
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
3,681
|
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
6,904
|
|
|
|
17,313
|
|
|
|
25,688
|
|
|
|
48,185
|
|
|
|
52,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(6,746
|
)
|
|
|
(10,724
|
)
|
|
|
(12,235
|
)
|
|
|
(13,538
|
)
|
|
|
(5,917
|
)
|
Interest (expense) and other income, net
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(2,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(6,571
|
)
|
|
|
(10,608
|
)
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(6,571
|
)
|
|
|
(10,608
|
)
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(5,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(6,571
|
)
|
|
|
(10,608
|
)
|
|
|
(14,074
|
)
|
|
|
(19,346
|
)
|
|
|
(11,824
|
)
|
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion
charge
(1)
|
|
|
(851
|
)
|
|
|
(1,563
|
)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(19,875
|
)
|
|
|
(3,042
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(7,422
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,171
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
5,606
|
|
|
$
|
7,638
|
|
|
$
|
5,776
|
|
|
$
|
516
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
12,107
|
|
|
|
20,904
|
|
|
|
21,909
|
|
|
|
30,570
|
|
|
|
22,368
|
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14,403
|
|
Other long-term obligations
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except location amounts)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Other information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water bottle exchange locations at year end
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
4,700
|
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Water bottle units sold
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
3,853
|
|
Water dispenser units sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In 2008, we recorded a non-cash
beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend of
$17.6 million on our Series C preferred stock. This
was a result of the adjustment of the conversion ratio on the
Series C preferred stock based upon a formula taking into
account our net sales for the year ending December 31,
2008, which resulted in a final conversion ratio of 1:1.92.
|
32
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with the section titled Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial and Other Data and our financial
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in
this discussion as a result of certain factors, including, but
not limited to, those discussed in the section of this
prospectus titled Risk Factors.
Overview
Primo Water Corporation is a rapidly growing provider of three-
and five-gallon purified bottled water and water dispensers sold
through major retailers nationwide. Our business is designed to
generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water
through the sale of our innovative water dispensers. Once our
bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles
are exchanged at our recycling center displays, which provide a
recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a
new bottle of Primo purified water. We have created a nationwide
single-vendor water bottle exchange service for our retail
customers that requires minimal customer management supervision
and store-based labor and provides centralized billing and
detailed performance reports. We deliver this service utilizing
our current relationships with 55 independent bottlers and 27
independent distributors and our Company-owned distribution
operations covering portions of four states, which we refer to
collectively as our national network. As of
December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and
water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous United
States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500 retail
locations, respectively. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, we generated
net sales of $13.5 million, $34.6 million and
$47.0 million, respectively.
In this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, when we refer to same
store sales for our Exchange segment, we are comparing
retail locations at which our water bottle exchange service had
been available for at least 12 months at the beginning of
the relevant period.
Business
Segments
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments:
Primo Bottled Water Exchange (Exchange) and Primo
Products (Products).
Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon purified
bottled water through retailers in each of the contiguous United
States. We currently offer our exchange service at approximately
7,000 locations through point of purchase display racks and
recycling centers that are prominently located at major
retailers in space that is often underutilized. We service these
retail locations through our national network of primarily
independent bottlers and distributors.
Our Products segment sells water dispensers that are designed to
dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our
Products sales are primarily generated through major
U.S. retailers. Our water dispensers are sold primarily
through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenues for
the sale of the water dispensers when title is transferred to
our retailer customers. We support retail sell-through with
limited domestic inventory.
We evaluate the financial results of these segments focusing
primarily on segment net sales and segment income (loss) from
operations before depreciation and amortization (segment
income (loss) from operations). We utilize segment net
sales and segment income (loss) from operations because we
believe they provide useful information for effectively
allocating our resources between business segments, evaluating
the health of our business segments based on metrics that
management can actively influence and gauging our investments
and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.
33
Operating segments that do not meet quantitative thresholds for
segment reporting are included in Other.
Cost of sales for Exchange consists of costs for bottling and
related packaging materials and distribution costs for our
bottled water. Cost of sales for Products consists of contract
manufacturing, freight, duties and warehousing costs of our
water dispensers.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for both segments
consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing,
operations support and customer service, as well as other
supporting costs for operating each segment.
Expenses not specifically related to operating segments are
shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised
mainly of compensation and other related expenses for corporate
support, information systems, and human resources and
administration. Corporate expenses also include certain
professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of
Directors.
Recent
Transactions
In December 2009, we completed the divestiture of our former
subsidiary, Prima Bottled Water, Inc. (Prima), by
distributing the stock in Prima to our existing stockholders on
a pro rata basis based upon each such stockholders
proportionate ownership of our common stock, Series A
preferred stock and Series C preferred stock on an
as-converted basis. The assets, liabilities and results of
operations of Prima are accounted for as discontinued
operations. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recognized losses from
discontinued operations of $1.9 million, $5.7 million
and $3.7 million, respectively.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
30,776
|
|
|
|
38,771
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10,353
|
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
9,922
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
25,688
|
|
|
|
48,185
|
|
|
|
52,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(12,235
|
)
|
|
|
(13,538
|
)
|
|
|
(5,917
|
)
|
Interest (expense) and other income, net
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(2,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(12,170
|
)
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8,174
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(5,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(14,074
|
)
|
|
|
(19,346
|
)
|
|
|
(11,824
|
)
|
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(19,875
|
)
|
|
|
(3,042
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,221
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
The following table sets forth our results of operations
expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
89.0
|
|
|
|
88.8
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
77.0
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
191.0
|
|
|
|
139.1
|
|
|
|
112.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(91.0
|
)
|
|
|
(39.1
|
)
|
|
|
(12.6
|
)
|
Interest (expense) and other income, net
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(90.5
|
)
|
|
|
(39.3
|
)
|
|
|
(17.4
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(90.5
|
)
|
|
|
(39.3
|
)
|
|
|
(17.4
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(14.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(104.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(55.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(25.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our segment net sales and segment
income (loss) from operations presented on a segment basis and
reconciled to our consolidated loss from operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Segment Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
10,875
|
|
|
$
|
19,237
|
|
|
$
|
22,638
|
|
Products
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
22,824
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,818
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
Inter-company elimination
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment Income (Loss) from Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
(2,834
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,267
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,374
|
|
Products
|
|
|
(631
|
)
|
|
|
(1,447
|
)
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Inter-company elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(5,229
|
)
|
|
|
(7,077
|
)
|
|
|
(4,789
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(3,366
|
)
|
|
|
(3,618
|
)
|
|
|
(4,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
$
|
(12,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,538
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,917
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Net Sales.
Net sales for 2009 increased
$12.3 million or 35.6% to $47.0 million from
$34.6 million in 2008. The increase in sales resulted
primarily from a 65.9% increase in Products sales and a 17.7%
increase in Exchange sales.
Exchange.
Exchange net sales increased $3.4 million
or 17.7% to $22.6 million in 2009, representing 48.2% of
our total net sales in 2009. The increase was due to an increase
in water bottle units sold of approximately 0.6 million
units or 19.8% to 3.9 million units sold in 2009. The
increase in units sold was driven by a same store sales increase
of 7.9% as well as an 8.3% increase in selling locations to
approximately 7,000 at December 31, 2009. We believe the
increase in same store sales is primarily a result of two
factors: first, the increase in water dispenser sales results in
an increasing number of consumers of
three- and
five-gallon bottled water and second, as more consumers become
aware of and participate in our exchange program at a particular
35
selling location, the number of water bottle units sold at that
location typically increases over comparable prior periods.
During 2009, we added approximately 600 selling locations as a
result of both adding new retail customers and increased
penetration with our existing retail customers. The average
price per unit decreased 1.7% in 2009 compared to 2008 as a
result of a shift in mix of transactions to 70.9% exchange and
29.1% non-exchange transactions in 2009 compared to 63.2%
exchange and 36.8% non-exchange transactions in 2008. The shift
in the mix of transactions is due to the increase in the overall
number of repeat consumers utilizing our
three- and
five-gallon bottled water exchange service compared to the
number of consumers that are new to our service. We anticipate
the shift in mix towards a higher percentage of exchange
transactions to continue as the overall number of consumers
utilizing our exchange program continues to grow. We recognize
approximately twice as much revenue on non-exchange transactions
as we do on exchange transactions as a result of the discount
provided to consumers for the return of an empty
three- or
five-gallon bottle in exchange for the purchase of a new
three- or
five-gallon bottle of purified water. Adding new locations at
which our water bottle exchange service is offered is important
to our strategy of penetrating more homes with our water
dispensers as expanded locations and increased water bottle
availability enhance the convenience of our service to consumers.
Products.
Products net sales increased $9.1 million
or 65.9% to $22.8 million in 2009, representing 48.6% of
our total net sales in 2009. Dispenser sales increased
95,000 units or 53% to approximately 272,000 units in
2009. The increase in sales and units in 2009 is primarily a
result of a greater than 100% increase in the number of retail
locations offering our dispensers to approximately 5,500 at
December 31, 2009. In addition, we successfully launched
several new water dispenser models which accounted for
approximately 48% of the total units sold in 2009. We anticipate
continuing to introduce and offer new water dispenser models.
Water dispenser home penetration is critical to the success of
our strategy of increasing sales of our complementary
recurring-revenue bottled water exchange service.
Gross Margin.
Our overall gross margin, defined as net
sales less cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales increased
to 17.5% for 2009 from 11.2% for 2008.
Exchange
. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in
our Exchange segment increased to 26.6% for 2009 from 15.2% in
2008 due primarily to decreased freight costs as a result of the
addition of bottling and distribution capabilities during 2008
for which we received a full-year benefit in 2009. With these
additions we believe we have sufficient bottling and
distribution capabilities to service our continued growth. We
anticipate slight improvements in gross margin for our Exchange
segment for 2010 as we further benefit from improvements in our
supply chain and realize efficiencies from our business model in
which many of our variable costs are fixed.
Products
. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in
our Products segment improved to 5.6% for 2009 from 0.5% in 2008
due primarily to improved pricing from retailers. Our strategy
is to sell our water dispensers at minimal operating profit in
order to increase home penetration, which we believe will lead
to increased recurring-revenue, higher margin Exchange sales.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses for 2009 decreased
$3.9 million or 28.1% to $9.9 million from
$13.8 million and, as a percentage of net sales, decreased
to 21.1% for 2009 from 39.8% for 2008.
Exchange.
Selling, general and administrative expenses of
our Exchange segment decreased $1.5 million or 36.8% to
$2.6 million from $4.2 million and as a percentage of
Exchange segment net sales decreased to 11.7% in 2009 from 21.8%
in 2008. The decrease is due to lower employee-related costs as
a result of a reduction in headcount of seven employees as well
as reduced levels of consulting fees and related travel and
benefit costs resulting in approximately $1.0 million of
the overall reduction of selling, general and administrative
expenses. The additional personnel resources were related to our
efforts in 2008 to expand our supply chain with more bottling
and distribution capacity. During 2009 we were able to reduce
these personnel resources when our supply chain reached what we
believe to be an appropriate size. We were able to significantly
grow our Exchange segment net sales and gross margins in 2009
despite the reduction in selling, general and administrative
expenses.
36
Products.
Selling, general and administrative expenses of
our Products segment decreased as a percentage of Products
segment net sales to 6.8% in 2009 from 11.1% in 2008. Our
Products segment was able to significantly increase sales
without the need for additional headcount or selling, general
and administrative costs.
Other.
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
for 2009, which includes our Other segment and Corporate,
decreased $2.4 million or 29.1% to $5.7 million from
$8.1 million, and as a percent of consolidated net sales
decreased to 12.2% for 2009 from 23.3% in 2008. The decrease is
primarily due to lower employee-related costs as a result of a
reduction in headcount of nine employees as well as reduced
levels of consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs
resulting in about $1.6 million of the overall reduction of
selling, general and administrative expenses. The additional
resources were related to our efforts in 2008 to expand our
information system and financial infrastructure as well as our
efforts to establish new business segments. While we do not
expect to incur significant additional costs connected with the
growth of our businesses in 2010, we do expect to incur about
$1.0 million in additional costs as a public company
related to compliance, reporting and insurance.
Depreciation and Amortization.
Depreciation and
amortization increased $0.6 million or 16.2% to
$4.2 million in 2009 from $3.6 million in 2008. The
increase is the result of a full year of depreciation on the
$8.3 million of capital expenditures in 2008.
Interest (Expense) and Other Income, Net.
Net interest
expense for 2009 increased to $2.3 million from $70,000 in
2008 as a result of increased use of debt to fund business
operations. We expect the proceeds from this offering to repay
debt and lower future interest cost relative to that experienced
during 2009.
Preferred Dividends and Beneficial Conversion Charge.
Dividends on our Series B preferred stock increased
$0.7 million to $3.0 million in 2009 from
$2.3 million in 2008. In January 2009, we offered holders
of our Series B preferred stock the option to suspend their
current cash dividend payment of 10% in exchange for a dividend
accrual of 15% for 2009. Cash dividends paid on our
Series B preferred stock during 2009 and 2008 were
$1.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively. At
December 31, 2009 and 2008 the accrued and unpaid dividends
on our Series B preferred stock were $2.4 million and
$0.6 million, respectively, which is included in accrued
expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet. Our Series C preferred stock is convertible
into common stock at a ratio of 1:1.92, which was based upon a
formula taking into account sales for 2008, compared to the
original conversion ratio of 1:1. The change in the conversion
resulted in a $17.6 million beneficial conversion or deemed
dividend on the Series C preferred stock for 2008, which is
included in the $19.9 million preferred dividends and
beneficial conversion charge in 2008.
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2007
Net Sales.
Net sales for 2008 increased
$21.2 million or 157.5% to $34.6 million from
$13.5 million in 2007. The increase in net sales resulted
primarily from a 1,349.7% increase in Products sales and a 76.9%
increase in Exchange sales.
Exchange.
Exchange net sales increased $8.3 million
to $19.2 million in 2008, representing 55.5% of our total
net sales in 2008. The increase was due to an increase in water
bottle units sold of 1.2 million or 61.2% to
3.2 million units sold in 2008. The increase in units was
driven by a same store sales increase of 22.0% as well as a
36.1% increase in selling locations to approximately 6,400
selling locations at December 31, 2008. The average price
per unit increased 9.7% in 2008 primarily as a result of a price
increase implemented in mid-2008.
Products.
Products net sales increased $12.8 million
to $13.8 million, representing 39.7% of our total net sales
in 2008. The increase is due to the successful launch of our
Products business segment in late 2007. Product sales increased
by approximately 165,000 units to approximately
177,000 units sold in 2008.
Gross Margin.
Our overall gross margin, defined as net
sales less cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales increased
to 11.2% for 2008 from 11.0% for 2007.
37
Exchange
. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in
our Exchange segment increased to 15.2% for 2008 from 6.1% in
2007 due primarily to decreased freight costs as a result of the
addition of 28 bottlers and ten distributors in 2008.
Products
. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in
our Products segment improved to 0.5% for 2008 from (23.2)% in
2007 due primarily to limited sales volume in 2007.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses, excluding impairment
charges, for 2008 increased $3.4 million or 33.2% to
$13.8 million from $10.4 million and, as a percentage
of net sales, decreased to 39.8% for 2008 from 77.0% for 2007.
Exchange.
Selling, general and administrative expenses of
our Exchange segment increased $0.7 million or 19.5% to
$4.2 million from $3.5 million and as a percentage of
Exchange segment net sales decreased to 21.8% in 2008 from 32.2%
in 2007. The increase is primarily due to higher
employee-related costs as a result of headcount additions,
consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs resulting
in about $0.3 million of the overall increase. The
additional personnel and resources were related to our efforts
to expand our supply chain with more bottling and distribution
capacity. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of Exchange segment net sales decreased significantly
as we grew net sales at a faster rate than our expense growth.
Products.
Selling, general and administrative expenses of
our Products segment increased $1.1 million or 270.3% to
$1.5 million from $0.4 million and as a percentage of
Products segment net sales to 11.1% in 2008 from 43.3% in 2007.
The increase is primarily due to increases in employee headcount
resulting from our expanded product line and significant
increase in net sales in 2008.
Other.
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
for 2008, which includes our Other segment and Corporate,
increased $1.6 million or 24.5% to $8.1 million from
$6.5 million, and as a percentage of consolidated net sales
decreased to 23.3% for 2008 from 48.3% in 2007. The increase is
primarily due to higher employee-related costs as a result of
additional headcount, consulting fees and related travel and
benefit costs related to our efforts in 2008 to expand our
information system and financial infrastructure as well as our
efforts to establish new business segments.
Depreciation and Amortization.
Depreciation and
amortization increase $0.2 million or 7.5% to $3.6 million in
2008 from $3.4 million in 2007.
Interest Expense and Other Income, Net.
Net interest and
other income for 2008 decreased to an expense of $70,000 from
income of $65,000 in 2007 as a result of the use of debt to fund
business operations, which were primarily funded with equity in
2007.
Preferred Dividends and Beneficial Conversion Charge.
Dividends on our Series B preferred stock increased
$0.2 million to $2.3 million in 2008 from
$2.1 million in 2007. At both December 31, 2008 and
2007, the accrued and unpaid dividends on our Series B
preferred stock were $0.6 million, which is included in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet. Our Series C preferred stock is
convertible into common stock at a ratio of 1:1.92, which was
based upon a formula taking into account sales for 2008,
compared to the original conversion ratio of 1:1. The change in
the conversion resulted in a $17.6 million beneficial
conversion or deemed dividend on the Series C preferred
Stock for 2008, which is included in the $19.9 million of
preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge in 2008.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily
through the sale of preferred stock, the issuance of long term
debt and borrowings under credit facilities. At
December 31, 2009, our principal sources of liquidity were
accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of
$1.9 million compared to cash of $0.5 million and
accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of
$3.2 million at December 31, 2008. As of
December 31, 2009, we had a working capital deficit of
$2.5 million compared to a working capital deficit of
$2.6 million as of December 31, 2008.
38
During 2009, the primary source of capital was proceeds from the
issuance of long term debt and, as of December 31, 2009, we
had an outstanding debt balance of $14.8 million, net of a
$0.6 million discount. During 2008 and 2007, our primary
source of capital was the proceeds of preferred stock issuances
of $19.6 million and $14.1 million, respectively.
Additionally, during 2008 we made borrowings under our credit
facilities, which had a balance of $7.0 million at
December 31, 2008.
Net Cash
Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $2.0 million for
2009, $11.8 million for 2008 and $6.8 million for
2007. For 2009, net cash used in operations was primarily the
result of $8.2 million of loss from continuing operations,
partially offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization of
$4.2 million, non-cash interest expense of
$0.7 million related to our long term debt issuances and
reduction in working capital components of $0.8 million.
For 2008, net cash used in operations was primarily the result
of $13.6 million of loss from continuing operations,
partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
$3.6 million. Additional working capital for accounts
receivable and inventory due to revenue growth resulted in a use
of cash of $1.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively
and was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of
$1.1 million.
For 2007, net cash used in operations was primarily the result
of $12.2 million of loss from continuing operations,
partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
$3.4 million and the increase of accounts payable and
accrued expenses of $1.0 million and $1.3 million,
respectively.
Net Cash
Flows from Investing Activities
Cash flows from investing activities included capital
expenditures for property and equipment and bottles of
$2.4 million in 2009, $9.4 million in 2008 and
$5.0 million for 2007, which were our primary investing
activities for all periods. Our capital expenditures in the past
have been primarily for the installation of our recycle centers
and display racks at new locations that offer our water bottle
exchange service as well as related transportation racks and
bottles. We also invest in technology infrastructure to manage
our national network.
Net Cash
Flows from Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $6.3 million for
2009, $24.4 million for 2008 and $12.5 million for
2007. For 2009, financing activities were primarily the issuance
of long term debt of $20.4 million that was partially
offset by payments of $6.6 million on our senior revolving
credit facility, payments of $5.4 million related to other
long-term debt, Series B preferred stock dividend payments
of $1.3 million and payment of debt issuance costs of
$0.6 million. The cash component of our Series B
preferred stock dividends was partially reduced in 2009 and
accrued as opposed to paid currently. Additionally, the cash
dividends paid will be further reduced for 2010 to approximately
$0.2 million.
For 2008, financing activities were primarily the issuance of
preferred stock of $19.6 million and borrowings of
$7.0 million on our revolving credit facility that were
partially offset by payments of $2.3 million of
Series B preferred stock dividends.
For 2007, financing activities were primarily the issuance of
preferred stock of $14.1 million that was partially offset
by $1.6 million of Series B Preferred Stock dividend
payments.
Credit
Facility
We originally entered into a revolving credit facility with
Wachovia Bank National Association in June 2005 and in June 2008
we amended the facility to extend the term to June 30,
2010. The current facility commitment is $10.0 million and
is subject to a customary borrowing base calculation for
advances. Interest on the outstanding borrowings under the
revolving credit facility is payable quarterly at our option at
(i) the LIBOR Market Index Rate (LMIR) plus the applicable
margin or (ii) the greater of (A) the Federal Funds
Rate plus 0.50% or (B) the banks
39
prime rate plus the applicable margin. At December 31, 2009
and 2008, the interest rate on the outstanding balance under the
facility was at the banks prime rate plus 2.50% and 0.75%,
respectively (5.75% at December 31, 2009 and 4.00% at
December 31, 2008). Beginning in January 2010 and effective
with the December 2009 amendment, the applicable margin for both
the prime rate and the federal funds rate options was decreased
to 1.00%. The availability under the Revolver was
$5.9 million and $1.5 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
We are required to pay a fee per annum equal to 3.50% of the
outstanding amount of letters of credit issued under the
revolving credit facility. In addition, there is a fee of 0.50%
on the unused portion of the revolver lending commitment. At
December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were outstanding letters
of credit totaling approximately $0.4 million and
$0.3 million, respectively.
The revolving credit facility contains various conditions for
extensions of credit and restrictive covenants including minimum
quarterly EBITDA and gross revenue requirements. Substantially
all of our assets are pledged as collateral to borrowings under
the revolving credit facility.
14%
Subordinated Convertible Notes due March 31, 2011
In December 2009, we issued our 14% subordinated
convertible notes due March 31, 2011 (2011
Notes) to 28 investors, including existing stockholders,
affiliates of existing stockholders and senior management. The
2011 Notes have a total face value of $15.0 million and are
subordinated to our bank revolving credit facility. The 2011
Notes pay quarterly interest at a rate of 14% per annum. The
terms of the 2011 Notes provide the noteholders the right to
sell their 2011 Notes to us at an amount equal to the unpaid
principal balance plus all unpaid interest that has accrued
through the date of redemption upon the occurrence of an initial
public offering of our common stock resulting in net proceeds to
us of at least $30.0 million. We intend to use proceeds of
this offering to repay the 2011 Notes.
Warrants to purchase 1,111,109 shares of our common stock
were issued in connection with the 2011 Notes. The initial fair
value of the warrants is $0.6 million and resulted in an
original issue discount on the 2011 Notes which will be
amortized as interest expense over the term of the 2011 Notes.
The fair value of the warrants is included in other long-term
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and will be
adjusted periodically until such time as the exercise price
becomes fixed at which time the then fair value will be
reclassified as a component of stockholders equity
(deficit).
Adequacy
of Capital Resources
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those
now anticipated and will depend on many factors, including the
rate of growth in new locations and related display and rack
costs, cost to develop new water dispensers, sales and marketing
resources needed to further penetrate our markets, the expansion
of our operations in the United States, the response of
competitors to our solutions and products and any acquisitions
of other businesses. Historically, we have experienced increases
in our capital expenditures consistent with the growth in our
operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our
expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business.
However, as of March 31, 2010, we had no material
commitments for capital expenditures.
Our Series B preferred stock dividends will terminate upon
the redemption and conversion of such stock in connection with
this offering. We also anticipate amending and extending our
revolving credit facility prior to its June 30, 2010
expiration. Finally, we anticipate having a cash balance of
$ following the completion of this
offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom. We
believe our cash, the proceeds from this offering, funds
available under our revolving credit facility and future cash
flows from our operations will be sufficient to meet our
currently anticipated working capital and capital expenditure
requirements for at least the next twelve months.
During the last three years, trends and conditions in the retail
environment and credit markets, inflation and changing prices
have not had a material effect on our business and we do not
expect that these trends and conditions, inflation or changing
prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable
future.
40
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments
in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt.
Additionally, we are not a party to any derivative contracts or
synthetic leases.
Contractual
and Commercial Commitment Summary
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of
December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual
Obligations
(1)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
17,438
|
|
|
$
|
1,118
|
|
|
$
|
15,844
|
|
|
$
|
394
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
No amounts are included herein with
respect to dividends related to our Series B preferred
stock as all such shares will be converted or redeemed in
connection with this offering.
|
Inflation
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have
not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect
that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our
business in the foreseeable future.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes affect the fair value
of financial instruments but do not impact earnings or cash
flows. Conversely, for floating rate debt, interest rate changes
generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact
future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held
constant. The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash
equivalents approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest
rates on borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our
credit facility bears interest based on LIBOR and the prime
rate, plus an applicable margin. To quantify our exposure to
interest rate risk, a 100 basis point increase in interest
rates would have increased interest expense for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 by approximately $8,000,
$29,000 and $132,000, respectively. Actual changes in interest
rates may differ materially from the hypothetical assumptions
used in computing this exposure.
Seasonality
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience
seasonal fluctuations in our sales and operating income. Our
sales and operating income have been highest in the spring and
summer, and lowest in the fall and winter. Our Exchange segment,
which generally enjoys higher margins than our Products segment,
experiences higher sales and operating income in the spring and
summer. Our Products segment had historically experienced higher
sales and operating income in spring and summer, however, we
believe the seasonality of this segment will be more dependent
on retailer inventory management and purchasing cycles and not
correlated to weather. Sustained periods of poor weather,
particularly in the spring and summer, can negatively impact our
sales in our higher margin Exchange segment. Accordingly, our
results of operations in any quarter will not necessarily be
indicative of the results that we may achieve for a fiscal year
or any future quarter.
41
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial
statements and related notes, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (GAAP). The preparation of
our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to
make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe
that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine
certain amounts that affect the financial statements are
reasonable, based on information available at the time they are
made. To the extent there are material differences between these
estimates, judgments and assumptions and actual results, our
consolidated financial statements may be affected. Some of the
more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful
accounts, valuation of inventories, depreciation, valuation of
deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.
Revenue Recognition.
Revenue is recognized for the sale
of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water upon either the
delivery of inventory to the retail stores or the purchase by
the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange
transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a
three- or
five-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty
three-
or
five-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on
exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange
discount. Our water dispensers are sold primarily through a
direct-import model, where we recognize revenue when title is
transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual
obligation to accept returns of water dispensers nor do we
guarantee water dispenser sales. However, we will at times
accept returns or issue credits for water dispensers that have
manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues
of water dispensers are recognized net of an estimated allowance
for returns using an average return rate based upon historical
experience. In addition, our customers can earn certain
incentives that are netted against and reduce net sales in the
consolidated statements of operations. Historically, these
incentives have not been material to the overall consolidated
results of operations.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.
We maintain an allowance
for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from our
retail customers inability to pay us. The allowance for
doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically
identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis.
Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of
accounts receivable based on historical experience and current
economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.
Long-Lived Assets.
We review long-lived assets for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying
amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds
the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from
the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is
tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development.
An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the
carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. We
recorded an impairment charge in 2008 of $98,000, related to
display racks no longer in use and to be disposed.
Income Taxes.
We account for income taxes using the asset
and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements.
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted
tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are
expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not
presently more likely than not.
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC)
740-10,
Income Taxes
. Previously, we had accounted for tax
contingencies in accordance with ASC
450-10,
Contingencies
. As required by ASC
740-10,
we
recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only
after determining that the relevant tax authority would more
likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax
positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount
recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit
that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being
realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax
authority. At the adoption date, we applied ASC
740-10
to
all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained
open. The implementation of ASC
740-10
did
not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
42
Stock-Based Compensation.
We account for our stock-based
employee and director compensation plans in accordance with ASC
718,
Compensation-Stock Compensation
. ASC 718 requires
recognition of the cost of employee services received in
exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial
statements over the period the employee is required to perform
the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the
vesting period). In 2007, 2008 and 2009 compensation expense
related to stock options was approximately $157,000, $215,000
and $298,000 and is included in selling, general and
administrative expenses from continuing operations,
respectively, and approximately $25,000, $61,000 and $80,000 is
included in discontinued operations, respectively.
We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted
during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.67, $0.83 and $0.49,
respectively. The following assumptions were used in arriving at
the fair value of options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Expected life of options in years
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Estimated volatility
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.0
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield
available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a
remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of our
stock options. The estimated pre-vesting forfeiture rate is
based on our historical experience. The expected term of the
options is based on evaluations of historical and expected
future employee exercise behavior. As a non-public entity,
historic volatility is not available for our shares. As a
result, we estimated volatility based on a peer group of
companies, which we believe collectively provide a reasonable
basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to
consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer
companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient
information regarding volatility of our share price becomes
available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for
this purpose. We do not expect to declare dividends on our
common stock in the foreseeable future. As of each stock option
grant date, we considered the fair value of the underlying
common stock, determined as described below, in order to
establish the option exercise price.
During 2009 a total of 142,000 common stock options were
granted, all on one date during the quarter ended March 31,
2009, at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. The estimated
fair value of our common stock on the issuance date was $1.25
per share.
At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 2.9 million
stock options outstanding, approximately 2.2 million of
which were vested with an intrinsic value of
$ , and approximately
0.7 million of which were unvested with an intrinsic value
of $ . The intrinsic value reflects
the amount by which $ (the
midpoint of our estimated public offering price) exceeds the
exercise price of the outstanding stock options.
Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our
Common Stock.
The fair value of the shares of common stock
that underlie the stock options we have granted has historically
been determined by our board of directors based upon information
available to it at the time of grant. Because, prior to this
offering, there has been no public market for our common stock,
our board of directors has determined the fair value of our
common stock by utilizing, among other things, recent or
contemporaneous valuation information from negotiated equity
transactions with third parties or third party valuations. The
valuation information included reviews of our business and
general economic, market and other conditions that could be
reasonably evaluated at that time, including our financial
results, business agreements, intellectual property and capital
structure. These valuation approaches are based on a number of
assumptions, including our future sales and industry, general
economic, market and other conditions that could reasonably be
evaluated at the time of the valuation.
For the 142,000 stock options granted on one date in the first
quarter of 2009, the fair value of our common stock was
determined by the board of directors to be $1.25 per share. The
fair value was based in part upon the
43
finalization of the conversion ratio of the Series C
Preferred Stock on December 31, 2008. The Series C
Preferred Stock was issued in an
arms-length
transaction primarily to unrelated third parties in 2008 with an
initial conversion to common stock ratio of 1:1 or $2.40 per
share. However, the Series C Preferred Stock contained a
beneficial conversion feature that was negotiated with the
primarily unrelated third parties that adjusted and was
finalized based upon the consolidated net sales for the year
ending December 31, 2008. The final conversion ratio was
1:1.92 or $1.25 per share. In addition, the board of directors
considered the Companys most recent independent valuation
and then current expectations of the Companys future
performance in determining that $1.25 per share was a reasonable
fair valuation of common stock at December 31, 2008 and
that there were not any significant changes in the business or
results of operations from December 31, 2008 to the date in
the first quarter of 2009 the stock options were issued that
would change that estimated fair value.
Further, while subsequent to the date stock options were granted
in the first quarter of 2009, the Company obtained a valuation
from an unrelated party in December 2009 that determined the
fair value of the Companys common stock to be $1.23 per
share.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued authoritative guidance which
established the Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC or Codification) as the source of
authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied to
nongovernmental entities, and rules and interpretive releases of
the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The
Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and
reporting standards upon its effective date and, subsequently,
the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements,
FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts.
The guidance is not intended to change or alter existing GAAP.
The guidance became effective in our fourth quarter of 2009. The
guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the
accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date. This guidance was effective for interim and
annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. This
guidance was amended in February 2010. It requires an entity
that is a SEC filer to evaluate subsequent events through the
date that the financial statements are issued. The adoption did
not impact our consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance, which clarifies that
the stock portion of a distribution to stockholders that allows
them to receive cash or stock with a potential limitation on the
total amount of cash that all stockholders can elect to receive
in the aggregate is considered a share issuance that is
reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock
dividend. This update is effective for our first quarter of
2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on
our consolidated financial position results of operations or
cash flows.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies ASC 810
implementation issues relating to a decrease in ownership of a
subsidiary that is a business or non-profit activity. This
amendment affects entities that have previously adopted ASC
810-10.
This
update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption
is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
44
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon
purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major
retailers nationwide. We believe the market for purified water
is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health
benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap
water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly,
economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming
purified water. Our business is designed to generate recurring
demand for Primo purified bottled water through the initial sale
of our innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is
commonly referred to as razor-razorblade because the
initial sale of a product that creates a base of users who
frequently purchase complementary consumable products. Once our
bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles
are exchanged at our recycling center displays where consumers
receive a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the
purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. Primo
consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles of water annually
and each bottle can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times
before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled,
substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of
an equivalent volume of single-serve bottled water. As of
December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and
water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous United
States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500 retail
locations respectively, including Lowes Home Improvement,
Sams Club, Costco, Walmart, Target, Kroger, Winn-Dixie,
Albertsons and Walgreens.
We have created a new nationwide single-vendor water bottle
exchange solution for our retail customers, addressing a market
demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our water bottle
exchange solution is easy for retailers to implement, requires
minimal management supervision and store-based labor and
provides centralized billing and detailed performance reports.
Our solution offer retailers attractive financial margins and
the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our
displays. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water
consumption and water bottle exchange, retailers benefit from
year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.
We deliver our solution to retailers utilizing our national
network. Our independent bottlers and distributors typically
have made already the capital investment required to deliver our
solution, including investment in bottling facilities and
storage and distribution assets. We focus our capital
expenditures on developing new retail relationships, installing
displays at store locations, raising brand awareness, research
and development for new products and maintaining our MIS tools.
We are able to manage our national network on a real-time basis
through
45
our MIS tools, which provide resource planning and delivery
schedule tracking, thus enabling us to optimize our
networks assets and respond to customer needs. In
addition, our national network benefits from the recurring
nature of water consumption and water bottle exchange that
generates year-round demand and optimizes utilization of their
existing production and distribution assets. In addition, our
national network benefits from our MIS tools that assist
resource planning and delivery schedule optimization. We believe
our solution and national network provide us a significant
competitive advantage in servicing our retail customers.
We benefit significantly from management experience gained over
the last 15 years in exchange-based businesses, which
enables us to implement best practices and develop and maintain
key business relationships. Prior to founding Primo, our Chief
Executive Officer founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane
cylinder exchange business, in 1994 and, with several of our
other key executive officers, led its initial public offering in
1998 and successful sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, we
believe Blue Rhino was a market leader in propane grill cylinder
exchange with over 29,000 retail locations in 49 states.
Industry
Background
We believe there are several trends that support consumer demand
for our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers,
including the following:
Emphasis
on Health and Wellness
The majority of the human body is comprised of water and nearly
all critical body functions rely on proper hydration. As part of
a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe consumers are
increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to
consumption of high caloric beverages, carbonated soft drinks
and beverages containing artificial sweeteners.
Concerns
Regarding Quality of Municipal Tap Water
Many consumers purchase purified water not only due to better
taste, but also because of concerns regarding municipal tap
water quality. Municipal water is typically surface water that
is treated centrally and pumped to homes, which can allow
additional contaminants to dissolve into the water through
municipal or household pipes impacting taste and quality. There
have been many recent publications highlighting pollution and
quality issues with municipal water in the United States.
Additionally, due to budgetary deficits, municipalities are
increasingly privatizing their water treatment and distribution
systems, and there have been many compliance and quality issues
documented in connection with privatized municipal water systems.
Growing
Preference for Purified Water
We believe consumer preference toward purified water relative to
tap water continues to grow. With increasing availability in
recent years, purified water has become accepted on a mainstream
basis and preferred by many over municipal tap water. While it
is difficult to quantify purified water consumption in all of
its forms, we believe the growth of bottled water consumption
reflects this trend. According to a June 2009 report by
independent market analyst Datamonitor,
Bottled Water in the
United States
, consumers spent $18.4 billion in 2008 on
bottled water and the industry is expected to grow at a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 7.5%, reaching
$26.5 billion by 2013.
Increasing
Demand for Products with Lower Environmental Impact
We believe that consumers are increasingly favoring products
with a lower environmental impact with a reuse, recycle,
reduce mindset becoming a common driver of consumer
behavior. Areas of concern include products packaging
materials, carbon footprint and crude oil usage in production
and distribution and the impact on landfills when disposed. Most
single-serve PET water bottles are produced using fossil fuels
and contribute to landfill waste given that only 27% of PET
bottles are recycled according to a November 2009 Environmental
46
Protection Agency report. Additionally, according to the
December 2008 report,
Bottled Water-U.S.,
by Mintel
International Group Limited, the incidence of people who do not
drink single-serve PET bottled water because of environmental
concerns nearly doubled from 18.0% in 2007 to 35.0% in 2008.
Governmental legislation also reflects these concerns with the
passage of bottle bills in many jurisdictions that
tax the purchase of plastic water bottles, require deposits with
the purchase of certain plastic bottles, prohibit the use of
government funds to purchase plastic water bottles and ban
certain plastic bottles from landfills.
Source: National Association for PET Container Resources 2005
and 2008 Reports on Postconsumer PET Container Recycling
Activity.
Availability
of an Economical Water Bottle Exchange Service and Innovative
Water Dispensers
According to 2007 United States census data, there are
approximately 112 million households. Based on estimates
derived from industry data, we believe the current household
penetration rate of
multi-gallon
water dispensers is approximately 4%, with the vast majority of
these households utilizing traditional home delivery services.
Until recently, there has been little innovation, design
enhancement and functionality improvement in water dispensers to
meet modern household needs and competing water dispensers have
traditionally retailed at prices we believe are unlikely to
support greater household adoption. Compounding these issues,
there previously was no viable provider of an economical water
bottle exchange service with major retailer relationships
nationwide to promote dispenser usage beyond the traditional
home delivery model. We believe our water bottle exchange
service provides this alternative and we believe we are
currently the only provider delivering a solution nationally to
retailers. We believe there are over 140,000 major retail
locations nationwide that we could target to sell our dispensers
or offer our water bottle exchange service.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
Appeal to
Consumer Preferences
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental Awareness.
Our water bottle exchange
service incorporates reuse of existing bottles, recycles water
bottles when their lifecycle is complete and reduces landfill
waste and fossil fuel usage compared to alternative methods of
bottled water consumption. Our three- and five-gallon water
bottles are exchanged, sanitized and reused up to 40 times
before being taken out of service, crushed and recycled. Given
its typical exchange lifecycle, one Primo five-gallon water
bottle provides consumers with water in an amount equivalent to
approximately 1,200 16 ounce single-serve PET bottles. When used
as an alternative for consuming purified water, based on current
recycling rates, one Primo five-gallon water bottle can prevent
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
approximately 875 16 ounce single-serve PET bottles from
contributing to landfill waste. In addition, we believe our
water bottle exchange service uses less fossil fuel in the
distribution process and has a lower carbon footprint than
alternative methods of bottled water consumption. Our
geographically dispersed national network is typically closer to
major retailers than our centralized single-serve bottled water
competitors. In addition, our exchange service is utilized by
consumers as part of their ordinary shopping patterns, compared
to separate, non-optimized deliveries typically associated with
traditional home delivery providers, generally by less fuel
efficient vehicles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value.
We provide consumers the opportunity for cost
savings when consuming our bottled water compared to both
single-serve bottled water and typical home and office delivery
services. We believe our five-gallon bottles of purified water
typically cost a consumer between $4.69 and $7.99, after giving
effect to the discount provided by our recycling ticket. We
believe this compares favorably to the cost of single-serve PET
bottles, case pack water and most home and office delivery
services. The cost savings provided by our recycle ticket also
provides consumers an incentive to remain a user of our water
bottle exchange service. Finally, our water dispensers are sold
at attractive retail prices in order to enhance consumer
awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service,
increase household penetration and drive sales of our bottled
water.
|
|
|
|
Convenience.
Our water bottle exchange service and water
dispensers are available at major retail locations nationwide.
In addition, our water bottle exchange service provides
consumers the convenience of exchanging empty bottles and
purchasing full bottles at any participating retailer. We offer
three- and five-gallon water bottle options to address different
consumer volume preferences. We believe our water bottle
exchange service provides a convenient way to consume purified
water compared to self-service refill machines and home and
office delivery services. Our water bottle sales displays are
fully stocked and ready for consumer purchases, eliminating
refill time. In addition, our exchange service permits consumers
to purchase only the number of water bottles they need without
the water bottle purchase minimums or bottle deposits often
charged by home and office delivery providers.
|
|
|
|
Taste.
We have dedicated significant time and effort in
developing our water purification process and formulating the
proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in Primo
purified water that we believe has a silky smooth taste. In an
independent taste test that we commissioned and was conducted in
six regions throughout the United States in 2007, four out of
five participants on average preferred Primo purified water over
municipal tap water and three out of four participants on
average preferred Primo purified water over their regions
market-leading bottled water.
|
|
|
|
Health and Wellness.
As part of a desire to live a
healthier lifestyle, we believe that consumers are increasingly
focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of other
beverages. As we raise our brand awareness, we believe consumers
will recognize that our water bottle exchange service is an
effective option for their purified water consumption needs.
|
Key
Retail Relationships Served by National Single-Vendor
Solution
We believe we are the only water bottle exchange provider with a
single-vendor solution for retailers nationwide. Our solution is
easy to implement and supervise for national and regionally
concentrated major retailers. We manage our national network to
service our retail customers. This network utilizes our MIS
tools and processes to optimize their production and
distribution assets while servicing our retail customers. We
believe the combination of our major retail relationships,
unique single-vendor solution for retail customers, national
network and our MIS tools is difficult to replicate. We
anticipate these factors will facilitate our introduction of new
purified water-related products in the future.
48
Ability
to Attract and Retain Consumers
We offer razor-razorblade products designed to
generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the
razorblade) through the initial sale of our innovative water
dispensers (the razor), which include a coupon for a free three-
or five-gallon Primo bottle of water. We acquire new consumers
and enhance recycling efforts by accepting most
dispenser-compatible water bottles in exchange for a recycle
ticket discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo
purified water. Our water bottle exchange service is attractive
to retailers as our consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles
of Primo purified water per year, which facilitates repeat
consumer traffic in our retailers stores. In addition, we
believe we are a leading provider of water dispensers to U.S.
retailers, a status we believe we achieved within less than two
years of entering the market. We believe this rapid success is
due to the innovative features, design elements and attractive
retail prices of our water dispensers. We further believe our
offering high-quality water dispensers enhances consumer
awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service,
increases household penetration and drives sales of our bottled
water.
Efficient
Business Model
Our business model allows us to efficiently offer our solution
to our retail partners and centrally manage our national network
without a substantial capital investment. Our business processes
and MIS tools enable us to manage the bottling and distribution
of our water, our product quality, retailer inventory levels and
the return of used bottles on a centralized basis, leveraging
our invested capital and personnel. We own the bottles,
transportation racks, mineral injectors and sales and recycling
displays to ensure product quality and proper positioning of the
Primo brand. We focus our capital expenditures on developing new
retail relationships, installing displays at store locations,
raising brand awareness, research and development for new
products and maintaining our MIS tools. We believe our water
bottle exchange service is unique in that we are not required to
make a significant portion of the capital investment required to
operate our exchange service nationwide. Participation in our
water bottle exchange service does not typically require
independent bottlers and distributors to make substantial new
investments because they often are able to augment their current
production capacity and leverage their existing bottling and
distribution assets. In addition, the flow of payments between
the retailer and our bottlers and independent distributors is a
critical component of our overall relationship with our major
retail accounts that we control efficiently through electronic
data interchange.
Benefit
from Managements Proven Track Record
We benefit greatly from management experience gained over the
last 15 years in exchange businesses, which enables us to
implement and refine best practices and develop and maintain key
business relationships. Our Chief Executive Officer, Billy D.
Prim, founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane cylinder
exchange business, in 1994 and led its IPO in 1998 and its
successful sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, Blue Rhino was
the market leader of propane grill cylinder exchange with over
29,000 retail locations in 49 states. In addition to our
Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, Vice
President of Operations, Vice President of Products and Vice
President of National Accounts all held comparable positions
within the Blue Rhino organization during its rapid sales and
location growth.
Growth
Strategy
We seek to increase our market share and drive further growth in
our business by pursuing the following strategies:
Increase
Penetration with Existing Retail Relationships and Develop New
Retail Relationships
We believe we have significant opportunities to increase store
penetration with our existing retail relationships and develop
new retail relationships based on our competitive strengths. As
of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service was
offered at 6,000 of our top ten retailers nationwide
locations. Such retailers present us an opportunity of
approximately 7,500 additional nationwide locations. We intend
to further penetrate our other existing retailers, which
collectively provide us the opportunity to be present in an
additional 22,400 locations
49
nationwide. Our long-term strategy includes targeting up to
approximately 40,000 total retail store locations (which
includes new locations with our existing retail customers)
within our primary retail categories of home centers, hardware
stores, mass merchants, membership warehouses and grocery and
drug stores.
Within two years of our inception, we expanded our retail
presence from 13 states to our current locations within each of
the contiguous United States. In addition, from 2005 through
2009, we increased our water bottle exchange locations from
approximately 300 to 7,000, representing a compound annual
growth rate of approximately 120%.
Drive
Consumer Adoption Through Innovative Water Dispenser
Models
We intend to continue to develop and sell innovative water
dispensers at attractive retail prices, which we believe is
critical to increasing consumer awareness and driving consumer
adoption of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our
water dispensers have appealing features, such as stainless
steel finishes, adjustable hot and cold temperature controls and
hidden bottle bottom-loading features for convenience. As a
result of our strategy of developing innovative water
dispensers, we believe we became the leading seller of water
dispensers to retailers within less than two years of our entry
into the market. Since we began selling our water dispensers in
2005, we have sold over 460,000 units, and have expanded
our retail network from four locations as of December 31,
2007, to our current network of approximately 5,500 locations.
We plan to continue introducing new dispenser models at
attractive retail price points to meet the evolving needs of
consumers, enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water
bottle exchange service, and increase household penetration. Our
long term strategy is to provide multiple purified water-based
beverages from a single Primo water dispenser, with consistent
promotion of our water bottle exchange service to supply the
purified water.
Increase
Same Store Sales
We offer razor-razorblade products designed to
generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the
razorblade) through the initial sale of water dispensers (the
razor). We sell our water dispensers at minimal margin and
provide a free three- or five-gallon bottle of water with every
water dispenser sold to drive consumer demand for our water
bottle exchange service.
We believe increasing unit sales of Primo purified bottled water
is dependent on generating greater consumer awareness of the
environmentally friendly and economical aspects of and the
convenience associated with both our purified bottled water and
our water bottle exchange service. We expect that our branding,
marketing and sales efforts will result in greater usage of our
water bottle exchange service. We are also increasing our public
relations initiatives associated with new market launches,
developing additional cooperative advertising programs with
retail distribution partners and increasing our field marketing
activities. In addition, as consumers exchange
dispenser-compatible water bottles, we encourage the use of our
water bottle exchange service by providing them a recycling
ticket that provides a discount on a full bottle of Primo
purified water.
Develop
and Install Other Hydration Solutions
We believe we have significant opportunities to leverage our
national network and our systems and processes to offer other
environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy
hydration solutions to our retail partners without significant
increases in our centralized costs. For example, we intend to
offer our retail partners self-service refill vending machines
that dispense purified water into bottles and other containers.
We believe this offering will cater to a more price-sensitive
consumer. In addition, we intend to offer to our retail partners
automated, self-bagging purified ice dispensers. These purified
ice dispensers will provide a simplified method of acquiring ice
in customized offering sizes without the extensive manufacturing
and storage networks typical of the ice dispensing industry.
50
Pursue
Strategic Acquisitions to Augment Geographic and Retail
Relationships
We believe opportunities exist to expand through selective
acquisitions, including smaller water bottle exchange businesses
with established retail accounts, on-premises self-service water
refill vending machine networks and retail accounts, ice
dispenser machine networks and retail accounts and water
dispenser companies.
Product
Overview
Water
We have dedicated significant time and effort in developing our
water purification process and formulating the proprietary blend
of mineral ingredients included in our purified water. Our
proprietary blend of mineral ingredients was developed with the
assistance of consultants and several months of lab work and
taste tests and has what we believe to be a silky smooth taste.
In an independent taste test that we commissioned and was
conducted in six regions throughout the United States in 2007,
four out of five participants on average preferred Primo
purified bottled water over tap water and three out of four
participants on average preferred Primo over their regions
market-leading bottled water brand. We believe it is important
that each bottle of Primo purified water has consistent taste
and each production lot is tested to ensure it meets our
standards. In addition, to ensure that our safety standards are
met and FDA and industry standards are met or exceeded, each
production lot of our purified water undergoes chemical and
microbiological testing by the bottler and all facilities
bottling Primo purified water undergo regular hygiene audits by
a third party hired by us.
Water
Bottles
We currently source three- and five-gallon water bottles from
multiple independent vendors for use in our exchange service.
Each of our Primo water bottles includes a handle designed for
easy transportation and lifting when installing the bottle onto
or into one of our water dispensers. Our bottles also include a
specially designed cap that prevents spills when carrying or
installing.
51
Water
Dispensers
We currently source and market three lines of water dispensers
comprised of 15 models:
Our dispensers are designed to dispense Primo and other
dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our dispensers have
manufacturer suggested retail prices that range from $199.99 for
our
top-of-the-line
bottom-loading model with a stainless steel finish to $14.99 for
a simple pump that can be installed on a bottle and operated by
hand.
Currently, more than 95% of our dispenser sales are attributable
to our bottom- and top-loading products. Consistent with our
environmental focus, our electric dispensers are Energy
Star
®
rated, and, we believe, utilize less energy than competing water
dispensers without this industry rating. In addition, some of
our dispenser models feature power switches to individually
control the hot and cold tanks of the dispenser, saving
additional energy when not in use and providing a child-safety
feature. We believe both our bottom- and top-loading models
dispense water twice as fast as competing products and have the
fastest recovery time for heating and cooling water. In
addition, certain models of our bottom- and top-loading
dispensers come equipped with adjustable hot and cold
temperature controls conveniently located on the top of the
dispenser.
We believe our bottom loading dispensers are attractive to
consumers and will drive the greatest increase in household
penetration as a result of their innovative styling and
features. Water bottles are loaded and concealed inside our
bottom-loading dispensers by a hinged door for ease of use and a
clean aesthetic appearance.
Currently, all of our water dispensers are manufactured by
independent suppliers in China. Our dispensers are shipped
directly to our retailer partners and we do not use distributors
in connection with our water dispensers. We also provide private
label water dispensers to Target that are branded as
Black & Decker products pursuant to a license
agreement with The Black & Decker Corporation.
Primo
Water Marketing
Our marketing efforts focus primarily on developing and
maintaining a brand identity synonymous with an environmentally
friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for
purified water consumption. We direct our marketing efforts as
close as possible to the point of sale to strengthen our brand
and promote consumer
52
awareness of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our
water bottle exchange service develops consumer loyalty through
the use of our recycling tickets. Our marketing efforts include
the following initiatives:
Primo
Water Packaging
Our three- and five-gallon water bottles, sales and recycling
center displays, water dispensers and certain distributor
delivery vehicles prominently display our Primo logo and
distinctive four-bubble design.
Primo
Water Displays
Our sales and recycling center displays are typically located
near the front of a store, providing
point-of-sale
advertising and branding. We believe our displays enhance
consumer awareness of the Primo brand and reinforce the
association of our water with an environmentally friendly,
economical, convenient and healthy solution for purified water
consumption. Our displays include Primo graphics, slogans and
instructions on the exchange process that simply attach to the
displays. We have the ability to quickly replace, customize or
introduce new marketing materials on our displays throughout our
retail network. In addition, we work with retailers to customize
in-store solutions to best promote our brand.
Promotions
Our promotional activities target new customers by:
|
|
|
|
|
Accepting third-party dispenser-compatible water bottles in the
exchange process (which we believe is unique in the industry);
|
|
|
|
Providing attractive pricing on our water dispensers;
|
|
|
|
Offering a free bottle of water with the purchase of a water
dispenser;
|
|
|
|
Advertising in retailers weekly circulars; and
|
|
|
|
Providing samples of our purified water and water dispensers
on-site
at
our retailers locations and educating consumers on the
benefits of our purified bottled water and dispensers.
|
We promote our brand through social media, our website
(
www.primowater.com
) and other public relations efforts.
We also maintain a blog (
www.breakfree411.com
) that is
styled as a third-party website and provides updates on the
water industry. In addition, we seek to raise awareness of our
brand and products through blogs and related periodicals that
target women as well as household and kitchen matters. We
believe that women often significantly influence household and
kitchen appliance decisions and concentrating our efforts in
this manner is designed to improve the effectiveness of our
advertising campaigns and improve household penetration.
Our promotional activities have evolved from our Taste
Perfection campaign to our Zero Waste. Perfect
Taste, campaign emphasizing our environmental efforts
while simultaneously focusing on the taste of our purified
water. We plan to increase our promotional activity as we expand
our business.
The Primo
Water Bottle Exchange Supply Chain
Water
Purification and Bottling
Our bottling process begins with either spring water or water
from a public source that is processed through a pre-filtration
stage to remove large particles. The water is then passed
through polishing filters to catch smaller particles followed by
a carbon filtration process that removes odors, tastes,
sanitization by-products and pharmaceutical chemicals. A
microfiltration process then removes microbes before the water
is passed through a softener to
53
increase the purification efficiency. The water next passes
through the last phase of reverse osmosis or distillation,
completing the purification process. After the purification
process is complete, our proprietary blend of mineral
ingredients is injected into the water followed by the final
ozonation process to sanitize the water. A bottle is filled with
Primo purified water only after the inspection and sanitization
steps outlined below are completed. Each of our production lots
is placed on a
48-hour
hold
to allow for testing by the bottler and to ensure successful
compliance with chemical and microbiological standards. We have
the ability to trace each bottle of Primo water to its bottling
and distributor sources, and we regularly perform recall tests
to ensure our ability to react to a contamination event should
it occur. In comparison, municipal water is generally treated at
a centralized processing facility and then distributed
throughout the pipeline network. As the water flows to the point
of use, contaminants and other foreign objects may be dissolved
into the water, and household piping and faucets may collect
sediment that over time reduces the quality of municipally
supplied water.
Our distributors are responsible for collecting empty Primo
bottles and other dispenser-compatible bottles that are
deposited into our recycling center displays. At the completion
of the delivery cycle, a distributor inspects the exchanged
bottles for reusability and coordinates the recycling efforts
with our operations personnel to ensure that reuse of each water
bottle we receive in the exchange process is being optimized.
Our water bottles can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times
before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled,
substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of
similar amounts of single-serve PET bottled water. Bottles that
pass a distributors initial inspection are subject to
three washing cycles to remove particles. Bottles are then
passed through two sanitization stages before a final rinse with
hyper-ozonated water to kill or inactivate any microbes that
remain at that point in the sanitation process. The water
bottles are then ready to be filled with our purified water.
Distribution
Network
We rely on our national network to deliver our solution to
retailers. Our water bottle exchange process begins when a
distributor is directed through our proprietary MIS tool,
Routeview, to stock or replenish a Primo bottled water retail
location. Routeview enables our distributors to review delivery
quantities and tentative scheduling requirements in their
territory. Our systems provide anticipated demand based on
historical sales and, to the extent available, retailer point of
sale (POS) data. Each distributor is provided
information to enable the distributor to load a truck with the
appropriate inventory to stock or restock the water bottle sales
displays on its route, including a tailored amount of excess
bottles as safety stock. Upon arrival at each retail location,
the driver first visits the recycling center display to collect
empty Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottles. The driver
enters data related to empty bottles on a handheld device to
collect exchange efficiency information and potential customer
conversion data and then loads empty bottles onto the truck. The
driver next checks the in-store sales display to compare the
number of remaining bottles of water with the anticipated demand
report generated by our MIS
54
tools. After entering current stock levels, the driver is
instructed by our MIS tools through the handheld device and
based on proprietary algorithms, to replenish the sales display
with an appropriate quantity of bottles.
At the completion of the delivery cycle and after inspection of
the bottles, our distributors typically are responsible for
coordinating the sanitization and bottling process with our
bottlers. In addition, distributors must run
end-of-day
reports on their handheld devices which transmit crucial data
points into our databases and validate daily activity. Our
handheld devices also capture electronic signatures,
significantly reducing paper exchange. This greatly improves our
verification procedures and enhances our environmental efforts.
We have the ability to test and refine procedures through our
Company-operated distribution system before implementing them
with our independent distributors nationwide. In addition, we
regularly solicit feedback from our independent distributors to
improve processes.
Flow of
Payments and Capital Requirements
We control the flow of payments between our retail customers and
our bottlers and distributors through electronic data
interchange. Our distributors are responsible for handling
distribution and servicing our sales and recycling center
displays. Through our handheld devices, distributors report
their deliveries which are received by our systems and verified
by data integrity checks. Depending on the retailer, our
distributors either present the store manager with an invoice
for the bottles delivered or our systems electronically bill the
retailer. We compensate our distributors with a fixed payment
per delivered water bottle on the fifteenth day of the month
following the delivery activity. Our fixed payment is a gross
amount from which the distributor must typically pay the
bottler. In order to maximize their returns and profitability,
our distributors increasingly are becoming vertically
integrated, using their capital to build bottling facilities.
Due to the high degree of automation during our billing and
55
inventory management procedures, we are able to leverage our
centralized personnel and believe we will be able to
significantly expand our business with minimal increases in
variable cost.
We focus our capital expenditures on developing new retail
relationships, installing displays at store locations, raising
brand awareness, research and development for new products and
maintaining our MIS tools. We are also responsible for the
centralized operations and personnel, sales and recycling
displays, bottles, transportation racks, mineral packets and
mineral injectors and handheld devices. Our national network
typically has made the capital investment required to operate
our exchange service nationwide, including a majority of the
capital expenditures related to the bottling, sanitization and
refill process and the distribution assets such as delivery
trucks and warehouse storage. Participation in our water bottle
exchange service does not typically require the independent
bottlers and distributors to make substantial new investments
because they often are able to augment their current production
capacity and leverage their existing bottling and distribution
assets. In addition, many of our major retail customers have
invested their capital to expand store locations and generate
customer traffic.
Flow of
Payments and Capital Requirements
Retailer
Relationships
We target major retailers with either a national footprint or a
significant regional concentration. Our relationships are
diversified among the following retail categories and major
accounts:
|
|
|
Retail Category
|
|
Major Accounts
|
|
Home Centers / Hardware Stores
|
|
Lowes Home Improvement, Ace Hardware, True Value
|
Mass Merchants
|
|
Walmart, Target, Kmart
|
Grocery Stores
|
|
Kroger, Winn-Dixie, Albertsons, Food Lion
|
Membership Warehouses
|
|
Sams Club, Costco
|
Drug Stores
|
|
Walgreens, CVS
|
Retailer
Opportunity
We offer retailers a single-vendor solution. Our water bottle
exchange service provides retailers with a year-round consumer
product and an opportunity to increase sales and profits with
minimal labor and financial investment. Through our national
network, we are able to service major retailers nationwide.
Retailers benefit from our water bottle exchange service that
offers high margin and generates productivity from often
underutilized interior and exterior retail space. In addition,
our water bottle exchange service has the potential to increase
retailers sales of ancillary products through increased
traffic from repeat water bottle exchange consumers, who
purchase an average of 35 water bottles annually.
56
Account
Set-Up
We actively pursue headquarters-based retail relationships to
better serve our retail partners and minimize layers of approval
and decision-making with regard to the roll-out of our water
bottle exchange service to multiple locations. Upon confirmation
of new retail locations, we coordinate with the retailer and
distributor to schedule openings in a timely manner. We actively
assist retailers in developing site plans for the setup of our
sales and recycling center displays. While retailer setup
preferences may vary, retailers often like to locate the
recycling center display prominently on the exterior of their
store to ease the transaction process, showcase their recycling
and environmental efforts and conserve inside floor space while
at the same time promoting the Primo brand.
Account
Service
Our water bottle exchange service is a turn-key program for
retailers in which we and our distributors actively service each
retail account. After the retail location is established, our
distributors complete
on-site
training and have an economic interest in supporting and growing
the business relationship to increase product throughput.
Distributors deliver three- and five-gallon Primo bottled water
directly to retail locations and maintain the sales and
recycling center displays.
Sales
Support
While distributors service our retail accounts, the customer
relationship is owned and maintained by our
experienced retail sales organization, which allows us to
develop strong brand affinity and maintain key
headquarters-based relationships to secure and maintain our
national retail network. Our retail relationships are divided
into regions and managed by our sales personnel. In addition, we
leverage our independent distributors who typically employ their
own sales representatives. This combined team is responsible for
selling and supporting our water bottle exchange service to
targeted retailers.
Systems
Support
We supply each major retail customer with a customized sales and
business update on a monthly basis. The monthly update consists
of a graphical dashboard highlighting sales trends and
location-based information as well as qualitative commentary to
assist store and headquarters personnel in their business
decisions. We believe our reports help retail personnel monitor
the success of our water bottle exchange service and highlight
our analytical and customer support capabilities as a retail
partner. In many cases, our retail customers do not have
internal reporting capabilities to develop comparable analyses.
Customer
Service
We maintain a single 1-800 number for all distributors,
retailers and customers to contact us directly with questions
regarding our bottled water, water bottle exchange process and
customer service inquires. In addition, we maintain a separate
1-800 number for our water dispensers. We believe maintaining
our own customer service numbers allows us to effectively
monitor all aspects of our business and receive feedback on
issues first-hand that we can direct to our distributors or
dispenser suppliers.
Significant
Customers
For the year ended December 31, 2009, Lowes Home
Improvement, Sams Club and Walmart represented
approximately 33%, 19% and 15% of our total sales, respectively.
National
Bottler and Distributor Network
In an effort to build a market-leading single-vendor national
water bottle exchange service, we have sought to attract
experienced and well-capitalized independent bottlers and
distributors to support our retail partners. As of
57
December 31, 2009, we had 55 independent bottlers and 27
independent distributors as well as our Company-owned
distribution operations covering portions of four states.
Bottler
and Distributor Opportunity
We provide independent bottlers and distributors with an
attractive business opportunity, complementing many of their
existing operations. We continually pursue new relationships and
additional locations with existing retail partners to increase
the production at each bottlers manufacturing facility and
the retail customer density within each distributors
territory.
Bottler
and Distributor Standards
We work very closely with our national network to ensure their
production and storage standards meet or exceed the requirements
of the United States Food and Drug Administration and other
industry regulations. As we seek to promote our brand, we
believe it is critical to provide bottled water that has
consistent taste and is produced in a manner that exceeds
current industry requirements. We regularly monitor, test and
arrange for third-party hygiene audits of each bottling facility.
In addition, we regularly monitor our distributors
performance to ensure a high level of account service.
Distributors are generally required to develop an infrastructure
sufficient to:
|
|
|
|
|
Complete customer installations within 30 days of the
notification of a newly established account;
|
|
|
|
Monitor and maintain inventory levels with assigned retail
accounts; and
|
|
|
|
Resolve water bottle stock-outs within 36 hours.
|
Bottler
and Distributor Selection Process
We have selectively identified and pursued high quality
independent bottlers and distributors that can support our major
retailers nationwide. We screen all independent bottler and
distributor candidates by reviewing credit reports, safety
records and manufacturing compliance reports, and conducting
management reference checks. As a result of this thorough
selection process, we have established what we believe to be
highly dependable relationships with our independent bottlers
and distributors. We currently maintain three distributor or
bottler relationships that have relatively high customer
concentrations in the geographic areas they serve. None of these
independent distributors or bottlers, however, had
responsibility for more than 8.0% of the bottling or more than
12.6% of the distribution with respect to our water bottle
exchange volume for the year ended December 31, 2009. We
believe we have a positive relationship with each of these
parties and our senior executives have maintained a business
relationship with each such party since they were managing
operations at Blue Rhino Corporation.
Bottler
and Distributor Services
We currently employ raw material procurement and supply chain
personnel who perform periodic inventory audits and month-end
review procedures. In addition we have operations personnel who
manage our independent bottler and distributor relationships,
including training and monitoring personnel and activities. We
also employ customer service personnel who handle bottler,
distributor, retailer and end-user phone calls.
Company
Owned Distribution Operations
We currently own and operate distribution operations that have
distribution responsibilities for certain regions that are
relatively near our primary facilities. We distribute our
bottled water to major retailers in portions of North Carolina,
South Carolina, Florida and Virginia. We believe distributing
our bottled water in these areas is an important way for us to
better understand the bottled water exchange process and
provides us the necessary
58
feedback to enhance our independent bottler and distributor
relationships. In addition, distributing our bottled water in
these areas should assist us in validating the economic
arrangements we offer our bottlers and distributors and
developing industry knowledge that we can deploy throughout our
system. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our
Company-owned distribution operations accounted for
approximately 23.5% of our water bottle exchange volume.
Independent
Bottler and Distributor Agreements
We have entered into bottler and distributor agreements with
each of our independent bottlers and distributors on
substantially similar terms. While individual agreements contain
variances and exceptions, the material terms of such agreements
are described generally below. No individual bottler or
distributor is material to our overall financial condition or
results of operations.
Independent
Bottler Agreement
In our independent bottler agreement, we appoint a bottler as a
non-exclusive supplier of our purified drinking water. The
bottler is restricted from competing with us during the term of
the agreement and for a specified period after the term in a
specified geography.
The bottler is required to bottle and deliver product in
conformance with our specifications, including our proprietary
mineral formula. The bottler must ensure that our bottled water
products comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations
(including those of the FDA), industry standards (including
those of the International Bottled Water Association) and our
quality requirements. The agreement also imposes requirements on
the bottler with respect to the maintenance of its facilities
and equipment that are intended to ensure the quality of our
products.
We provide the necessary bottles, caps, labels, transportation
racks, mineral injectors and formula minerals at no charge to
the bottler to support the bottling and supply of our bottled
water products. The bottler is required to maintain inventory
levels necessary to satisfy our production requirements. Product
may not be released for shipment until the bottler meets all
applicable quality requirements.
Pricing is set forth in the agreement, and we have the right to
modify pricing on thirty days notice to the bottler. The
agreements generally have a three-year term, and if not
otherwise terminated, automatically renew for successive
one-year periods after the initial term. Either party may
terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material
breach by the other party.
Independent
Distributor Agreement
In our independent distributor agreement, we grant a distributor
the right to serve as our exclusive delivery and service agent
and representative with respect to our bottled water exchange
service for a specified term in a specified geographic
territory. The distributor is restricted from competing with us
during the term of the agreement and for a specified period
after the term in the specified geography. We have the right, at
any time, to purchase a distributors rights under the
agreement, along with related distribution equipment, for an
amount based on the distributors revenues under the
agreement for the prior twelve-month period and the fair market
value of the equipment being purchased.
The distributor must perform its services under the agreement in
conformance with our distributor manual and all applicable laws
and regulations, including those of the FDA.
We compensate a distributor for its services while maintaining a
direct relationship with and collecting payments from our
retailer customers within the distributors service
territory. Pricing is set forth in the agreement, and we have
the right to modify pricing and payment terms on thirty days
notice to the distributor.
59
The agreements generally have a ten-year term, and if not
otherwise terminated, automatically renew for successive
one-year terms after the initial ten-year term. Either party may
terminate the agreement for, among other reasons, an uncured
material breach by the other party.
Management
Information Systems
We have made a substantial investment in MIS tools which enhance
our ability to process orders, manage inventory and accounts
receivable, maintain distributor and customer information,
maintain cost-efficient operations and assist distributors in
delivering products and services on a timely basis. Our
technology utilizes highly integrated, scalable software
applications that cost-effectively support our growing retail
network. Our MIS tools also allow us to analyze historical
trends and data to further enhance the execution, service and
identification of new markets and marketing opportunities. The
primary components of our systems include the following:
Sales and
Marketing Support Systems
We operate a single customer relationship management database
that integrates all financial and transaction-based data with
respect to each retail account. Our MIS tools provide our
account managers and customer service representatives access to
crucial data to effectively manage each bottler, distributor and
retail relationship.
Bottler
and Distributor Level Technology
Our distribution process is highly automated and scalable. Our
technology allows bottlers and distributors timely access to
information for customer support needs and provides access to
real-time data to enhance decisions. In addition, each
distributor is electronically linked to our systems with our
proprietary Routeview software. Routeview enables distributors
to review delivery quantities and tentative scheduling
requirements across our entire national network. In addition,
our MIS tools allow drivers to update delivery, inventory and
invoicing information through handheld devices. This technology
provides retailers with accurate and timely inventory and
invoices and assists each distributor in managing its
responsibilities.
Financial
Integration
We utilize Microsofts Dynamics GP software as our core
platform which interfaces with all of our systems. Each handheld
device is based on Microsofts operating system and ensures
integration within our reporting and financial databases. All
delivery transactions are validated and data is imported into
our database tables and mapped to corresponding accounting
ledgers.
Manufacturing
and Sourcing
Our manufacturing strategy is to utilize independent
manufacturers to produce empty water bottles, sales displays and
recycle centers and water dispensers at a reasonable cost. We
believe that using independent manufacturers has several
advantages over our manufacturing these items directly,
including (i) decreased capital investment in manufacturing
plants and equipment and working capital, (ii) the ability
to leverage independent manufacturers purchasing
relationships for lower materials costs, (iii) minimal
fixed costs of maintaining unused manufacturing capacity and
(iv) the ability to utilize our suppliers broad
technical and process expertise.
Currently, the majority of our water dispensers are assembled by
a single independent manufacturer in China, which utilizes
several
sub-suppliers
to provide components and subassemblies. We have the sole North
American rights to develop products with this manufacturer and
each dispenser unit is produced to our design specifications.
Each unit is inspected and tested for quality by the
manufacturers personnel prior to shipment and any units
returned by consumers or retailers are sent directly to the
manufacturer for a credit, replacement or refund issued by the
manufacturer. Our units generally are shipped directly from Hong
Kong to the retailer. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
this manufacturer produced water dispenser units that accounted
for more than 95% of our water dispenser billings.
60
Our water bottles and caps are produced by multiple independent
vendors throughout the United States. We select suppliers based
on price, quality and geographic proximity to our bottlers. We
only purchase water bottles with handles as a convenience
feature for consumers.
Our sales displays and recycle centers are made to our design.
We frequently request bids from multiple independent
manufacturers to achieve optimal pricing.
Product
Design and Development
A primary focus of our product research and development efforts
is developing innovative water dispensers as part of our
strategy to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water
bottle exchange service, increase household penetration and
drive sales of our bottled water. We continually work to improve
water dispenser features, seek to lower manufacturing costs so
that our innovative products are more affordable and introduce
new models. Innovative improvements developed in cooperation
with our manufacturing partners include bottom-loading
dispensers, adjustable hot and cold temperature controls and
faster water dispensing capabilities. Our water dispenser models
are designed to appeal to consumers of diverse demographic
audiences. We are currently working with our manufacturing
partners to develop new product lines that include self-bagging
automated purified ice dispensers and purified water refill
dispensers to be located
on-site
at
our retail customers. We expect to introduce these new product
lines in 2010. We are also in the early development stage of
creating a water dispenser product that provides consumers the
ability to dispense multiple purified water-based beverages,
including traditional hot drink products and flavored and
carbonated beverages.
Competition
We participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment
of the nonalcoholic beverage industry. While the industry is
dominated by large and well-known international companies,
numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market
niches. We believe we have a unique business model in the
bottled water market in the United States in that we not only
offer three- and five-gallon bottled water on a nationwide basis
but also provide consumers the ability to exchange their used
containers as part of our water bottle exchange service. We
believe that we are one of the first companies to provide a
national water bottle exchange service at retail. While we are
aware of a few direct competitors that operate similar networks,
we believe they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and
do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottler and distributor
capabilities to effectively support major retailers nationwide.
Competitive factors with respect to our business include
pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, product
innovation, efficient production and distribution techniques,
introduction of new packaging, and brand and trademark
development and protection.
Our primary competitors in our bottled water business include
Nestlé, The
Coca-Cola
Company, PepsiCo, Dr Pepper Snapple Group and DS Waters of
America. None of these companies currently offer a nationwide
water bottle exchange service at retail. However, many of these
competitors are leading consumer products companies, have
substantially greater financial and other resources than we do,
have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have
established relationships with retailers, manufacturers,
bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange
business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do
so. In addition to competition between firms within the bottled
water industry, the industry itself faces significant
competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including
carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices,
sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.
We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser
marketplace. This marketplace is diverse and faces competition
from other methods of purified water consumption such as
countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration
systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water
filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs,
standard and advanced feature water coolers and
refrigerator-dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.
61
Intellectual
Property and Trademarks
We believe that our intellectual property provides a competitive
advantage and we have invested substantial time, effort and
capital in establishing and protecting our intellectual property
rights. We have filed certain patent applications and trademark
registration applications and intend to seek additional patents,
to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations
for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property.
We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other
intellectual property to be valuable to our business and the
establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange
service. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to
protect our proprietary rights. We own ten United States federal
trademark registrations, including registrations for our
Primo
®
and Taste
Perfection
®
trademarks, our
Primo
®
logo and our distinctive four bubble design. U.S. federal
trademark registrations generally have a perpetual duration if
they are properly maintained and renewed. We also own a pending
application to register our Zero Waste. Perfect
Taste
tm
trademark in the United States and Canada for use in association
with drinking water dispensers, bottled drinking water and a
variety of other non-alcoholic beverages. In addition, the
design of our recycling center displays is protected by four
United States design patents and two Canadian industrial design
registrations. The United States design patents expire between
May 2021 and April 2022 and, assuming that certain
required fees are paid, the Canadian industrial design
registrations expire in May 2017. We own three pending
utility patent applications in the United States for our bottled
water distribution method and bottle return apparatus (or our
recycling center displays). Additionally, we are party to a
license agreement with The Black & Decker Corporation,
which expires December 31, 2010, pursuant to which we
provide private label water dispensers to Target that are
branded as Black & Decker products.
In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets
and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our
product development, business processes and operating
activities. We regard portions of our proprietary MIS tools,
various algorithms used in our business and the composition of
our mineral formula to be valuable trade secrets of the Company.
We seek to protect this information through appropriate efforts
to maintain its secrecy, including confidentiality agreements.
Governmental
Regulation
The conduct of our businesses and the production, distribution,
advertising, promotion, labeling, safety, transportation, sale
and use of our products are subject to various laws and
regulations administered by federal, state and local
governmental agencies in the United States. It is our policy to
abide by the laws and regulations that apply to us, and we
require our bottling, manufacturing, and distributing partners
to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to them.
We are required to comply with:
|
|
|
|
|
federal laws, such as the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act,
the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the Americans with
Disabilities Act;
|
|
|
|
customs and foreign trade laws and regulations;
|
|
|
|
state consumer protection laws;
|
|
|
|
federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws;
|
|
|
|
laws governing equal employment opportunity and workplace
activities; and
|
|
|
|
various other federal, state and local statutes and regulations.
|
We maintain environmental, health and safety policies and a
quality, environmental, health and safety program designed to
ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
62
The United States Food and Drug Administration (the
FDA) regulates bottled water as a food under the
federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Our bottled water must meet
FDA requirements of safety for human consumption, identity,
quality and labeling. Further, the sale and marketing of our
products is subject to FDAs advertising and promotion
requirements and restrictions. In addition, FDA has established
current good manufacturing practice regulations,
which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls
used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled
drinking water. We and our third-party supply, bottling and
distribution partners are subject to these requirements. We also
must comply with overlapping and sometimes inconsistent state
regulations in various jurisdictions. As a result, we must
expend resources to continuously monitor state legislative and
regulatory activities for purposes of identifying and ensuring
compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to our
bottled water business in each state in which we operate. While
we must meet the government-mandated standards, we believe that
our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those set by federal,
state and local regulations.
Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to
make water bottles is subject to regulation by the FDA. Those
regulations are concerned with substances used in food packaging
materials, not with specific finished food packaging products.
We believe our beverage containers are in compliance with FDA
regulations. Additionally, the use of polycarbonates in food
containers used by children under three years of age is subject
to certain state and local restrictions.
Measures have been enacted in various localities and states that
require a deposit or tax to be charged for certain
non-refillable beverage containers. The precise requirements
imposed by these measures vary. Other deposit, recycling or
product stewardship proposals have been introduced in various
jurisdictions. We anticipate that similar legislation or
regulations may be proposed in the future at the local, state
and federal levels.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims
and other legal proceedings arising from our normal business
activities. We have not had, and we do not believe that we have
currently, any proceedings that, individually or in the
aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters, including our principal
administrative, marketing, sales, technical support and research
and development facilities, are located in Winston-Salem, North
Carolina where we lease approximately 14,200 square feet
under an agreement that expires on May 31, 2011.
In addition we lease warehouse space in Winston-Salem, North
Carolina, Lakeland, Florida and Petersburg, Virginia to support
our Company-owned operations in these regions. These facilities
have lease expirations that vary from November 2010 to May 2012.
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate
to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate
expansion of our operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 75 employees. We
believe that our continued success will depend on our ability to
continue to attract and retain skilled personnel. We have never
had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by
a labor union. We believe our relationship with our employees is
good.
63
MANAGEMENT
Set forth below are our executive officers and directors,
together with their positions and ages as of March 1, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Operations
|
Duane G. Goodwin
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Business Development
|
Richard A. Brenner
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Director
|
David W. Dupree
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
Malcolm McQuilkin
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Director
|
Set forth below is a brief description of the business
experience of our directors and executive officers.
Billy D. Prim Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer, President and Director.
Mr. Prim has been
our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since he
founded the Company in 2004. Mr. Prim has also served on
our Board of Directors since 2004. Prior to founding the
Company, Mr. Prim founded Blue Rhino Corporation (a
provider of propane cylinder exchange and complementary propane
and non-propane products) in March 1994 and served as its Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. He led Blue
Rhinos initial public offering in May 1998 and remained
its Chief Executive Officer until April 2004, when Blue Rhino
was acquired by Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., at which time he was
elected to the Ferrellgas board of directors on which he served
until November 2008. Mr. Prim currently serves on the
board of directors of Towne Park Ltd. and previously served on
the board of directors of Southern Community Bank and Trust from
1996 until 2005. Mr. Prim brings extensive business,
managerial and leadership experience to our Board of Directors.
Mr. Prims service as an executive and a Director of
Primo provide our Board of Directors with a vital understanding
and appreciation of our business. In addition,
Mr. Prims leadership abilities, his experience at
Blue Rhino and his extensive knowledge of the bottled water
industry position him well for service on our Board of Directors.
Mark Castaneda Chief Financial
Officer.
Mr. Castaneda has served as our Chief
Financial Officer since March 2008. Prior to joining our
Company, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Tecta America,
Inc. (a private national roofing contractor) from October 2007
until March 2008, as Chief Financial Officer for Interact Public
Safety (a private software company) from September 2006 until
October 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer for Pike Electric
Corporation (a publicly-traded energy solutions provider) from
October 2004 until August 2006, where he helped lead its initial
public offering in July 2005. Mr. Castaneda served Blue
Rhino Corporation as its Chief Financial Officer from November
1997 until October 2004 and as a Director from September 1998
until April 2004. Mr. Castaneda helped lead Blue Rhinos
initial public offering with Mr. Prim in May 1998.
Mr. Castaneda began his career with Deloitte &
Touche in 1988 and is a certified public accountant.
Michael S. Gunter Senior Vice President,
Operations.
Mr. Gunter has served as our Senior
Vice President of Operations since March 2010 and previously
served as our Vice President of Operations from our founding in
October 2004 through February 2010. Prior to joining our
Company, he served as the Senior Director of Strategy and
Financial Analysis as well as the Director of Information
Technology for Blue Rhino Corporation from 2000 until October
2004. Mr. Gunter served as an Artillery Officer in the
United States Marine Corps from 1990 to 1996.
Duane G. Goodwin Senior Vice President,
Business Development.
Mr. Goodwin has served as our
Senior Vice President of Business Development since February
2010. Prior to joining our Company, he served as Chief Supply
Chain Officer for BlueLinx Corporation (a distributor of
building products) from December 2005 until April 2009, as
Senior Operations Consultant for Cerberus Capital Management (a
private investment firm) from June 2005 until December 2005 and
in various management roles for The Home Depot (a home
64
improvement retailer) from 1994 until January 2005. Before
joining The Home Depot Mr. Goodwin was with Walmart Stores, Inc.
(a mass merchant retailer), where he served in a variety of
roles from 1985 through 1994.
Richard A. Brenner Director.
Mr. Brenner has served on our Board of Directors since
2005. He has been the Chief Executive Officer of Amarr Garage
Doors (a manufacturer and distributor of garage doors) since
July 2002 and was its President from July 1993 until June 2002.
Mr. Brenner also serves on several boards of private and
nonprofit entities, including ABC of North Carolina, Idealliance
and Wake Forest University Health Sciences, and was a member of
the board of directors of Blue Rhino Corporation from 1998 to
2004. Mr. Brenners significant executive and board
service experience qualify him for service on our Board of
Directors.
David W. Dupree Director.
Mr. Dupree has served on our Board of Directors since April
2008. As a founder of The Halifax Group (a private equity group)
in 1999, he serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing
Director of Halifax. As the Chief Executive Officer and Managing
Director of Halifax, Mr. Dupree has an active role with many of
Halifaxs portfolio companies, including serving as the
managing member of GenPar Primo, LLC, the general partner of
Primo Investors, L.P. Prior to co-founding Halifax, Mr. Dupree
was a Managing Director and Partner with The Carlyle Group,
where he was primarily responsible for investments in healthcare
and related sectors. Mr. Dupree is also a Director Emeritus
of Whole Foods Markets, Inc. where he served as a director from
1997 until 2008 and served on the Audit Committee and was
Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
Mr. Dupree also serves on several boards of private and
non-profit organizations, including the Wake Forest University
Board of Trustees. Mr. Duprees business, financial,
executive and managerial experience as well as service on the
boards of various entities position him well to serve as a
member of our Board of Directors.
Malcolm McQuilkin Director.
Mr. McQuilkin has served on our Board of Directors since
2005. Since 1990, he has been Chief Executive Officer of Blue
Rhino Global Sourcing, LLC (an import and design company and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrellgas Propane Partners). As the
current Chief Executive Officer of Blue Rhino Global Sourcing,
Mr. McQuilkin provides our Board of Directors with
significant leadership and executive experience.
Mr. McQuilkins leadership abilities, his
international business expertise (particularly with respect to
outsourcing) and his extensive knowledge of complex financial
and operational issues facing large companies qualify him to
serve as a member of our Board of Directors.
David L. Warnock Director.
Mr. Warnock has served on our Board of Directors since
2005. He is a founder and managing member of Camden Partners
Holdings, LLC (a private investment management firm established
in 1995 and formerly known as Cahill Warnock &
Company, LLC). Mr. Warnock also serves as the managing
member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock serves on the board of National American
University, Inc., New Horizons Worldwide, Inc., Nobel Learning
Communities, Inc., Questar Assessment, Inc., Towne Park Ltd.,
Ranir LLC, and CIBT School of Business and Technology Corp., and
was a member of the board of directors of Blue Rhino Corporation
from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Warnock brings to our Board of
Directors a unique and valuable perspective from his years of
experience in private investment management.
Mr. Warnocks business acumen and his financial,
managerial, leadership and board service experience qualify him
to serve on our Board of Directors.
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the
discretion of, our Board of Directors.
Board of
Directors
Immediately following the closing of this offering, our Board of
Directors will consist of five members. Our amended and restated
bylaws that will be in effect immediately following the closing
of this offering permit our Board of Directors to establish the
authorized number of directors, and five directors are currently
authorized. These amended and restated bylaws also provide that
any vacancies or newly-created directorships may be filled only
by the remaining members of our Board of Directors.
65
As of the closing of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of
three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year
terms, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
the Class I directors will be Billy D. Prim and David W.
Dupree, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2011;
|
|
|
|
the Class II directors will be David L. Warnock and Malcolm
McQuilkin, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
|
|
the Class III director will be Richard A. Brenner, and his
term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be
held in 2013.
|
Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors
for that class will be elected for a three-year term at the
annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term
expires. Each directors term continues until the election
and qualification of that directors successor, or that
directors earlier death, resignation or removal. Any
increase or decrease in the number of directors will be
distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as
possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
This classification of our Board of Directors may have the
effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our
Company.
Director
Independence
Upon the closing of this offering, we anticipate that our common
stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the
applicable Nasdaq listing standards, independent directors must
comprise a majority of a listed companys Board of
Directors within a specified period following the closing of its
initial public offering. In addition, Nasdaqs rules
require that, subject to specific exceptions, each member of a
listed companys audit committee and those members of the
board of directors determining executive compensation and
director nominations be independent. Audit committee members
also must satisfy the independence criteria set forth in
rule 10A-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the Nasdaq
rules, a director will only qualify as an independent
director if, in the opinion of the companys board of
directors, that person does not have a relationship that would
interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying
out the responsibilities of a director.
In order to be considered independent for purposes of
rule 10A-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a member of an audit
committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her
capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of
directors or any other board committee: (1) accept,
directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other
compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its
subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed
company or any of its subsidiaries.
In
2010, our Board of Directors undertook a review of its
composition, the composition of its committees and the
independence of each director. Based upon information requested
from and provided by each director concerning his background,
employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our
Board of Directors has determined that none of
Messrs. ,
representing of our five current
directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the
exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the
responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors
is independent as that term is defined under Nasdaq
rules. Our Board of Directors also determined that
Messrs. ,
who comprise our audit committee, Messrs., who comprise our
compensation committee, and
Messrs. ,
who comprise our nominating and governance committee, satisfy
the independence standards for those committees established by
applicable SEC rules and the rules of Nasdaq. In making these
determinations, our Board of Directors considered the
relationships that each non-employee director has with our
Company and all other facts and circumstances our Board of
Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence,
including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each
non-employee director. There is no family relationship between
any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a
director or executive officer.
66
Board
Committees
Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and governance
committee. Our Board of Directors may establish other committees
from time to time to facilitate our corporate governance.
Audit Committee.
Our audit committee is comprised of
Messrs. Brenner, Dupree and Warnock, with Mr. Dupree
acting as chair. The principal responsibilities and functions of
our audit committee are to assist the Board of Directors in
fulfilling its oversight of (i) the integrity of our
financial statements, (ii) the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting, (iii) our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iv) the
qualifications and independence of our registered public
accounting firm, and (v) the performance of our registered
public accounting firm. In carrying out its oversight
responsibilities and functions, our audit committee, among other
things, oversees and interacts with our independent auditors
regarding the auditors engagement
and/or
dismissal, duties, compensation, qualifications and performance;
reviews and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of
audits and our accounting principles, policies and practices;
reviews and discusses our audited annual financial statements
with our independent auditors and management; and reviews and
approves or ratifies (if appropriate) related party
transactions. Our audit committee also is directly responsible
for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of
our independent auditors.
Our Board of Directors has determined
that
is an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the
applicable rules of the SEC, and that all members of the audit
committee are independent within the meaning of the
applicable Nasdaq listing standards and the independence
standards of
rule 10A-3
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each of the members of
the audit committee meets the requirements for financial
literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC
and The Nasdaq Stock Market.
Compensation Committee.
Our compensation committee is
comprised of Messrs. Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock, with
Mr. Warnock acting as the chair. The principal functions of
our compensation committee include (i) reviewing our
compensation practices and policies, (ii) reviewing and
approving the compensation for our senior executives,
(iii) evaluating the performance of our senior executives,
and (iv) assisting in the Companys compliance with
the regulations of the SEC regarding executive compensation
disclosure. Our Board of Directors has determined that all
members of the compensation committee are
independent within the meaning of the applicable
Nasdaq listing standards.
Nominating and Governance Committee.
Our nominating and
governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Brenner,
Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock, with Mr. Brenner acting as
the chair. The principal functions of our nominating and
corporate governance committee are, among other things, to
(i) establish membership criteria for our Board of
Directors, (ii) establish and communicate to stockholders a
method of recommending potential director nominees for the
committees consideration, (iii) identify individuals
qualified to become directors consistent with such criteria and
select the director nominees, (iv) plan for continuity on
our Board of Directors, (v) recommend action to our Board
of Directors upon any vacancies on our Board of Directors,
(vi) facilitate the annual evaluation of the performance of
our Board of Directors and its committees,
(vii) periodically review management succession plans, and
(viii) consider and recommend to our Board of Directors
other actions relating to our Board of Directors, its members
and its committees. Our Board of Directors has determined that
all members of the nominating and governance committee are
independent within the meaning of the applicable
Nasdaq listing standards.
Code of
Conduct
Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering. This code will apply to all of our employees,
officers, and directors, including our principal executive,
financial and accounting officers and all persons performing
similar functions. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics will be available upon the closing of this offering on
our corporate website
67
(
www.primowater.com
). We expect that any amendments to
the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed
on our website.
Director
Compensation
We have not historically had any policy regarding compensation
payable to our directors. Instead, we have from time to time in
the past made awards of stock options to our non-employee
directors. We made no such awards in 2008 or 2009 and we have
not otherwise compensated our directors for services. In
February 2010, we awarded each of our non-employee directors
60,000 shares of restricted common stock that vest in equal
annual installments over a three-year period.
After giving effect to these awards, our non-employee directors
hold the following equity awards received as director
compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Stock Options
(#)
(1)
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
(#)
(2)
|
|
|
Richard A. Brenner
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
David W. Dupree
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These stock options were granted
prior to 2008, are vested in their entirety and have an exercise
price of $1.25 per share. As of December 31, 2009, the only
outstanding equity awards were the stock options listed above.
|
|
(2)
|
|
These shares of restricted stock
were granted on February 18, 2010 and vest in equal annual
installments over a three-year period.
|
In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors
approved and adopted our Non-Employee Director Compensation
Policy. Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy,
each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of
$25,000, to be paid one-half in restricted common stock and
one-half in options to purchase common stock, granted on the
first business day following each annual meeting of our
stockholders. Additionally, non-employee directors will receive
the following cash awards: (i) a $5,000 retainer for
directors who also serve as committee chairs and a $2,500
retainer for other directors; (ii) $2,500 for each
regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting attended in
person ($1,000 if attended telephonically); (iii) $1,000
for each ad hoc telephonic special Board of Directors meeting
attended; (iv) $1,000 for each regularly scheduled
committee meeting attended; and (v) $500 for each ad hoc
telephonic committee meeting attended. Grants made under the
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy will be made pursuant
to the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and will vest in
full on the day immediately following the first anniversary of
the grant date.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Upon the closing of this offering, our compensation committee
will consist of Messrs. Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock.
During 2009, Messrs. Prim, Brenner, McQuilkin and Warnock
served on our compensation committee. Mr. Filipowski, a
former member of our Board of Directors, also served on our
compensation committee through the end of January 2009.
Interlocks
With the exception of Mr. Prim who served on our
compensation committee through the end of 2009, none of the
members of our current compensation committee or our
compensation committee during 2009 is or has at any time been an
officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers has
served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of
the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has
one or more executive officers who served on our Board of
Directors or compensation committee during 2009.
68
The following paragraphs provide a description of certain
transactions between the company and current members of the
compensation committee and former members of the compensation
committee who served at any time during 2009. See Related
Party Transactions for additional information regarding
these transactions.
Sale of
Subordinated Convertible Notes and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock (either
individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an
aggregate of $3.04 million of our 2011 Notes and an
aggregate of 225,185 warrants to purchase shares of our common
stock in a private placement on December 30, 2009. We
issued a total of $15.0 million of 2011 Notes and a total
of 1,111,109 warrants in that private placement. The exercise
price of these warrants is either (a) $1.25 per share or
(b) following a public offering in which we realize at
least $30.0 million in net proceeds, 80% of the per share
price of the shares issued in the offering. The following table
sets forth certain information regarding such persons
purchase of the 2011 Notes and the related warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
Name
|
|
Affiliated Investor
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
540,000
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
David W. Dupree
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
7,407
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
74,074
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP
|
|
|
1,344,140
|
|
|
|
99,566
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP
|
|
|
55,860
|
|
|
|
4,138
|
|
Sale of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock (either
individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an
aggregate of 5,826,947 shares of Series C convertible
preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
582,695 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$1.98 per share in private placement transactions between
December 14, 2007 and May 20, 2008. We issued a total
of 12,520,001 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and
warrants to purchase 1,252,001 shares of common stock in
connection with these private placement transactions. The
following table sets forth certain information regarding such
persons ownership of those shares and warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Amount Paid for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Shares and Warrants
|
|
Name
|
|
Affiliated Investor
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
512,363
|
|
|
|
51,237
|
|
|
|
1,229,671
|
|
David W. Dupree
|
|
Primo Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
4,281,250
|
|
|
|
428,125
|
|
|
|
10,275,000
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
480,000
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP
|
|
|
800,084
|
|
|
|
80,008
|
|
|
|
1,920,202
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP
|
|
|
33,250
|
|
|
|
3,325
|
|
|
|
79,800
|
|
Sale of
Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, McQuilkin, Warnock and Filipowski (either
individually or through or with an affiliated entity or person)
purchased an aggregate of 8,999,691 shares of Series B
preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
2,402,916 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share in private placement transactions between
April 28, 2006 and June 30, 2007. We issued a total of
23,280,221 shares of Series B
69
preferred stock and warrants to purchase a total of
6,215,813 shares of common stock in these private placement
transactions. The following table sets forth certain information
regarding such persons ownership of those shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Amount Paid for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Shares and Warrants
|
|
Name
|
|
Affiliated Investor
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
5,164,846
|
|
|
|
1,379,013
|
|
|
|
5,164,846
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
Deborah Prim
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
18,690
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin
|
|
Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
160,200
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP
|
|
|
2,880,300
|
|
|
|
769,040
|
|
|
|
2,880,300
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP
|
|
|
119,700
|
|
|
|
31,959
|
|
|
|
119,700
|
|
Andrew J. Filipowski
|
|
|
|
|
164,845
|
|
|
|
44,014
|
|
|
|
164,845
|
|
70
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation
arrangements of our (1) principal executive officer (Billy
D. Prim), (2) principal financial officer (Mark Castaneda)
and (3) three most highly compensated executive officers
other than our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer who were serving as executive officers on
December 31, 2009 (Michael S. Gunter, Richard E. Belmont
and Brent C. Boydston, and collectively with Messrs. Prim
and Castaneda, our NEOs) should be read together with the
compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are
based on our current considerations, expectations and
determinations regarding future compensation programs. The
actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation
programs that we adopt may differ materially from current or
planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
Introduction
Our compensation discussion and analysis discusses the total
compensation for our NEOs, and it describes our overall
compensation philosophy, objectives and practices. Our
compensation philosophy and objectives generally apply to all of
our employees and all of our employees are eligible to
participate in the main components our compensation program
consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
annual cash bonus; and
|
|
|
|
equity compensation.
|
The relative value of each of these components for individual
employees varies based on job role and responsibility, as well
as our financial performance.
Compensation
Philosophy and Objectives
Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of
development. Our compensation philosophy is to offer our
executive officers, including our NEOs, compensation and
benefits that are competitive and meet our goals of attracting,
retaining and motivating highly skilled management, which is
necessary to achieve our financial and strategic objectives and
create long-term value for our stockholders. Accordingly, our
executive officer compensation program is designed to link
annual and long-term cash and stock incentives to the
achievement of Company and individual performance goals and to
align the interests of executive officers with the creation of
stockholder value.
We believe compensation should be determined within a framework
that is intended to reward individual contribution and the
achievement of Company objectives. Within this overall
philosophy, our objectives are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, retain and motivate our executives by providing a total
compensation program that takes into consideration competitive
market requirements and strategic business needs;
|
|
|
|
align the financial interests of executive officers with those
of our stockholders, both in the short and long term;
|
|
|
|
provide incentives for achieving and exceeding annual and
long-term performance goals; and
|
|
|
|
appropriately reward executive officers for creating long-term
stockholder value.
|
71
Each of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter is entering into
an employment agreement with the Company in connection with this
offering. We are also entering into an employment agreement in
connection with this offering with Duane G. Goodwin who joined
our Company as Senior Vice President, Business Development in
February 2010. The material terms of those employment agreements
are described below.
Role of
Directors and Executive Officers in Setting
Compensation
Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a
result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing
or SEC rules requiring a majority of our Board of Directors to
be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of
Board committees, including our compensation committee.
Historically, we have informally considered the competitive
market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic
areas and companies of similar size and stage of development,
including other small, high-growth public companies. This
consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by
members of our compensation committee and also included
consultations with our Chief Executive Officer. As we gain
experience as a public company, we expect that the specific
direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation
program will continue to evolve. For example, over time, we
expect to reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations in
favor of a more empirically based approach that could involve,
among other practices, benchmarking the compensation paid to our
NEOs against peer companies that we identify and the use of
clearly defined, objective targets to determine incentive
compensation awards.
The compensation committee typically considers, but is not
required to accept, our Chief Executive Officers
evaluation regarding the performance and recommendation
regarding proposed base salary and bonus and equity awards for
the other NEOs, as well as himself. The compensation committee
may also request the assistance of our Chief Financial Officer
in evaluating the financial, accounting and tax implications of
various compensation awards paid to the NEOs. However, our Chief
Financial Officer does not recommend or determine the amounts or
types of compensation paid to the NEOs. Our Chief Executive
Officer and certain of our other NEOs may attend compensation
committee meetings, as requested by the chairman of the
compensation committee. Our NEOs, including our Chief Executive
Officer, typically do not attend any portion of the compensation
committee meetings during which their compensation is
established and approved.
We believe the levels of compensation we provide should be
competitive, reasonable and appropriate for our business needs
and circumstances. To date, the compensation committee has not
engaged a compensation consultant. Rather, the compensation
committee and our Chief Executive Officer applied subjective
discretion to make compensation decisions and they have not used
a specific formula or matrix to set compensation in relation to
compensation paid by other companies. To date, our compensation
committee has not established any percentile targets for the
levels of compensation provided to our NEOs. Similarly, the
compensation committee has not performed competitive reviews of
our compensation programs with those of similarly-situated
companies, nor have we engaged in benchmarking of compensation
paid to our NEOs. Our historical approach has been to consider
competitive compensation practices and other factors such as how
much compensation was necessary to recruit and retain an
executive and individual performance rather than establishing
compensation at specific benchmark percentiles. This approach
has enabled us to respond to dynamics in the labor market and
provided us with flexibility in maintaining and enhancing our
NEOs engagement, focus, motivation and enthusiasm for our
future. However, as mentioned above, we expect to build some of
these practices into our compensation approach over time as we
review, evaluate and refine our compensation policies and
practices as a public company.
The amount of past compensation, including annual discretionary
bonus awards and amounts realizable from prior stock option
awards, is generally not a significant factor in the
compensation committees considerations because these
awards would have been earned based on performance in prior
years. The compensation committee does, however, consider prior
awards when considering the retention aspects of our
compensation program.
Our NEOs are not subject to mandated stock ownership or stock
retention guidelines. It is the belief of the compensation
committee that the equity component of our executive
compensation program ensures that our
72
NEOs are also owners and those components work to align the
NEOs goals with the best interests of our stockholders.
Elements
of Our Executive Compensation Program
The principal elements of our executive compensation program
have to date been base salary, a discretionary annual cash bonus
and long-term equity compensation in the form of stock options.
Each of these compensation elements satisfies one or more of our
compensation objectives.
We have not adopted any policies with respect to long-term
versus currently-paid compensation, but feel that both elements
are necessary for achieving our compensation objectives.
Currently-paid salary compensation provides financial stability
for each of our NEOs and annual increases in base salary provide
a reward for short-term Company and individual performance.
Annual cash bonuses likewise provide a reward for short-term
Company and individual performance. Long-term equity
compensation rewards achievement of strategic long-term
objectives and contributes toward overall stockholder value.
Similarly, while we have not adopted any policies with respect
to cash versus non-cash compensation (or among different forms
of non-cash compensation), we feel that it is important to
encourage or provide for a meaningful amount of equity ownership
by our NEOs to help align their interests with those of
stockholders, one of our compensation objectives. We have also
used equity compensation in order to preserve the Companys
cash to the extent practicable in order to facilitate our growth
and development. We combine the compensation elements for each
NEO in a manner that the compensation committee believes, in its
discretion and judgment, is consistent with the executives
contributions to our Company and our overall goals with respect
to executive compensation.
Base
Salary
We believe that a competitive base salary is an important
component of compensation as it provides a degree of financial
stability for our NEOs and is critical to recruiting and
retaining our executives. Base salary is also designed to
recognize the scope of responsibilities placed on each NEO and
reward each executive for his or her unique leadership skills,
management experience and contributions. We make a subjective
determination of base salary after considering such factors
collectively.
Annual
Bonuses
Our cash bonus compensation is designed to reward achievement of
goals that support our objective of enhancing stockholder value
and motivating executives to achieve superior performance in
their areas of responsibility. We generally utilize incentive
plans that tie payment of cash bonuses to the Companys
achievement of certain objectives, including revenue targets,
EBITDA targets and new selling locations. Our incentive plans
also base a portion of the bonus payment on the achievement of
individual initiatives that are determined by the Chief
Executive Officer, or, in the case of the Chief Executive
Officer, by the compensation committee. We determined not to
establish an annual incentive plan for 2009 given our desire to
reduce expenses in the face of uncertain U.S. economic
conditions. As a result, we paid no bonuses to our NEOs with
respect to the 2009 performance year.
We have, however, established such an annual incentive plan for
2010, which includes an opportunity for a cash award and an
equity award as follows:
|
|
|
|
o
|
A cash incentive pool will be created based upon the amount by
which the Companys actual earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for 2010
exceeds target EBITDA (based on the Companys 2010 budget).
This cash pool with be funded as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
50% of the first $1.0 million of actual EBITDA in excess of
target EBITDA; plus
|
73
|
|
|
|
n
|
30% of the next $1.0 million of actual EBITDA in excess of
target EBITDA; plus
|
|
|
n
|
20% of any actual EBITDA more than $2.0 million in excess
of target EBITDA.
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
Each participant in the annual incentive plan for 2010 will be
entitled to a portion of the cash incentive pool equal to that
participants individual 2010 salary over the total 2010
salaries of all the participants in the 2010 annual incentive
plan multiplied by the total amount in the cash incentive pool.
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
Target amounts are based on Company and employee-specific
performance;
|
|
|
o
|
50% of the award will be payable in stock options and 50% will
be payable in restricted stock; and
|
|
|
o
|
Actual awards will be based on the compensation committees
subjective evaluation of the Companys and each
individuals performance.
|
Long-Term
Equity Compensation
Historically, we have provided long-term equity compensation
primarily through grants of stock options. However, no such
equity compensation was paid in 2009 other than certain awards
that were made with respect to 2008 performance. Beginning in
2010, we intend to use a combination of stock options and
restricted stock.
We have granted stock options and intend to grant stock options
and restricted stock through annually-adopted executive
incentive plans, initial grants to new employees and, on
occasion, through additional grants approved by our Board of
Directors or the compensation committee. We believe that such
grants further our compensation objectives of aligning the
interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders,
encouraging long-term performance, and providing a simple and
easy-to-understand
form of equity compensation that promotes executive retention.
We view such grants both as incentives for future performance
and as compensation for past accomplishments.
We generally have used stock options in the past, rather than
other forms of long-term incentives, because they create value
for the executive only if stockholder value is increased through
appreciation of our share price. Prior to this offering, all
stock option grants were made pursuant to our 2004 Stock Plan.
Historically, the exercise price of our stock options has been
at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of grant. Prior to this offering, the fair market value
of our common stock has been established by our Board of
Directors using factors it considered appropriate for a
reasonable valuation. Following this offering, the fair market
value of our common stock will be the closing price of our
common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of the
grant, provided our shares are approved for listing on the
Nasdaq Global Market. As a privately owned company prior to the
date of this offering, we have not established a program, plan
or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to
executive officers coinciding with the release of material
non-public information. We have adopted a policy, to take effect
upon completion of this offering, that provides for our
compensation committee to approve stock option grants up to four
times per year at its regularly scheduled quarterly meetings,
and further provides that such grants will be effective on the
third trading day following the date of the next public
disclosure of our financial results following the date of each
such meeting.
Following this offering, we anticipate that we will continue to
use stock option grants, as well as restricted stock and other
forms of equity compensation. We believe restricted stock aligns
the interests of our executive officers with those of our
stockholders and serves as a retention tool as it will typically
be subject to a multi-year vesting period. Following this
offering, all equity award grants will be made pursuant to our
2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. The exercise price of
stock options will be based on the fair market value of our
common stock on the grant date as described above.
74
Our Chief Executive Officer received an initial stock option
grant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock in
2004 in connection with the formation of the Company. Our other
NEOs received stock option grants in connection with their
initial hire. The number of stock options granted to our NEOs in
connection with their initial hire was determined based upon
negotiations with each executive, represented the number
necessary to recruit each executive from his then-current
position and reflected our Board of Directors subjective
evaluation of the executives experience and potential for
future performance.
We have made additional discretionary grants of equity
compensation to all of our executive officers from time to time,
as determined by our Board of Directors or the compensation
committee taking into consideration factors such as individual
performance and competitive market conditions.
Perquisites
and Other Benefits
As a general matter, we do not intend to offer perquisites or
other benefits to any executive officer, including the NEOs,
with an aggregate value in excess of $10,000 annually, because
we believe we can provide better incentives for desired
performance with compensation in the forms described above. We
recognize that, from time to time, it may be appropriate to
provide some perquisites or other benefits in order to attract,
motivate and retain our executives, with any such decision to be
reviewed and approved by the compensation committee as needed.
Our executive officers are eligible to participate in standard
employee benefit plans, including medical, dental, vision, life
and any other employee benefit or insurance plan made available
to employees. We maintain a 401(k) plan, which is intended to be
a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code. In general, all of our employees are
eligible to participate in this plan. The 401(k) plan includes a
salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may
elect to reduce their current compensation by up to 90% or the
statutory limit, $16,500 in 2009, whichever is less, and have
the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We
made no matching contributions during 2009; however, in 2010 our
Board of Directors established a Company match of up to 50% of
employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of
the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of
certain objectives to be determined by our Board of Directors.
Employment
and Severance and Change of Control Benefits
We believe that a strong, experienced management team is
essential to the best interests of the Company and our
stockholders. We recognize that the possibility of a change of
control could arise and that such a possibility could result in
the departure or distraction of members of the management team
to the detriment of our Company and our stockholders. We are
entering into new employment agreements with certain of our NEOs
in connection with this offering, which are intended to minimize
employment security concerns arising in the course of
negotiating and completing a change of control transaction. A
more detailed description of the change of control provisions
provided in these employment agreements is available under the
section captioned Employment Agreements and Change of
Control Arrangements below, and the change of control
benefits are quantified in the section captioned Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.
Analysis
of 2009 Compensation for Named Executive Officers
Base
Salary
In light of the uncertain U.S. economic conditions, we did
not increase the base salaries of our NEOs for 2009 compared to
2008.
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of our Chief Executive
Officer, Billy D. Prim, was $400,000 per year.
75
Mark Castaneda, our Chief Financial Officer, became an employee
of the Company in 2008. At that time, our Board of Directors set
his base salary at $225,000 per year. Mr. Castanedas
2009 base salary remained at $225,000 per year.
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of Michael S. Gunter, our
Senior Vice President, Operations, was $173,363.
Richard E. Belmont, our Vice President, Products, became an
employee of the Company in 2008. At that time, our Board of
Directors set his base salary at $183,195 per year.
Mr. Belmonts 2009 base salary remained at $183,195
per year.
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of Brent C. Boydston, our
former Vice President, Business Development and current Vice
President, National Accounts, was $217,350.
In February 2010, we approved base salaries for our NEOs as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Amount ($)
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
190,000
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Annual
Cash Bonuses
We did not make any cash bonus payments to NEOs for 2009. The
compensation committee decided not to establish an annual
incentive plan for 2009 given its desire to reduce expenses in
the face of uncertain U.S. economic conditions. We
paid the following cash bonuses to our NEOs for 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Amount ($)
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
15,300
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
Long-Term
Equity Compensation
We did not make any equity awards to NEOs for 2009 because, as
noted above, the compensation committee determined not to
establish an annual incentive plan for 2009. We awarded our NEOs
options to purchase the following number of shares (at an
exercise price of $1.25 per share) in 2009 for 2008 performance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
Name
|
|
of Options
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
23,800
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
Tax
Considerations
Other than our Chief Executive Officer, we have not provided any
executive officer or director with a
gross-up
or
other reimbursement for tax amounts the executive might pay
pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the
76
Internal Revenue Code. As described in the section below
captioned Employment Agreements and Change of Control
Arrangements, any payments our Chief Executive Officer
receives in connection with a change of control may be subject
to increase to cover any excise tax imposed by Section 280G
of the Internal Revenue Code.
Section 280G and related Code sections provide that
executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder
interests and certain other service providers could be subject
to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or
benefits in connection with a change of control that exceed
certain limits, and that we or our successor could lose a
deduction on the amounts subject to the additional tax.
Section 409A also imposes additional significant taxes on
the individual in the event that an executive officer, director
or service provider receives deferred compensation
that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.
Because of the limitations of Internal Revenue Code
Section 162(m), our federal income tax deduction for
compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to certain
other highly compensated executive officers (other than our
Chief Financial Officer) may be limited if the compensation
exceeds $1,000,000 per person during any fiscal year, unless it
is performance-based under Code Section 162(m)
or meets another exception to the deduction limits. In addition
to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock
options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the
excess of the current market price over the option price, or the
option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in
any year, such exercise may cause an officers total
compensation to exceed $1,000,000. However, option compensation
will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility if
the options meet certain requirements, and in the past we have
granted options that we believe met those requirements.
Additionally, under a special Code Section 162(m)
transition rule, any compensation paid pursuant to a
compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this
public offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation
until the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are
elected after the close of the third calendar year following the
year in which the public offering occurs, unless the
compensation plan is materially modified. While the compensation
committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact
our compensation programs in future years, the compensation
committee intends to maintain an approach to executive
compensation that links pay to performance. In addition, while
the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy
regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs,
the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility
under Code Section 162(m) as a factor in compensation
decisions.
Risk
Analysis of Compensation Program
The compensation committee has reviewed the Companys
compensation program and does not believe that it encourages
excessive or unnecessary risk taking. Base salaries are fixed in
amount and thus do not encourage risk taking. By utilizing
annual cash bonuses that are tied to individual and Company-wide
performance measures and long-term equity compensation as a
significant portion of total compensation, the compensation
committee believes that it has aligned our executive
officers objectives with those of our long-term
stockholders.
Conclusion
The compensation committee believes that our executive
leadership is a key element to our success and that the
compensation package offered to our NEOs is a key element in
attracting and retaining the appropriate personnel.
The compensation committee believes it has maintained
compensation for our NEOs at levels that are reflective of the
talent and success of the individuals being compensated, and
with the inclusion of additional compensation directly tied to
performance, the compensation committee believes executive
compensation will be sufficiently comparable to its industry
peers to allow us to retain our key personnel at costs which are
appropriate for us.
The compensation committee will continue to develop, analyze and
review its methods for aligning our executive officers
long-term compensation with the benefits generated for
stockholders. The compensation committee believes the idea of
creating ownership helps align managements interests with
the interests of stockholders. The compensation committee has no
pre-determined timeline for implementing new or ongoing
77
long-term incentive plans. New plans are reviewed, discussed and
implemented as the compensation committee believes it is
necessary or appropriate as a measure to incentivize, retain and
reward our NEOs.
Summary
Compensation Table for 2009
The following table sets forth information regarding the
compensation earned in 2009 for our NEOs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
(1)
|
|
($)
(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
Billy D. Prim
Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
400,138
|
|
Mark Castaneda
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
19,399
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
244,492
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
Senior Vice President, Operations
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
173,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
173,425
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
Vice President, Products
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
183,195
|
|
|
|
11,542
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
194,880
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
Vice President, Business
Development
(3)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
217,350
|
|
|
|
10,184
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
227,596
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the aggregate grant date
fair value of stock options awarded in 2009 calculated in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting
Standards Codification 718 (formerly referred to as
SFAS 123(R)). For a description of the assumptions used in
estimating the grant date fair value of the option awards as
reported in this column, see note 9 to our consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Amounts shown in this column
consist of life insurance premiums paid on behalf of each NEO.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Boydston served as Vice
President, Business Development through February 15, 2010.
Mr. Boydston currently serves the Company as Vice
President, National Accounts.
|
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards for 2009
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs in 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(#)
(1)
|
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
|
($)
(2)
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
1/29/2009
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
19,399
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
1/29/2009
|
|
|
|
23,800
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
11,542
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
1/29/2009
|
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
10,184
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We granted the stock options listed
in this column under our 2004 Stock Plan in 2009 for 2008
performance. The vesting schedule applicable to each award is
set forth below in the section entitled Outstanding Equity
Awards at December 31, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the aggregate grant date
fair value calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718
(formerly referred to as SFAS 123(R)). For a description of
the assumptions used in estimating such fair value, see
note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2009.
|
78
Outstanding
Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding
equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
($)
|
|
Date
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
11/01/14
|
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
01/01/16
|
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.98
|
|
|
|
05/01/18
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
112,500
|
(2)
|
|
|
1.98
|
|
|
|
05/01/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/29/19
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
11/01/14
|
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
01/01/16
|
|
|
|
|
4,187
|
|
|
|
4,188
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,125
|
(4)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
(5)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
09/11/16
|
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
|
|
|
33,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.98
|
|
|
|
05/01/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,800
|
(3)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/29/19
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
11/01/14
|
|
|
|
|
82,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
01/01/16
|
|
|
|
|
5,250
|
|
|
|
5,250
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
(4)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/25/17
|
|
|
|
|
39,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.98
|
|
|
|
05/01/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
01/29/19
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These options vest in two equal
annual installments on January 1, 2010 and January 1,
2011.
|
|
(2)
|
|
These options vest in three equal
annual installments on May 1, 2010, May 1, 2011 and
May 1, 2012.
|
|
(3)
|
|
These options vested in their
entirety on January 30, 2010.
|
|
(4)
|
|
These options vested in their
entirety on January 1, 2010.
|
|
(5)
|
|
These options vest in their
entirety on September 11, 2010.
|
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested for 2009
No stock options held by our NEOs were exercised during 2009. As
of December 31, 2009, none of our NEOs held any unvested
restricted stock.
Employment
Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements
The following summaries of the employment agreements of
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter describe the new
employment agreements with such individuals that are being
entered into in connection with this offering.
Employment
Agreement with Mr. Prim
Mr. Prims employment agreement provides for a base
annual salary of $400,000, which may be adjusted up but not down
by our Board of Directors. Mr. Prim will also be eligible
to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity
compensation as approved by our Board of Directors. The
employment agreement entitles Mr. Prim to participate in
all other Company benefits generally available to other senior
executives. Mr. Prims employment
79
agreement also provides for: (i) an annual automatic cost
of living increase to base salary based on the Consumer Price
Index; (ii) long-term disability coverage at 100% of base
annual salary; (iii) an annual physical paid for by the
Company; and (iv) Companys payment of certain
attorneys fees incurred in the event Mr. Prim has to take
action to enforce his rights under the employment agreement. We
have agreed to maintain insurance coverage for and indemnify
Mr. Prim in connection with his capacity as our director
and officer.
Our employment agreement with Mr. Prim provides for an
initial three-year employment term
commencing
and automatically extending for additional one-year periods
unless terminated by Mr. Prim or us upon at least
90 days prior written notice of intention not to renew. The
agreement may also be terminated by us or Mr. Prim for
other reasons and, subject to the conditions set forth in the
employment agreement, provides for certain payments to
Mr. Prim upon a termination of his employment or a change
of control of the Company, as described below.
If Mr. Prims employment is terminated for any reason,
he will be entitled to continued coverage under our
directors and officers insurance policy and to
continued rights to corporate indemnification, each as offered
to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for six
years following his termination date. Unless Mr. Prim is
terminated for Cause or he resigns without Good Reason (each as
defined below), he will be entitled to any applicable prorated
annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid annual
bonus for the immediately preceding year. Additionally, if
Mr. Prim is terminated without Cause, resigns for Good
Reason or we do not renew his employment agreement at the end of
its term, Mr. Prim will be entitled to (a) severance
payments in an amount equal to (i) his highest annual base
salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to
his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus
earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior
to his termination date; (b) coverage under health, dental,
life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to
(and on the same terms as) other executive officers for
12 months following his termination date; and (c) the
immediate vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or other
equity compensation awards scheduled to vest within six months
after his termination date.
If Mr. Prim is terminated without Cause or if he resigns
for Good Reason within two years following a Change of Control
(as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to
(a) any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year and
any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately
preceding year; (b) severance payments in an amount equal
to two times the sum of (i) his highest annual base salary
in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his
termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned
by Mr. Prim for the most recent two fiscal years ending
prior to his termination date; and (c) coverage under
health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit
plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the other executive
officers for the 24 months following his termination date.
In addition, any restricted stock, stock option or other equity
compensation awards will immediately vest as of the date of the
Change of Control.
As defined in Mr. Prims employment agreement,
Cause means (a) continued willful failure to
substantially perform his duties with the Company,
(b) willful engaging in misconduct materially and
demonstrably injurious to the Company or (c) his uncured
material breach of the agreement. Mr. Prim may terminate
his employment for Good Reason (i) if there is
a material reduction in his duties or responsibilities,
(ii) if he is required to relocate to an employment
location more than 50 miles from his initial employment
location, or (iii) upon our uncured material breach of the
agreement.
If Mr. Prim becomes subject to excise taxes under
Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, we will make a
tax
gross-up
payment to him in an amount sufficient to cover such excise
taxes and any interest or penalties thereon.
Mr. Prims employment agreement also contains
confidentiality provisions and non-competition and
non-solicitation covenants prohibiting, among other things,
Mr. Prims competition with us or his solicitation of
our customers, suppliers or employees for the
12-month
period following the termination of his employment.
80
Employment
Agreements with Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter
The Companys employment agreements with
Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter are substantially similar to
our employment agreement with Mr. Prim, except that the
economic terms differ among the agreements and their agreements
do not provide for: (i) an annual automatic cost of living
increase to base salary; (ii) additional long-term
disability coverage; (iii) a Company-paid annual physical;
(iv) Company payment of certain attorney fees; and
(v) a Section 4999 excise tax
gross-up
payment to cover certain taxes and penalties.
Mr. Castanedas employment agreement provides for a
base annual salary of $250,000 and Mr. Gunters
employment agreement provides for a base annual salary of
$225,000, which base salaries may be adjusted up but not down by
our Board of Directors. Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter will
also each be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity
and non-equity compensation as approved by our Board of
Directors. The employment agreements entitle each of
Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter to participate in all other
Company benefits generally available to other senior executives.
We have agreed to maintain insurance coverage for and indemnify
each of Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter in connection with
their respective capacities as officers.
Our employment agreements with each of Messrs. Castaneda
and Gunter provide for initial three-year employment terms
commencing
and automatically extending for additional one-year periods
unless terminated by the NEO or us upon at least 90 days
prior written notice of intention not to renew. The agreement
may also be terminated by us or the NEO for other reasons and,
subject to the conditions set forth in the employment agreement,
provides for certain payments to be made to such NEO upon a
termination of his employment or a change of control of the
Company, as described below.
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated for
any reason, he will be entitled to continued coverage under our
directors and officers insurance policy and
continued rights to corporate indemnification, each as offered
to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for six
years following his termination date. Unless either of
Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated for Cause or
resigns without Good Reason (each as defined above with respect
to Mr. Prims employment agreement), he will be
entitled to any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year
and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately
preceding year. Additionally, if either of
Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause,
resigns for Good Reason or we do not renew his employment
agreement at the end of its term, he will be entitled to
(a) severance payments in an amount equal to (i) his
highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months
immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the
average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two
fiscal years ending prior to his termination date;
(b) coverage under health, dental, life, accident,
disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same
terms as) other executive officers for 12 months following
his termination date; and (c) the immediate vesting of any
restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation
awards scheduled to vest within six months after his termination
date.
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated
without Cause or resigns for Good Reason within two years
following a Change of Control (as defined in the employment
agreements), he will be entitled to (a) any applicable
prorated annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid
annual bonus for the immediately preceding year;
(b) severance payments in an amount equal to 1.5 times the
sum of (i) his highest base salary in effect during the
12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus
(ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most
recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date;
and (c) coverage under health, dental, life, accident,
disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same
terms as) the other executive officers for the 18 months
following his termination date. In addition, any restricted
stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards will
immediately vest as of the date of the Change of Control.
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter becomes subject to
excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by any of them with
respect to such excise taxes, then the payments owed under the
applicable employment agreement will be reduced to avoid such
taxes, interest or penalties if doing so will result in greater
after tax payments to the executive.
81
The employment agreements also contain confidentiality
provisions and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants
prohibiting Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter from, among other
things, competing with us or soliciting our customers, suppliers
or employees for the
12-month
period following the termination of their respective employment.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
Arrangements
in Effect Prior to this Offering
Until Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter entered into the new
employment agreements discussed below in connection with this
offering, no NEO was party to any change of control agreement or
employee agreement that would provide benefits to that NEO upon
his termination or upon a change of control of the Company. The
NEOs are entitled to certain benefits payable by our insurance
carrier under our current insurance policies in the case of a
termination resulting from death or disability. Certain option
award agreements with our NEOs provide for accelerated vesting
upon a change of control.
The following table sets forth the amounts payable to
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Gunter, Belmont and Boydston upon
a Change in Control as defined in such NEOs
option award agreement, assuming the Change of Control occurred
on December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, no such
NEO was entitled to any other compensation or benefits in
connection with his termination or upon a change of control.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Options Subject
|
|
Amount Payable Upon a
|
|
|
to Vesting Upon a Change
|
|
Change of Control
|
Name
|
|
of Control (#)
|
|
($)
(1)
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
112,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard E. Belmont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the value of unvested
stock options held at December 31, 2009, based upon the
amount by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009
($ ) of the shares of common stock
underlying those options exceeded the $1.98 exercise price of
such options. The fair market value on December 31, 2009
represents the midpoint range of the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
|
New
Employment Agreements
In connection with this offering, we are entering into new
employment agreements with each of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and
Gunter. Under these new agreements, these NEOs will be entitled
to certain benefits upon their termination or upon a Change of
Control (as defined in the employment agreement). A more
detailed description of the terms of these employment agreements
and the definitions of Cause and Good
Reason are available under the section captioned
Employment Agreements and Change of Control
Arrangements above.
Unless any of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter is terminated
for Cause or resigns without Good Reason, he will be entitled to
any applicable prorated annual bonus for that year and any
accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding
year.
Under these new employment agreements, if any of Messrs. Prim,
Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause or if any of
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter resigns for Good Reason, then
such individual will be entitled to the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
severance payments in an amount equal to (i) his highest
annual base salary in effect during the 12 months
immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the
average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two
fiscal years ending prior to his termination date;
|
|
|
|
coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and
similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the
other executive officers for the 12 months following his
termination date; and
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
the immediate vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or
other equity compensation awards scheduled to vest within six
months his termination date.
|
Under these new employment agreements, if any of
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without
Cause or if any such individual resigns for Good Reason within
two years following a Change of Control, then he will be
entitled to the following benefits under his employment
agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
severance payments in an amount equal to 1.5 times (two times in
the case of Mr. Prim) the sum of (i) his highest
annual base salary in effect during the 12 months
immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the
average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two
fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; and
|
|
|
|
coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and
similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the
other executive officers for the 18 months (24 months
in the case of Mr. Prim) following his termination date.
|
In addition, any restricted stock, stock option or other equity
compensation awards that are unvested will immediately vest as
of the date of the Change of Control.
The following table sets forth the amounts payable to
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and, Gunter upon termination of
employment or a Change in Control as defined in
their employment agreements, assuming each of the events
occurred on December 31, 2009 and assuming that the
employment agreements that such individuals are entering into in
connection with this offering were in effect as of
December 31, 2009. As described in Arrangements in
Effect Prior to this Offering, neither Mr. Belmont
nor Mr. Boydston is entitled to any compensation or
benefits in connection with his termination or upon Change of
Control.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Cause or
|
|
|
Without Cause
|
|
|
Without Cause or
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
Benefits and Payments
|
|
Without Good
|
|
|
or for Good
|
|
|
for Good Reason
|
|
|
Due to
|
|
|
Due to
|
|
|
Control (No
|
|
Upon Termination
|
|
Reason ($)
|
|
|
Reason ($)
|
|
|
Following a Change of Control ($)
|
|
|
Disability
($)
(1)
|
|
|
Death
($)
(2)
|
|
|
Termination)
($)
(3)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base
Salary
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Cash Bonus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health
Insurance
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,500
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
Insurance
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disability
Coverage
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
1,846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base
Salary
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
375,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Cash
Bonus
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health
Insurance
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,672
|
|
|
|
11,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
Insurance
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disability
Coverage
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Cause or
|
|
|
Without Cause
|
|
|
Without Cause or
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
Benefits and Payments
|
|
Without Good
|
|
|
or for Good
|
|
|
for Good Reason
|
|
|
Due to
|
|
|
Due to
|
|
|
Control (No
|
|
Upon Termination
|
|
Reason ($)
|
|
|
Reason ($)
|
|
|
Following a Change of Control ($)
|
|
|
Disability
($)
(1)
|
|
|
Death
($)
(2)
|
|
|
Termination)
($)
(3)
|
|
|
Michael S. Gunter:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base
Salary
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
337,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Cash
Bonus
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,703
|
|
|
|
40,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health
Insurance
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,672
|
|
|
|
11,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
Insurance
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disability
Coverage
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
1,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes amounts payable to the
executive by our insurance carrier upon termination resulting
from the disability of such executive under disability insurance
policies maintained for the benefit of the executive.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Excludes amounts payable to the
executive by our insurance carrier upon termination resulting
from the death of such executive under life insurance policies
maintained for the benefit of the executive.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the value of unvested
stock options subject to vesting in connection with a Change of
Control (as defined in the executives option award
agreement) held at December 31, 2009, based upon the amount
by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009
($ ) of the shares of common stock underlying those
options exceeded the exercise price of such options. The fair
market value on December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint
range of the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents a payment equal to
Mr. Prims highest base salary in effect during the
12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the
case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a
payment equal to two times Mr. Prims highest base
salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to
the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause
or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents the value of unvested
stock options held at December 31, 2009 which are scheduled
to vest within six month of such date, based upon the amount by
which the fair market value on December 31, 2009
($ )
of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded
the exercise price of such options. The fair market value on
December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the
initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents the value of all
unvested stock options held at December 31, 2009, based
upon the amount by which the fair market value on
December 31, 2009
($ )
of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded
the exercise price of such options. The fair market value on
December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the
initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus.
|
|
(7)
|
|
In the case of a termination
without Cause or for Good Reason, represents the estimated
incremental cost to maintain coverage under the applicable
policy for 12 months. In the case of a termination without
Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control,
represents the estimated incremental cost to us maintain
coverage under the applicable policy for 24 months.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents a payment equal to such
executives highest base salary in effect during the
12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the
case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a
payment equal to 1.5 times such executives highest base
salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to
the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause
or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents a payment equal to the
average annual bonus earned by the executive for the most recent
two fiscal years ending prior to the termination date in the
case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a
payment equal to 1.5 times the average annual bonus earned by
the executive for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior
to the termination date in the case of a termination without
Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
|
|
(10)
|
|
In the case of a termination
without Cause or for Good Reason, represents the estimated
incremental cost to maintain coverage under the applicable
policy for 12 months. In the case of a termination without
Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control,
represents the estimated incremental cost to us maintain
coverage under the applicable policy for 18 months.
|
Equity
and Stock Option Plans
2010
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted and in
April 2010 our stockholders approved the Primo Water
Corporation 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we
refer to as the 2010 Omnibus Plan and
84
which will be effective prior to the closing of this offering.
The material terms of the 2010 Omnibus Plan are summarized below.
Administration of the Plan.
Our Board of Directors has
such powers and authorities related to the administration of the
2010 Omnibus Plan as are consistent with our corporate
governance documents and applicable law. The Board of Directors
may (and in some cases under applicable law, our governance
documents or regulatory requirements, must) delegate to a
committee (the committee) administration of all or
some parts of the 2010 Omnibus Plan. Following the initial
public offering and to the extent required by applicable law,
the committee or a
sub-committee,
as applicable, to which administrative responsibility will be
delegated will be comprised of directors who (i) qualify as
outside directors within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), (ii) meet such other
requirements as may be established from time to time by the SEC
for plans intended to qualify for exemption under
Rule 16b-3
(or its successor) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and (iii) comply with the independence
requirements of the stock exchange on which our common stock is
listed.
Number of Authorized Shares.
The initial number of shares
of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus
Plan is 7,500,000. In addition, any shares of our stock which
are subject to stock options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan
and are canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash or
otherwise terminated without delivery of shares, will be
available for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan. Subject to
the terms of the 2010 Omnibus
Plan, of
the reserved shares may be issued pursuant to incentive stock
options (ISOs). Following the end of the Transition
Period (as defined herein) and subject to adjustment as
described below, the maximum number of each type of award
granted to any grantee in any
36-month
period and intended to constitute performance-based
compensation under Section 162(m) will not exceed the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
options 1,000,000;
|
|
|
|
stock appreciation rights 1,000,000;
|
|
|
|
restricted stock 1,000,000;
|
|
|
|
restricted stock units 1,000,000; and
|
|
|
|
other stock-based performance awards 1,000,000.
|
Any shares covered by an award that are forfeited, expired,
cancelled, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares
than the amount underlying the award, or otherwise terminated
without delivery of shares to the grantee, will be available for
future grants under the 2010 Omnibus Plan. The number and class
of shares available under the 2010 Omnibus Plan
and/or
subject to outstanding awards may be equitably adjusted by our
Board of Directors in the event of various changes in the
capitalization of the Company.
Eligibility and Participation.
Eligibility to participate
in the 2010 Omnibus Plan is limited to such employees, officers,
non-employee directors, consultants and advisors of the Company,
or of any affiliate, as our Board of Directors may determine and
designate from time to time.
Type of Awards.
The following types of awards are
available for grant under the 2010 Omnibus Plan: ISOs,
non-qualified stock options (NSOs), stock
appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock,
restricted stock units, cash- or stock-based performance awards
and other stock-based awards.
Stock
Options and SARs
Grant of Options and SARs.
Our Board of Directors may
award ISOs, NSOs (together, Options), and SARs to
grantees. Our Board of Directors is authorized to grant SARs
either in tandem with or as a component of other awards or alone.
85
Exercise Price of Options and SARs.
The exercise price
per share of an Option will be at least 100% of the fair market
value per share of our stock underlying the award on the grant
date and in no case will the exercise price of any Option be
less than the par value of a share of our stock. A SAR will
confer on the grantee a right to receive, upon exercise, a
payment of the excess of (i) the fair market value of one
share of our stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the
grant price of the SAR as determined by our Board of Directors.
The grant price will be fixed at the fair market value of a
share of stock on the date of grant. SARs granted in tandem with
an outstanding Option following the grant date of such Option
will have a grant price that is equal to the Options
exercise price; provided, however, that the SARs grant
price may not be less than the fair market value of a share of
stock on the grant date of the SAR.
Vesting of Options and SARs.
Our Board of Directors will
determine the terms and conditions (including any performance
requirements) under which an Option or SAR will become
exercisable and will include such information in the award
agreement.
Special Limitations on ISOs.
In the case of a grant of an
Option intended to qualify as an ISO to a grantee that owns more
than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all
classes of our outstanding stock (a Ten Percent
Stockholder), the exercise price of the Option will not be
less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our stock
on the grant date. Additionally, an Option will constitute an
ISO only (i) if the grantee is an employee of the Company
or a subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to the extent such
Option is specifically designated as an ISO in the related award
agreement, and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate fair
market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of
the shares of stock with respect to which all ISOs held by such
grantee become exercisable for the first time during any
calendar year (under the 2010 Omnibus Plan and all other plans
of the grantees employer and its affiliates) does not
exceed $100,000.
Exercise of Options and SARs.
An Option may be exercised
by the delivery to us of written notice of exercise and payment
in full of the exercise price (plus the amount of any taxes
which we may be required to withhold). The minimum number of
shares with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in
whole or in part, at any time will be the lesser of (i) the
number set forth in the applicable award agreement and
(ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase
under the Option at the time of exercise. Our Board of Directors
has the discretion to determine the method or methods by which a
SAR may be exercised.
Expiration of Options and SARs.
Options and SARs will
expire at such time as our Board of Directors determines;
provided, however, that no Option may be exercised more than ten
years from the date of grant, or in the case of an ISO held by a
Ten Percent Stockholder, not more than five years from the date
of grant.
Restricted
Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Restricted Stock.
At the time a grant of restricted stock
is made, our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion,
establish the applicable restricted period and
prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the
expiration of the restricted period, including the satisfaction
of corporate or individual performance objectives. Unless our
Board of Directors otherwise provides in an award agreement,
holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote such
stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid
with respect to such stock. Our Board of Directors may provide
that any such dividends paid must be reinvested in shares of
stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting
conditions and restrictions applicable to such restricted stock.
All distributions, if any, received by a grantee with respect to
restricted stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend,
combination of shares, or other similar transaction will be
subject to the restrictions applicable to the original grant.
The grantee will be required, to the extent required by
applicable law, to purchase the restricted stock at a price
equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the
shares of stock represented by such restricted stock or
(ii) the price, if any, specified in the award agreement
relating to such restricted stock. If specified in the award
agreement, the price may be deemed paid by services already
rendered.
86
Restricted Stock Units.
At the time a grant of restricted
stock units is made, our Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion, establish the applicable restricted
period and prescribe restrictions in addition to or other
than the expiration of the restricted period, including the
satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives.
Holders of restricted stock units will have no rights as
stockholders of the Company. Our Board of Directors may provide
that the holder of restricted stock units will be entitled to
receive dividend equivalent rights, which may be deemed
reinvested in additional restricted stock units.
Cash- and
Stock-Based Performance Awards
The right of a grantee to exercise or receive a grant or
settlement of any award, and the timing thereof, may be subject
to such performance conditions as may be specified by our Board
of Directors. Our Board of Directors may use such business
criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem
appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may,
subject to certain limitations in the case of a performance
award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code
(Section 162(m)), exercise its discretion to
reduce the amounts payable under any award subject to
performance conditions.
Following the completion of the Transition Period (as defined
herein), we intend that performance awards granted to persons
who are designated by our Board of Directors as likely to be
Covered Employees within the meaning of
Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder will, if so
designated by our Board of Directors, constitute qualified
performance-based compensation within the meaning of
Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. The grant,
exercise
and/or
settlement of such performance awards will be contingent upon
achievement of pre-established performance goals which will
consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or
levels of performance with respect to each of such criterion.
Performance goals will be objective and will otherwise meet the
requirements of Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.
In addition, after the Transition Period, the maximum amount of
each cash-based performance award intended to constitute
performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) granted to a grantee in any
12-month
period will not exceed $2,000,000.
One or more of the following business criteria for the Company
will be used exclusively by our Board of Directors in
establishing performance goals for such awards: net sales;
revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating
income (before or after taxes); pre-or after-tax income (before
or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonuses); net
earnings; earnings per share; net income (before or after
taxes); return on equity; total stockholder return; return on
assets or net assets; appreciation in
and/or
maintenance of, share price; market share; gross profits;
earnings (including earnings before taxes, earnings before
interest and taxes or earnings before interest, taxes
depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or
equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market
indices; reduction in costs; cash flows or cash flows per share
(before or after dividends); return on capital (including return
on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow
return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense
levels or working capital levels; operating margins; gross
margins or cash margin; year-end cash; debt reductions;
stockholder equity; regulatory performance; implementation,
completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect
to research, development, products or projects and recruiting
and maintaining personnel; and, prior to the completion of the
Transition Period (as defined herein), to the extent permitted
by applicable law, any other business criteria as determined by
our Board of Directors.
Other
Stock-Based Awards
Our Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant other
stock-based awards, consisting of stock units or other awards,
valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based
upon, our common stock. The terms of such other stock-based
awards will be set forth in the applicable award agreements.
Effect of Certain Transactions.
Except as otherwise
provided in an award agreement, in the event of (a) the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (b) a
reorganization, merger, exchange or consolidation of the Company
or involving the shares of our common stock (a
Transaction), the 2010 Omnibus Plan and the awards
issued pursuant to the plan shall continue in effect in
accordance with their respective terms, except that following a
Transaction either (i) each outstanding award will be
treated as provided for in the agreement entered into in
87
connection with the Transaction or (ii) if not so provided
in such agreement, each grantee will be entitled to receive in
respect of each share of our common stock subject to any
outstanding awards, upon exercise or payment or transfer in
respect of any award, the same number and kind of stock,
securities, cash, property or other consideration that each
holder of a share of our common stock was entitled to receive in
the Transaction in respect of a share of common stock; provided,
however, that, unless otherwise determined by our Board of
Directors, such stock, securities, cash, property or other
consideration shall remain subject to all of the conditions,
restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to
the awards prior to such Transaction. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the treatment of outstanding
Options and SARS in connection with a Transaction in which the
consideration paid or distributed to our stockholders is not
entirely shares of common stock of the acquiring or resulting
corporation may include the cancellation of outstanding Options
and SARS upon consummation of the Transaction as long as, at the
election of our Board of Directors, (x) the holders of
affected Options and SARs have been given a period of at least
fifteen days prior to the date of the consummation of the
Transaction to exercise the Options or SARs (whether or not they
were otherwise exercisable) or (y) the holders of the
affected Options and SARs are paid (in cash or cash equivalents)
in respect of each share covered by the Option or SAR being
canceled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share
price paid or distributed to our stockholders in the Transaction
(the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by our
Board of Directors in its sole discretion) over the Option or
SAR exercise price, as applicable. For avoidance of doubt,
(1) the cancellation of Options and SARs as described in
the preceding sentence may be effected notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in the 2010 Omnibus Plan or any award
agreement and (2) if the amount determined pursuant to the
preceding sentence is zero or less, the affected Option or SAR
may be cancelled without any payment therefor.
Change in Control.
Our Board of Directors will determine
the effect of a change in control (as defined in the 2010
Omnibus Plan) of the Company with respect to any Award or
Awards, including but not limited to, acceleration of vesting,
termination or assumption of Awards.
Deferral Arrangements.
Our Board of Directors may permit
or require the deferral of any award payment into a deferred
compensation arrangement.
Nontransferability of Awards.
Generally, during the
lifetime of a grantee, only the grantee may exercise rights
under the 2010 Omnibus Plan and no award will be assignable or
transferable other than by will or laws of descent and
distribution. If authorized in the award agreement, a grantee
may transfer, not for value, all or part of an award (other than
an ISO) to certain family members (including trusts and
foundations for the benefit thereof). Neither restricted stock
nor restricted stock units may be sold, transferred, assigned,
pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the
restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other
restrictions prescribed by our Board of Directors.
Separation from Service.
Our Board of Directors may
provide in the applicable award agreements for actions that will
be taken upon a grantees separation from service from the
Company, including but not limited to, accelerated vesting or
termination of awards.
Tax Withholding and Tax Offset Payments.
We will have the
right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a
grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required
by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other
lapse of restrictions applicable to an award or upon the
issuance of any shares of stock upon the exercise of an Option
or pursuant to an award.
Term of Plan.
Unless earlier terminated by our Board of
Directors, the authority to make grants under the 2010 Omnibus
Plan will terminate on the date that is ten years after it is
adopted by our Board of Directors.
Amendment and Termination.
Our Board of Directors may, at
any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the
2010 Omnibus Plan as to any shares of stock as to which awards
have not been made. An amendment will be contingent on approval
of our stockholders to the extent stated by our Board of
Directors, required by applicable law or required by applicable
stock exchange listing requirements. No awards will be made
after termination of the 2010 Omnibus Plan. No amendment,
suspension, or termination of the 2010 Omnibus
88
Plan will, without the consent of the grantee, impair rights or
obligations under any award theretofore awarded under the 2010
Omnibus Plan.
New Plan Benefits.
All grants of awards under the 2010
Omnibus Plan will be discretionary. Therefore, in general, the
benefits and amounts that will be received under the 2010
Omnibus Plan are not determinable.
Federal Income Tax Consequences.
The following is a
summary of the general federal income tax consequences to the
Company and to U.S. taxpayers of awards granted under the
2010 Omnibus Plan. Tax consequences for any particular
individual or under state or
non-U.S. tax
laws may be different.
NSOs and SARs.
No taxable income is reportable when a NSO
or SAR is granted. Upon exercise, generally, the recipient will
have ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
underlying shares of stock on the exercise date minus the
exercise price. Any gain or loss upon the disposition of the
stock received upon exercise will be capital gain or loss to the
recipient if the appropriate holding period under federal tax
law is met for such treatment.
ISOs.
No taxable income is reportable when an ISO is
granted or exercised (except for grantees who are subject to the
alternative minimum tax, who may be required to recognize income
in the year in which the ISO is exercised). If the recipient
exercises the ISO and then sells the underlying shares of stock
more than two years after the grant date and more than one year
after the exercise date, the excess of the sale price over the
exercise price will be taxed as long-term capital gain or loss.
If the recipient exercises the ISO and sells the shares before
the end of the two- or one-year holding periods, he or she
generally will have ordinary income at the time of the sale
equal to the fair market value of the shares on the exercise
date (or the sale price, if less) minus the exercise price of
the ISO.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
A recipient
of restricted stock or restricted stock units will not have
taxable income upon the grant unless, in the case of restricted
stock, he or she elects to be taxed at that time. Instead, he or
she will have ordinary income at the time of vesting equal to
the fair market value on the vesting date of the shares (or
cash) received minus any amount paid for the shares.
Cash- and Stock-Based Performance Awards and Other
Stock-Based Awards.
Typically, a recipient will not have
taxable income upon the grant of cash or stock-based performance
awards or other stock-based awards. Subsequently, when the
conditions and requirements for the grants have been satisfied
and the payment determined, any cash received and the fair
market value of any common stock received will constitute
ordinary income to the recipient.
Tax Effect for the Company.
We generally will receive a
tax deduction for any ordinary income recognized by a grantee in
respect of an award under the 2010 Omnibus Plan (for example,
upon the exercise of a NSO). In the case of ISOs that meet the
holding period requirements described above, the grantee will
not recognize ordinary income; therefore, we will not receive a
deduction.
Once we become a public company, special rules limit the
deductibility of compensation paid to our CEO and to each of our
three most highly compensated executive officers whose
compensation is required to be reported annually in our proxy.
Under Section 162(m), the annual compensation paid to each
of these executives may not be deductible to the extent that it
exceeds $1 million. However, we intend to rely on Treas.
Reg.
Section 1.162-27(f)
which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m)
does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a
compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in
which the company was not publicly held. Subject to certain
requirements, we may rely on this grandfather
provision until the first meeting of stockholders at which
directors are elected that occurs after the end of the third
calendar year following the calendar year in which the offering
occurs (the Transition Period). Additionally, after
the expiration of the grandfather period, we can preserve the
deductibility of compensation over $1 million if certain
conditions of Section 162(m) are met. These conditions
include stockholder approval of the 2010 Omnibus Plan, setting
limits on the number of awards that any individual may receive
and, for awards other than Options and SARs,
89
establishing performance criteria that must be met before the
award will actually be granted, be settled, vest or be paid. The
2010 Omnibus Plan has been designed to permit our Board of
Directors to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for
purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m).
Registration of Shares.
Following the closing of this
offering we intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register the full number of shares
of our common stock which will be reserved for issuance under
the 2010 Omnibus Plan, as described in the section titled
Number of Authorized Shares
above (plus such
number of shares reserved under the 2004 Stock Plan that become
available for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan), as well as
registration statements on
Form S-8
to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
the 2004 Stock Plan.
2004
Stock Plan
On November 1, 2004, our Board of Directors adopted the
Primo Water Corporation 2004 Stock Plan, which we refer to as
the 2004 Stock Plan. The material terms of the 2004 Stock Plan
are summarized below.
Administration of the Plan.
Our Board of Directors has
such powers and authorities related to the administration of the
2004 Stock Plan as are consistent with our corporate governance
documents and applicable law and may delegate to a committee
administration of all or some parts of the 2004 Stock Plan. Our
Board of Directors has the authority to, among other things,
interpret the plan, terminate or amend the plan, determine
individuals eligible to participate in the plan and determine
the size and terms of awards granted under the plan.
Number of Authorized Shares.
A total of
4,500,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for
issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan. As of April 1, 2010,
options to purchase a total of 3,200,087 shares of our
common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.26
were outstanding under our 2004 Stock Plan. In addition,
1,102,500 shares of restricted stock have been issued
pursuant to the 2004 Stock Plan. We do not intend to issue any
additional awards under the 2004 Stock Plan following the
closing of this offering. All awards outstanding under the 2004
Stock Plan will remain in effect and will continue to be
governed by their existing terms.
Eligibility and Participation.
Eligibility to participate
in the 2004 Stock Plan is limited to such key employees,
non-employee directors and consultants of the Company, or of any
parent or subsidiary, as our Board of Directors may determine
and designate from time to time.
Types of Awards.
The following types of awards are
available for grant under the 2004 Stock Plan: incentive stock
options (ISOs), non-qualified stock options
(NSOs, and together with ISOs, Options)
and rights to purchase restricted shares of our common stock
(Purchase Rights).
Stock Options
Grant of Options.
Our Board of Directors may award ISO
and NSOs to grantees under the 2004 Stock Plan. The exercise
price per share of an Option is determined by our Board of
Directors; provided, however, in no event will the exercise
price of an ISO be less than 100% of the fair market value per
share of our stock underlying the award on the grant date. In
the case of a grant of an Option intended to qualify as an ISO
to a grantee that owns more than ten percent of the total
combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock,
the exercise price of the Option will not be less than 110% of
the fair market value of a share of our stock on the grant date.
Additionally, an Option will constitute an ISO only (i) if
the grantee is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the
Company, (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the
related award agreement, and (iii) to the extent that the
aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option
is granted) of the shares of stock with respect to which all
ISOs held by such grantee become exercisable for the first time
during any calendar year (under the 2004 Stock Plan and all
other plans of the grantees employer and its affiliates)
does not exceed $100,000.
90
Stock Option
Vesting and Exercise.
Our Board of Directors will determine
the vesting terms of all Options and will include such
information in the award agreement. An Option may be exercised
by the delivery to us of written notice of exercise and payment
in full of the exercise price (plus the amount of any taxes
which we may be required to withhold). The exercise price may be
paid in cash or, at the discretion of our Board of Directors, in
shares of the Companys stock having a fair market value
equal to the exercise price or by a combination of cash and
stock. Once vested, Options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan
remain exercisable for the term of the Option, which may not
exceed ten years, provided that the Options may terminate prior
to the end of the term if the grantees service
relationship with us terminates.
Transferability of
Options.
A grantee of an Option under the 2004 Stock Plan
may not transfer such Option except by will or the laws of
descent or distribution.
Stock
Purchase Rights
Our Board of Directors may award Purchase Rights evidenced by
restricted stock agreements
and/or
subscription agreements under the 2004 Stock Plan. Our Board of
Directors will determine the number of shares subject to the
Purchase Right and the purchase price for each share to be
purchased pursuant to the Purchase Right and set forth this
information in the grantees award agreement. Our Board of
Directors will also determine any transfer restrictions on
shares purchased pursuant to a Purchase Right and may, in their
sole discretion, provide for a right of the Company to
repurchase any shares purchased pursuant to a Purchase Right in
the grantees award agreement. Upon the exercise of a
Purchase Right, the grantee will possess all rights of a
stockholder of the Company.
Change in Control.
The 2004 Stock Plan does not specify
any particular effect of a change in control of the Company on
awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan. A majority of the
Option awards currently outstanding under the 2004 Stock Plan
will be deemed 100% vested and exercisable upon a Transfer
of Control (as defined in the Option award agreements) of
the Company. This offering will not qualify as a Transfer of
Control for purposes of the Option award agreements under the
2004 Stock Plan.
Corporate Event.
In the event of a merger or
consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all
of our assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
our Board of Directors may make such adjustments to the awards
granted under the 2004 Stock Plan as it deems appropriate and
equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the
rights granted under the 2004 Stock Plan.
Term of Plan.
Unless earlier terminated by our Board of
Directors, the authority to make grants under the 2004 Stock
Plan will terminate on October 31, 2014. However, we do not
intend to issue any additional awards under the 2004 Stock Plan
following the closing of this offering.
Federal Income Tax Consequences.
The following is a
summary of the general federal income tax consequences to the
Company and to U.S. taxpayers of awards granted under the
2004 Stock Plan. Tax consequences for any particular individual
or under state or
non-U.S. tax
laws may be different.
NSOs.
No taxable income is reportable when a NSO is
granted. Upon exercise, generally, the recipient will have
ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the underlying
shares of stock on the exercise date minus the exercise price.
Any gain or loss upon the disposition of the stock received upon
exercise will be capital gain or loss to the recipient if the
appropriate holding period under federal tax law is met for such
treatment.
ISOs.
No taxable income is reportable when an ISO is
granted or exercised (except for grantees who are subject to the
alternative minimum tax, who may be required to recognize income
in the year in which the ISO is exercised). If the recipient
exercises the ISO and then sells the underlying shares of stock
more than two years after the grant date and more than one year
after the exercise date, the excess of the sale price over the
exercise price will be taxed as long-term capital gain or loss.
If the recipient exercises the ISO and sells the shares before
the end of the two- or one-year holding periods, he or she
generally will have ordinary income at the time
91
of the sale equal to the fair market value of the shares on the
exercise date (or the sale price, if less) minus the exercise
price of the ISO.
Purchase Rights.
A recipient of a Purchase Right will
recognize ordinary income on the later of the date the Purchase
Right is exercised and the date any applicable vesting
conditions with respect to the Purchase Rights have been met.
The amount of taxable income recognized by the recipient will be
the difference between the fair market value of the stock on the
exercise or vesting date, as applicable, and the purchase price
paid for the shares.
Tax Effect for the Company.
We generally will receive a
tax deduction for any ordinary income recognized by a grantee in
respect of an award under the 2004 Stock Plan (for example, upon
the exercise of a NSO). In the case of ISOs that meet the
holding period requirements described above, the grantee will
not recognize ordinary income; therefore, we will not receive a
deduction.
Once we become a public company, special rules limit the
deductibility of compensation paid to our CEO and to each of our
three most highly compensated executive officers (other than our
Chief Financial Officer) whose compensation is required to be
reported annually in our proxy. Under Section 162(m), the
annual compensation paid to each of these executives may not be
deductible to the extent that it exceeds $1 million.
However, we intend to rely on Treas. Reg.
Section 1.162-27(f)
which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m)
does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a
compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in
which the company was not publicly held. Subject to certain
requirements, we may rely on this grandfather
provision until the first meeting of stockholders at which
directors are elected that occurs after the end of the third
calendar year following the calendar year in which the offering
occurs (the Transition Period). Additionally, after
the expiration of the grandfather period, we can preserve the
deductibility of compensation over $1 million if certain
conditions of Section 162(m) are met. These conditions
include stockholder approval of the 2004 Stock Plan, setting
limits on the number of awards that any individual may receive
and, for awards other than Options, establishing performance
criteria that must be met before the award will actually be
granted, be settled, vest or be paid.
Registration of Shares.
Following the closing of this
offering we intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register
the shares
of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding
awards under the 2004 Stock Plan.
2010
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted and in
April 2010 our stockholders approved the 2010 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our ESPP is intended to
qualify as an employee stock purchase plan as
defined under Section 423 of the Code and will become
effective on the day preceding the consummation of this offering.
Administration of the ESPP.
The compensation committee of
our Board has authority to interpret and implement the terms of
the ESPP. The committee will have the discretion to set the
terms of each offering in accordance with the provisions of the
ESPP, to make all determinations regarding the ESPP, including
eligibility, and otherwise administer the ESPP.
Number of Authorized Shares.
A total of
250,000 shares of our common stock will be made available
for sale under our ESPP, subject to adjustment in the event of
any significant change in our capitalization, such as a stock
split, a combination or exchange or shares, or a stock dividend
or other distribution.
Eligibility and Participation.
All of our employees
generally are eligible to participate if they are customarily
employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least
20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar
year. The committee may exclude from an offering period
highly-compensated employees or employees
92
who have not satisfied a minimum period of employment with us
which may not exceed a period of two years. In addition, an
employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our
ESPP if such employee would:
|
|
|
|
|
immediately after any grant of purchase rights, own stock
possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or
value of all classes of our capital stock; or
|
|
|
|
hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock
purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000
worth of our stock for each calendar year.
|
Offer Periods and Purchase Periods.
The ESPP provides for
offering periods of up to 27 months. The initial offering
period under the ESPP will begin on the effective date of this
offering and will end on December 31, 2010. Subsequent
offerings are expected to consist of
12-month
offering periods, with a new offering period beginning every
January 1 and separate purchases taking place every
6 months during each offering period. However, we may
change the timing and duration of offering periods and the
frequency of purchases, as long as such changes comply with the
terms of the ESPP. Unless otherwise specified by the committee,
a participant may purchase a maximum of 50,000 shares of
common stock during an offering period. No grant of purchase
rights will be made under the ESPP prior to the consummation of
this offering.
Payroll Deductions.
Our ESPP permits participants to
exercise their stock purchase rights under the ESPP through
payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation,
which includes a participants gross base compensation from
the Company, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions,
incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe
benefits and other special payments.
Exercise of Purchase Rights.
Amounts deducted and
accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of
our common stock at the end of each purchase period during an
offering period. The purchase price of the shares will not be
less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on
the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day
of the applicable purchase period, whichever is lower.
Participants may withdraw from participation in the ESPP at any
time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued
payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase
shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon
termination of employment with us.
Change in Control.
In the event of a Change in
Control (as defined in the ESPP), the committee may
provide for the successor corporation to assume or substitute
each outstanding purchase right, cashout of the
participants purchase right, acceleration of the next
purchase date or termination of the current offering period
without a purchase.
Amendment and Termination.
The ESPP will automatically
terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition,
our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or
terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions
described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any
outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.
Registration of Shares.
Following the completion of this
offering we intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register the full number of shares
of our common stock which will be reserved for issuance under
the ESPP, as described in the section titled
Number of
Authorized Shares
above.
93
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 1,
2010, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock
offered by this prospectus, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and current executive officers as a group;
and
|
|
|
|
each person (or group of affiliated persons) known to us to be
the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC and includes any shares over which a person exercises
sole or shared voting or investment power. Under these rules,
beneficial ownership also includes any shares as to which the
individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial
ownership of within 60 days of April 1, 2010 through
the exercise of any warrant, stock option or other right. Except
as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws
where applicable, we believe that the stockholders named in the
table below have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by
them.
Beneficial ownership is based upon shares of common stock
outstanding as of April 1, 2010, and assumes the conversion
of all of our issued and outstanding Series A and
Series C convertible preferred stock into shares of common
stock, the conversion of 50% of our issued and outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock at a ratio
of : , which is calculated by dividing the
liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by
90% of an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the
redemption of the remaining 50% of our issued and outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock effective upon such
date. The information in the table below has not been adjusted
to reflect our anticipated reverse stock split.
Except as set forth below, the address of all stockholders
listed under Directors and named executive officers
and 5% or greater stockholders is
c/o 104
Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Offering
|
|
After Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Prior to
|
|
Exercise of Over-
|
|
Exercise of Over-
|
|
|
Shares (#)
|
|
Offering (%)
|
|
Allotment) (%)
|
|
Allotment) (%)
|
|
Directors and named executive officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billy D.
Prim
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard A.
Brenner
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David W.
Dupree
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard E.
Belmont
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent C.
Boydston
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark
Castaneda
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S.
Gunter
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and current executive officers as a group
(8 individuals)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Offering
|
|
After Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Prior to
|
|
Exercise of Over-
|
|
Exercise of Over-
|
|
|
Shares (#)
|
|
Offering (%)
|
|
Allotment) (%)
|
|
Allotment) (%)
|
|
5% or greater stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primo Investors,
L.P.
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III,
L.P.
(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew J.
Filipowski
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable
Trust
(13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles
Ergen
(14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward A. Fortino
Trust
(15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates less than 1%.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; (c) shares issuable upon the
exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly;
(d) shares
of common stock held by Mr. Prims spouse;
(e) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Mr. Prims spouse;
(f) shares
of common stock held by BD Prim, LLC, of which Mr. Prim is
the sole manager;
(g) shares
of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Sarcanda
W. Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee;
(h) shares
of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Anthony
Gray Westmoreland, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee;
(i) shares
of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Jager
Grayln Dean Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole
trustee;
(j) shares
of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Joseph
Alexander Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole
trustee; and
(k) shares
held by the Billy D. Prim Revocable Trust, of which
Mr. Prim is the sole trustee. Mr. Prim may be deemed
to have voting and investment power with respect to securities
held by his spouse, BD Prim, LLC or the aforementioned
irrevocable trusts and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership
of any such securities, except to the extent of his pecuniary
interest therein, if any.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly, which
includes shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. Brenner has
voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; (c) shares issuable upon the
exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; (d) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by the ALB-3 Trust, of which he is the
trustee; and (e) shares issuable upon the exercise of
warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by the ALB-5 Trust, of which he is the
trustee. Mr. Benner may be deemed to have voting and
investment power with respect to securities held by the ALB-3
Trust or the ALB-5 Trust and expressly disclaims beneficial
ownership of any such securities, except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest therein, if any.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. DuPree has voting
but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly;
(c) shares
of common stock held by Primo Investors, L.P.; and
(d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is
the managing member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner
of Primo Investors, L.P., and as such, he may be deemed to have
voting and investment power with respect to all securities
beneficially owned by Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree
disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities held by
Primo Investors, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary
interest therein, if any.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. McQuilken has
voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly;
(c) shares
of common stock held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust; and
(d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin
Living Trust and as such, he may be deemed to have shared voting
and investment power with respect to such shares.
Mr. McQuilken expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of
any such securities held in the trust, except to the extent of
his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. Warnock has
voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly;
(c) shares
of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III,
L.P.; (d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III,
L.P.;
(e) shares
of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P.; and (f) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants
to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P., and as such, he may be deemed to have voting and
investment power with respect to all securities beneficially
owned by such entities. Mr. Warnock expressly disclaims
beneficial ownership of any such securities held by Camden
Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners
Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if
any.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of (a) shares
issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the
exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly;
(c)
restricted shares of common stock over which Mr. Belmont has
voting but not dispositive power;
(d) shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts spouse;
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
(e) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts spouse;
(f) shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts son;
(g) warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts son;
(h) shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts daughter; and
(i) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held by Mr. Belmonts daughter.
Mr. Belmont may be deemed to have voting and investment
power with respect to securities held by his spouse or children
and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such
securities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
therein, if any.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly.
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly, which
includes shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. Castaneda has
voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly.
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly, which
includes shares
of restricted common stock over which Mr. Gunter has voting
but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the
exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly.
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise
of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock.
|
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise
of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock.
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of
warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock; and (c) shares issuable upon the exercise
of options to
purchase shares
of common stock.
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise
of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock.
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly; and (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly.
|
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
Consists of
(a) shares
of common stock held directly; and (b) shares issuable upon
the exercise of warrants to
purchase shares
of common stock held directly.
|
96
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Our Audit Committee Charter that we are adopting in connection
with this offering will require our Audit Committee to review
and approve or ratify any transaction that is required to be
disclosed under Item 404 of
Regulation S-K.
In the course of its review or approval of a transaction, our
Audit Committee will consider:
|
|
|
|
|
the nature of the related persons interest in the
transaction, including the actual or apparent conflict of
interest of the related person;
|
|
|
|
the material terms of the transaction and their commercial
reasonableness;
|
|
|
|
the significance of the transaction to the related person;
|
|
|
|
the significance of the transaction to us and the benefit and
perceived benefits, or lack thereof, to us;
|
|
|
|
opportunity costs of alternate transactions;
|
|
|
|
whether the transaction would impair the judgment of a director
or executive officer to act in the best interest of the
Company; and
|
|
|
|
any other matters the Committee deems appropriate.
|
Our audit committee will not approve or ratify a related person
transaction unless it determines that, upon consideration of all
relevant information, the transaction is in, or is not
inconsistent with, the best interests of our Company and
stockholders. No related person transaction will be consummated
without the approval or ratification of our audit committee, and
directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse
themselves from any vote relating to a related person
transaction in which they have an interest.
Set forth below are certain transactions that have occurred
since January 1, 2007, and through the date of this
prospectus with our directors, executive officers, holders of
more than five percent of our voting securities and affiliates
of our directors, executive officers and five percent
stockholders. We did not have a formal review and approval
policy for related party transactions at the time of any
transaction described in this Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions section. Based on our
experience in the business sectors in which we participate and
the terms of our transactions with unaffiliated third persons,
we believe that all of the transactions set forth below were on
terms and conditions that were not materially less favorable to
us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Conversion
of Series A and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
and Conversion and Redemption of Series B Preferred
Stock
In connection with this offering, all outstanding shares of
Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock are
being converted into common stock of the Company. Each share of
Series A convertible preferred stock is being converted
into shares
of common stock and each share of Series C convertible
preferred stock is being converted
into shares
of common stock. Additionally, 50% of the outstanding
Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of
the Companys common stock at a ratio
of : , which will be calculated by
dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B
preferred stock by 90% of the initial public offering price, and
the other 50% of the outstanding Series B preferred stock
will be redeemed for cash. The following table sets forth the
number of shares of common stock being issued to our executive
officers, directors and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our
common stock in connection with conversion of all of the
Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock and
50% of the Series B preferred stock (assuming an initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of
this prospectus) and the dollar amount to be
97
received by each of the executive officers, directors and five
percent or greater shareholders in connection with the
redemption of the remaining 50% of the Series B preferred
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount to be Received Upon
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Common
|
|
|
Redemption of Series B
|
|
Directors and executive officers
|
|
Stock to be Issued (#)
|
|
|
Preferred Stock ($)
|
|
|
Billy D.
Prim
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard A. Brenner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David W.
Dupree
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard E.
Belmont
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% or greater stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primo Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew J. Filipowski Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles Ergen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward A. Fortino Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of (a)
shares
issued to Mr. Prim directly; (b)
shares
issued to Mr. Prims spouse;
(c)
shares
issued to BD Prim, LLC, of which Mr. Prim is the sole
manager; and (d)
shares
issued to Billy D. Prim Revocable Trust, of which Mr. Prim
is the sole trustee.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of (a)
shares
issued to Mr. Dupree directly; and (b)
shares
issued to Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing
member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo
Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of
shares
issued to the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin
is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of (a)
shares
issued to Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; and (b)
shares
issued to Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of (a)
shares
issued to Mr. Belmont directly; (b)
shares
issued to Mr. Belmonts spouse; (c)
shares
issued to Mr. Belmonts son; and (d)
shares
issued to Mr. Belmonts daughter.
|
Sale of
Subordinated Convertible Notes and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Belmont, Brenner, Dupree,
McQuilkin, Warnock, Ergen, Duchossois and Fortino (either
individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an
aggregate of $3.52 million of our 2011 Notes with an
aggregate of 260,740 warrants to purchase shares of our common
stock in a private placement transaction on December 30,
2009. We issued a total of $15.0 million of 2011 Notes and
a total of 1,111,109 warrants in this private placement
transaction. The exercise price of these warrants after giving
effect to this offering will
be
98
per share. The following table sets forth certain information
regarding such persons ownership of the 2011 Notes and the
related warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Amount Owned at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount Owned
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Principal Paid in
|
|
|
Interest Paid in
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
in 2009 ($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
2009 ($)
|
|
|
2009 ($)
|
|
|
Warrants (#)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
540,000
|
|
|
|
540,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,222
|
|
Rick E. Belmont
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,407
|
|
Richard A.
Brenner
(1)
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,926
|
|
David W. Dupree
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,407
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(2)
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,074
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(3)
|
|
|
1,400,000
|
|
|
|
1,400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,704
|
|
Charles Ergen
|
|
|
740,000
|
|
|
|
740,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,815
|
|
Craig J.
Duchossois
(4)
|
|
|
1,030,000
|
|
|
|
1,030,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,296
|
|
Edward A.
Fortino
(5)
|
|
|
740,000
|
|
|
|
740,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,815
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of $60,000 in 2011 Notes
and 4,444 warrants held by Mr. Brenner individually,
$10,000 in 2011 Notes and 741 warrants held by the ALB-3 Trust
and $10,000 in 2011 Notes and 741 warrants held by the ALB-5
Trust. Mr. Brenner is the trustee of both the ALB-3 Trust
and the ALB-5 Trust. Mr. Brenner disclaims beneficial
ownership of 2011 Notes owned by the ALB-3 Trust and the ALB-5
Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of $1,000,000 in 2011
Notes and 74,074 warrants held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living
Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm
McQuilkin Living Trust.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of $1,344,140 in 2011
Notes and 99,566 warrants held by Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III, L.P. and $55,860 in 2011 Notes and 4,138 warrants
held by Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of 2011
Notes owned by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and
Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of $1,030,000 in 2011
Notes and 76,296 warrants held by the Craig J. Duchossois
Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989. Mr. Duchossois is
trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of $740,000 in 2011 Notes
and 54,815 warrants held by the Edward A. Fortino Revocable
Trust UAD 12/15/1994. Mr. Fortino is trustee of the
Edward A. Fortino Revocable Trust UAD 12/15/1994.
|
Sale of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Belmont, Boydston, Dupree,
McQuilkin, Warnock, Ergen and Duchossois (either individually or
through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of
8,906,976 shares of Series C convertible preferred
stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
890,697 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$1.98 per share in private placement transactions between
December 14, 2007 and May 20, 2008. We issued a total
of 12,520,001 shares of Series C convertible preferred
stock and warrants to purchase 1,252,001 shares of common
stock during in connection with these private placement
transactions. The following table sets forth certain information
regarding such persons ownership of those shares and
warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount Paid for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares and Warrants
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares Purchased (#)
|
|
|
Warrants Purchased (#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
512,363
|
|
|
|
51,237
|
|
|
|
1,229,671
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
116,696
|
|
|
|
11,670
|
|
|
|
280,070
|
|
Rick E.
Belmont
(1)
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
72,000
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
16,666
|
|
|
|
1,666
|
|
|
|
39,998
|
|
David W.
Dupree
(2)
|
|
|
4,281,250
|
|
|
|
428,125
|
|
|
|
10,275,000
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(3)
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
480,000
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(4)
|
|
|
833,334
|
|
|
|
83,333
|
|
|
|
2,000,002
|
|
Charles Ergen
|
|
|
2,083,334
|
|
|
|
208,333
|
|
|
|
5,000,002
|
|
Craig J.
Duchossois
(5)
|
|
|
833,333
|
|
|
|
83,333
|
|
|
|
1,999,999
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of: (a) 10,000 shares
of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase
1,000 shares of common stock purchased by
Mr. Belmonts spouse; (b) 10,000 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 1,000 shares of common stock
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
purchased by Mr. Belmonts
son; and (c) 10,000 shares of Series C convertible
preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,000 shares of
common stock purchased by Mr. Belmonts daughter.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of 4,281,250 shares
of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 428,125 shares of common stock purchased by Primo
Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar
Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P.
Mr. Dupree disclaims beneficial ownership of the
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants owned by
Primo Investors, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary
interest therein.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of 200,000 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 20,000 shares of common stock purchased by the
Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a
co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of 800,084 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 80,008 shares of common stock purchased by Camden
Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and 33,250 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 3,325 shares of common stock purchased by Camden
Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of the
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants owned by
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden
Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of 833,333 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to
purchase 83,333 shares of common stock purchased by Craig
J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989. Mr. Duchossois
is trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD
9/11/1989.
|
Sale of
Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants
Messrs. Prim, Brenner, McQuilkin, Warnock, Castaneda,
Gunter, Filipowski, Duchossois and Fortino (either individually
or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of
11,561,511 shares of Series B preferred stock and
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,086,921 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share in
private placement transactions between April 28, 2006 and
June 30, 2007. We issued a total of 23,280,221 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase a total
of 6,215,813 shares of common stock in these private
placement transactions. The following table sets forth certain
information regarding such persons ownership of those
shares and warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount Paid for Shares
|
Name
|
|
Shares Purchased (#)
|
|
Warrants Purchased (#)
|
|
and Warrants ($)
|
|
Billy D.
Prim
(1)
|
|
|
5,234,846
|
|
|
|
1,397,703
|
|
|
|
5,234,846
|
|
Richard Brenner
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
66,750
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(2)
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
160,200
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(3)
|
|
|
3,000,000
|
|
|
|
800,999
|
|
|
|
3,000,000
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
13,350
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
11,820
|
|
|
|
3,155
|
|
|
|
11,820
|
|
Andrew J. Filipowski
|
|
|
164,845
|
|
|
|
44,014
|
|
|
|
164,845
|
|
Craig J.
Duchossois
(4)
|
|
|
1,125,000
|
|
|
|
300,375
|
|
|
|
1,125,000
|
|
Edward A
Fortino
(5)
|
|
|
1,125,000
|
|
|
|
300,375
|
|
|
|
1,125,000
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of 5,164,846 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,379,013
shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Prim and 70,000
shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase
18,690 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Prims
spouse.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of 600,000 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 160,200
shares of common stock purchased by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living
Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm
McQuilkin Living Trust.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of 2,880,300 shares
of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase
769,040 shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners
Strategic Fund III, L.P. and 119,700 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 31,959
shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of the
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common
stock owned by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and
Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of 1,125,000 shares
of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase
300,375 shares of common stock purchased by the Craig J.
Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
Mr. Duchossois is trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois
Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of 1,125,000 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 300,375 shares
of common stock purchased by the Edward A. Fortino Trust UAD
12/15/1994. Mr. Fortino is trustee of the Edward A. Fortino
Trust UAD 12/15/1994.
|
PWC
Leasing, LLC
On March 29, 2006 we entered into a Master Equipment Lease
Agreement with PWC Leasing, LLC (the Lease
Agreement), pursuant to which we leased certain equipment
used in our water bottle exchange service. Primier, LLC, a
100
company wholly-owned by Mr. Prim, was a one third owner of
PWC Leasing, LLC. We made payments to PWC Leasing, LLC pursuant
to the Lease Agreement that totaled approximately $693,000 and
$318,000 in 2007 and the first six months of 2008, respectively.
On June 30, 2008, we purchased the leased assets from PWC
Leasing, LLC at their fair value of $3,500,000 and terminated
the Lease Agreement. Our Board of Directors authorized and
approved this transaction after obtaining an independent,
third-party evaluation of a fair and reasonable price for the
assets.
Spin-Off
of Prima Bottled Water, Inc. and Related Transactions
On December 31, 2009, we distributed all of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of our wholly-owned
subsidiary, Prima Bottle Water, Inc. (Prima), to all
of the holders of our Series A and Series C
convertible preferred stock and common stock on a pro rata basis
assuming the conversion of all Series A and Series C
convertible preferred stock into common stock (the
Spin-Off ). Recipients of the Prima shares
included our directors, officers and holders of more than five
percent of our voting securities, but only in direct proportion
to each individuals ownership of our Series A and
Series C preferred stock and common stock at the time of
the Spin-Off. An aggregate of 57,950,457 shares of Prima
common stock were issued pursuant to the Spin-off.
The business purpose of the Spin-off was to divest the Company
of certain of its non-core assets and operations related to the
sale of bottled water in single-serve containers. The
Companys strategic focus had shifted since it had
originally determined to pursue this line of business and
management of the Company did not believe that it was
appropriate for the Company to divert further time, energy or
resources to the sale of bottled water in single-serve
containers. The Company believed the spin-off would allow the
management of each of its businesses to focus solely on its
particular business and would permit Prima to pursue certain
strategic relationships that it could not otherwise pursue as a
subsidiary of the Company.
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a license agreement with
Prima pursuant to which we license the
Prima
®
trademark to Prima in exchange for a license fee based upon the
number of bottles manufactured from bioresin by Prima, an
affiliate of Prima and certain third parties.
The following table sets forth the number of shares of Prima
common stock issued to our named executive officers, directors
and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Prima Common Stock Issued
|
|
Directors and named executive officers
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Billy D.
Prim
(1)
|
|
|
16,358,737
|
|
Richard A. Brenner
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
David W.
Dupree
(2)
|
|
|
8,220,000
|
|
Malcolm
McQuilkin
(3)
|
|
|
1,384,000
|
|
David L.
Warnock
(4)
|
|
|
4,600,001
|
|
Mark Castaneda
|
|
|
274,056
|
|
Michael S. Gunter
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Richard E.
Belmont
(5)
|
|
|
57,600
|
|
Brent C. Boydston
|
|
|
291,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% or greater
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
Primo Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
8,220,000
|
|
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
|
|
|
4,416,461
|
|
Andrew J. Filipowski Holdings
|
|
|
5,900,000
|
|
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust
|
|
|
4,474,999
|
|
Charles Ergen
|
|
|
4,000,001
|
|
Edward A. Fortino Trust
|
|
|
2,875,000
|
|
101
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of (a) 16,308,737 shares issued to Mr. Prim
directly; and (b) 50,000 shares issued to
Mr. Prims spouse.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of 8,220,000 shares issued to Primo Investors,
L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar Primo,
L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of 1,384,000 shares issued to the Malcolm
McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of
the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of (a) 4,416,461 shares issued to Camden Partners
Strategic Fund III, L.P.; and (b) 183,540 shares
issued to Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general
partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
and Camden Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of (a) 19,200 shares issued to
Mr. Belmonts spouse; (b) 19,200 shares issued to
Mr. Belmonts son; and (c) 19,200 shares issued
to Mr. Belmonts daughter.
|
102
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following is a description of the material provisions of
our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated bylaws as they will be in effect as of the
completion of this offering. This description is only a summary.
For more detailed information, you should refer to our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated bylaws filed as exhibits to the registration statement,
of which this prospectus is a part.
Authorized
Capital
Prior to the closing of this offering, our authorized capital
stock consists of: (1) 200,000,000 shares of common
stock (16,305,180 of which were outstanding at April 1,
2010) and (2) 100,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, including 18,780,000 authorized shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock (18,755,000 of which were
outstanding at April 1, 2010), 30,000,000 authorized shares
of Series B preferred stock (23,280,221 of which were
outstanding at April 1, 2010) and 14,000,000
authorized shares of Series C convertible preferred stock
(12,520,001 of which were outstanding at April 1, 2010).
Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is
convertible into one share of common stock and each share of
Series C convertible preferred stock is convertible into
1.92 shares of common stock. As of April 1, 2010,
there were 19 holders of record of our common stock, 37 holders
of record of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 41
holders of record of our Series B preferred stock and 38
holders of record of our Series C convertible preferred
stock.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will amend and restate our
certificate of incorporation to provide that our authorized
capital stock will consist of
(1) shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and
(2) shares
of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately prior
to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our
Series A and Series C preferred stock will be
converted into shares of common stock, 50% of our outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares
of common stock at a ratio of : , which
will be calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the
Series B preferred stock by 90% of the initial public
offering price per share and
a
-for- reverse
stock split of our common stock will occur. Immediately
following the closing of this offering, the remaining 50% of our
outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock will be redeemed.
Following the sale of shares of common stock in this offering
and the redemption of the remaining outstanding shares of Series
B preferred stock, we expect to
have shares
of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding
(or shares
of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding if
the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase
additional shares to cover overallotments, if any).
Common
Stock
Voting.
Except as otherwise required by Delaware law, at
every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every holder of
common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There is no
cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Dividend Rights.
Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding series of preferred stock, the
holders of our common stock will receive ratably any dividends
declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally
available for the payment of dividends. We have never paid or
declared cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend
to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance
the development and expansion of our business. We do not expect
to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable
future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon
various factors, including our results of operations, financial
condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities and
other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our
senior revolving credit agreement currently limits our ability
to pay cash dividends. See Dividend Policy.
Liquidation and Preemptive Rights.
In the event of our
liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up,
the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in
all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to
prior
103
distribution rights of our preferred stock, if any, then
outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive
or other subscription rights.
Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares
offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid
for, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and
privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be
adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of
any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in
the future.
Preferred
Stock
Following the closing of this offering, there will be no shares
of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this
offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors will be
authorized to issue from time to time up
to million shares of
preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder
approval. Our Board of Directors will have the discretion to
determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions,
including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights,
redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each
series of preferred stock. It is not possible to state the
actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock
on the rights of holders of common stock until our Board of
Directors determines the specific rights associated with that
preferred stock. Although we have no current plans to issue
shares of preferred stock, the effects of issuing preferred
stock could include one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
decreasing the amount of earnings and assets available for
distribution to holders of common stock;
|
|
|
|
restricting dividends on the common stock;
|
|
|
|
diluting the voting power of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
|
|
|
|
delaying, deferring or preventing changes in our control or
management.
|
We believe that the ability of our Board of Directors to issue
one or more series of preferred stock will provide us with
flexibility in structuring possible future financings and
acquisitions, and in meeting other corporate needs that may
arise. The authorized shares of preferred stock, as well as
authorized and unissued shares of common stock, will be
available for issuance without action by our stockholders,
unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of
any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our
securities may be listed or traded.
Our Board of Directors may authorize, without stockholder
approval, the issuance of preferred stock with voting and
conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power
and other rights of holders of common stock. Although our Board
of Directors has no current intention of doing so, it could
issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the
terms of such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender
offer or other takeover attempt of our Company. Our Board of
Directors could also issue preferred stock having terms that
could discourage an acquisition attempt through which an
acquirer may be able to change the composition of our Board of
Directors, including a tender offer or other transaction that
some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in
their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a
premium for their stock over the then-current market price. Any
issuance of preferred stock therefore could have the effect of
decreasing the market price of our common stock.
Our Board of Directors will make any determination to issue such
shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of our
Company and its stockholders. We have no current plan to issue
any preferred stock after this offering.
104
Stock
Options and Restricted Stock
As of April 1, 2010, we had granted options to purchase a
total of 3,200,087 shares of common stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $1.26 per share. Of this total,
2,573,895 options have vested and 626,192 remain unvested. As of
April 1, 2010, we had also granted 1,102,500 shares of
restricted stock, all of which are unvested. As of April 1,
2010, an additional 19,733 shares of common stock were
available for future awards under our 2004 Stock Plan. Upon the
closing of this offering, an additional 7,500,000 shares of
our common stock will be available for future awards under our
2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Warrants
As of April 1, 2010, we had issued warrants to purchase a
total of 8,678,923 shares of common stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $ per
share.
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,111,109 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with our 2011 Notes.
These warrants will remain outstanding after this offering, will
expire December 30, 2019 and will have an exercise price of
$ per share.
Warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with the private
placement of our Series B preferred stock. The exercise
price of these warrants is $1.25 per share and they will
expire days after the closing of
this offering.
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,252,001 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with the private
placement of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The
exercise price of these warrants is $1.98 per share and they
will expire days after the closing
of this offering.
A warrant to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of common
stock was issued on June 4, 2008 to two individuals in
connection with a potential business arrangement. The exercise
price of the warrant is $1.98 per share and it will
expire days after the closing of
this offering.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be
effective upon the closing of this offering contain provisions
that could delay or prevent a change of control of our Company
or changes in our Board of Directors that our stockholders might
consider favorable. The following is a summary of these
provisions.
Delaware
Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of
the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon the consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors
and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock
plans in which employee participants do not have the right to
determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan
will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business
combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized
at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by
written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other
disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation;
|
|
|
|
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the
issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder; and
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the
entity or person.
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and
Restated Bylaws
Undesignated Preferred Stock.
Our Board of Directors has
the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other
rights, preferences and privileges that could have the effect of
deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of
our Company or management.
Limits on Ability to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special
Meeting.
We have provided in our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit
on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent
may, in the future, lengthen the amount of time required to take
stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a
majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our
certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors
without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in
accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that
special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our
Board of Directors. A stockholder may not call a special
meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to
force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a
majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the
removal of directors.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder
Nominations and Proposals.
Our amended and restated bylaws
establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder
proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as
directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of
our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors.
Stockholders must notify our corporate secretary in writing
prior to the meeting at which the matters are to be acted upon
or directors are to be elected. The notice must contain the
information specified in our amended and restated bylaws. To be
timely, the notice must be received at our principal executive
office not later than the 90th day nor earlier than the
120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the
prior years annual meeting of stockholders. If the date of
the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or after
such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the
preceding year, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be
received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the annual
meeting, and not later than the later of the 90th day prior
to the annual meeting, or the 10th day following the day on
which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first
made or notice of the meeting date is mailed, whichever occurs
first.
Our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of
precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the
proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also
discourage or deter a potential acquirer from
106
conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting
to obtain control of our Company.
Board of Directors.
Our Board of Directors may elect a
director to fill a vacancy, including vacancies created by the
expansion of our Board of Directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the
amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative
voting in the election of directors. The absence of cumulative
voting may make it more difficult for stockholders who own an
aggregate of less than a majority of our voting power to elect
any directors to our Board of Directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the
amended and restated bylaws provide that our Board of Directors
is divided into three classes, with members of each class
serving staggered three-year terms. Our classified Board of
Directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an
acquisition of us or a change in management.
Limitations
of Directors Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit
the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted
by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a
corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages
for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for
liability for any:
|
|
|
|
|
breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares as
provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law; or
|
|
|
|
transaction from which the directors derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities
arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become
effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we
will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by law or, if
applicable, pursuant to indemnification agreements. They further
provide that we may choose to indemnify other employees or
agents of the corporation from time to time. Section 145(g)
of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and
restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of
any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in connection with his or her
services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit
indemnification. We have obtained a directors and
officers liability insurance policy.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them
to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their
service to us or on our behalf.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers as to which
indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a
claim for indemnification.
107
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
Stock
Market
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol
.
108
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common
stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not
develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of
amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect
prevailing market prices of our common stock. Furthermore, since
only a limited number of shares will be available for sale
shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and
legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of amounts
of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions
lapse could also adversely affect the market price of our common
stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. See
Risk Factors.
Eligibility
of Restricted Shares for Resale in the Public Markets
Upon the closing of this offering, based on our outstanding
shares as of March 1, 2010, and assuming the conversion of
our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock
and no exercise of options or warrants, we will have outstanding
an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock
( shares
if the underwriters over-allotment is exercised in full).
Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be
freely transferable without restriction or registration under
the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of
our existing affiliates, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, who may sell only the
volume of shares described below and whose sales would be
subject to additional restrictions described below. The
remaining shares
of common stock will be held by our existing stockholders and
will be considered restricted securities as defined
in Rule 144. Of these restricted
securities, shares
will be subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days from
the date of this prospectus pursuant to the
lock-up
agreements described below. Restricted securities may be sold in
the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the
Securities Act, as described below. In addition, the shares
underlying options and warrants will become available for resale
into the public markets as described below under
Options, Restricted Stock and Warrants.
Lock-up
Agreements
All of our officers and directors, holders
of shares
of our common stock (after giving effect to the conversion of
our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock)
and holders
of shares
of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options and warrants have entered into
lock-up
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to
certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or
otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any
securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent
the right to receive shares of common stock for a period of
180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior
written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC. There are no
contractually specified conditions for the waiver of
lock-up
restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC, which may be granted by Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC for any reason. The
180-day
lock-up
period will be automatically extended if (i) during the
last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce
material news or a material event or (ii) prior to the
expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
15-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in this
paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event. After the
lock-up
period, these shares may be sold, subject to applicable
securities laws. See Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, and beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this
prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any
time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six
months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares
of our common stock provided current public information about us
is available and, after owning such shares for at least one
year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of
our
109
common stock without restriction. Beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six
months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then
outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Upon expiration of the
lock-up
period described
above,
additional shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale
under Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale
immediately upon the closing of this offering as described
above. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common
stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under
Rule 144.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees,
directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquires common
stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option
plan or other written agreement before the effective date of
this offering, to the extent not subject to a
lock-up
agreement, is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144.
The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical
stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to
the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the
shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including
exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued
in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and,
subject to the
lock-up
agreements described above, beginning 90 days after the
date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than
affiliates, as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the
manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates
under Rule 144 without compliance with its minimum holding
period requirement.
Options,
Restricted Stock and Warrants
Upon the closing of this offering, options to purchase a total
of 3,200,087 shares of our common stock will be outstanding
with a weighted average per share exercise price of $1.26 and
expiration dates between November 1, 2014 and
February 17, 2020. As of April 1, 2010, we had also
granted 1,102,500 shares of restricted stock, all of which
are unvested. As of April 1, 2010, an additional
19,733 shares of common stock were available for future
awards under our 2004 Stock Plan. We have also reserved an
additional 7,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance
pursuant to our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and an
additional 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance
pursuant to our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, both of which
we will adopt in connection with this offering.
Upon the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase a total
of 8,678,923 shares of our common stock will be outstanding
with a weighted average per share exercise price of
$ per share.
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,111,109 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with our 2011 Notes.
These warrants will remain outstanding after this offering, will
expire December 30, 2019 and will have an exercise price of
$ per share.
Warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with the private
placement of our Series B preferred stock. The exercise
price of these warrants is $1.25 per share and they will
expire days after the closing of
this offering.
110
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,252,001 shares of our
common stock were issued in connection with the private
placement of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The
exercise price of these warrants is $1.98 per share and they
will expire days after the closing
of this offering.
A warrant to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of common
stock was issued on June 4, 2008 to two individuals in
connection with a potential business arrangement. The exercise
price of the warrant is $1.98 per share and it will
expire days after the closing of
this offering.
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as
currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or
advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us
pursuant to options granted prior to the closing of this
offering under our 2004 Stock Plan or other written agreement is
eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective
date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without
compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding
period, contained in Rule 144.
Additionally, following the closing of this offering, we intend
to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register the sale of shares issued
or issuable upon the exercise of our currently outstanding stock
options as well as pursuant to our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term
Incentive Plan and 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The
registration statements will become effective upon filing.
Subject to the exercise of issued and outstanding options and
contractual restrictions, shares of our directors and executive
officers to which Rule 701 is applicable or which are to be
registered under the registration statement on
Form S-8
will be available for sale into the public market after the
expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters described under the caption
Underwriting.
111
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following discussion summarizes certain material
U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating
to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common
stock purchased in this offering by a
non-U.S. holder
(as defined below). This discussion is based on the provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, final,
temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder and current administrative rulings and
judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All
of these authorities may be subject to differing interpretations
or repealed, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive
effect, which could materially alter the tax consequences to
non-U.S. holders
described in this prospectus.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary
position to the tax consequences described herein or that such
position will not be sustained by a court. No ruling from the
IRS has been obtained with respect to the U.S. federal
income or estate tax consequences to a
non-U.S. holder
of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.
This discussion is for general information only and is not
tax advice. All prospective
non-U.S. holders
of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with
respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our
common stock.
As used in this discussion, the term
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of
the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United
States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source;
|
|
|
|
a trust (a) if a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the trusts administration and one
or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of
the trusts substantial decisions or (b) that has a
valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
|
|
|
|
an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for
U.S. federal income tax purposes if all of its interests
are owned by a single person described above.
|
An individual may be treated, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as a resident of the United States in any calendar
year by being present in the United States on at least
31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at
least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the
current calendar year. The
183-day
test
is determined by counting all of the days the individual is
treated as being present in the current year, one-third of such
days in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of such
days in the second preceding year. Residents are subject to
U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.
This discussion assumes that a prospective
non-U.S. holder
will hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset
(generally, property held for investment). This discussion does
not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate
taxation that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holder
in light of that
non-U.S. holders
individual circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not
address any aspect of U.S. federal alternative minimum,
U.S. state or U.S. local or
non-U.S. taxes,
or the special tax rules applicable to particular
non-U.S. holders,
such as:
|
|
|
|
|
insurance companies and financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
partnerships or other pass-through entities;
|
|
|
|
regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;
|
|
|
|
pension plans;
|
|
|
|
persons who received our common stock as compensation;
|
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities;
|
|
|
|
owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated
investment; and
|
|
|
|
former citizens or residents of the United States subject to tax
as expatriates.
|
If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes is an owner of our common
stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership generally
will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of
the partnership. We urge any owner of our common stock that is a
partnership and partners in that partnership to consult their
tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax
consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common
stock.
Distributions
on Our Common Stock
Any distribution on our common stock paid to
non-U.S. holders
will generally constitute a dividend for U.S. federal
income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess
of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will
generally constitute a return of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and will be applied
against and reduce the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis. Any remaining excess will be treated as
capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of
Our Common Stock.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are not treated as effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally
will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax
at a rate of 30% on the gross amount paid, unless the
non-U.S. holder
is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding
under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to claim the
benefit of a tax treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or successor form) prior to the payment of dividends. A
non-U.S. holder
eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income
tax treaty may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess
amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a
refund with the IRS.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or
business conducted by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax
treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent
establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United
States by the
non-U.S. holder)
are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the
non-U.S. holder
satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements.
To obtain the exemption, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide us with a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or successor form) prior to the payment of the dividend.
Dividends received by a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business generally are subject to U.S. federal income
tax at rates applicable to U.S. persons. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be
subject to an additional branch profits tax imposed
at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as specified by an
applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such
holders country of residence.
113
A
non-U.S. holder
who provides us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN,
Form W-8ECI
or other form must update the form or submit a new form, as
applicable, if there is a change in circumstances that makes any
information on such form incorrect.
Gain On
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common
Stock
In general, a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or
withholding on any gain realized from the
non-U.S. holders
sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common
stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides,
is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed
base maintained within the United States by the
non-U.S. holder),
in which case the gain will be taxed on a net income basis
generally in the same manner as if the
non-U.S. holder
were a U.S. person, and, if the
non-U.S. holder
is a corporation, the additional branch profits tax described
above in Distributions on Our Common Stock may also
apply;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the
disposition, which may be offset by
U.S.-source
capital losses of the
non-U.S. holder,
if any; or
|
|
|
|
we are, or have been at any time during the five-year period
preceding such disposition (or the
non-U.S. holders
holding period, if shorter), a United States real property
holding corporation.
|
Generally, we will be a United States real property
holding corporation if the fair market value of our
U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the
sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property
interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or
business, all as determined under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations. We believe that we have not been and are not
currently, and do not anticipate becoming in the future, a
United States real property holding corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of distributions paid to such holder and the amount
of tax withheld, if any. Copies of the information returns filed
with the IRS to report the distributions and withholding may
also be made available to the tax authorities in a country in
which the
non-U.S. holder
is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax
treaty or agreement.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on the gross
amount of dividends and certain other types of payments.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to backup withholding if proper
certification of foreign status (usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
is provided, and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that the
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person. In addition, no backup withholding or
information reporting will be required regarding the proceeds of
a disposition of our common stock made by a
non-U.S. holder
within the United States or conducted through certain
U.S. financial intermediaries if the payor receives the
certification of foreign status described in the preceding
sentence and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason
to know that such
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person or the
non-U.S. holder
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application
of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to
them.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld
under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
can be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely
manner.
114
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
An individual
non-U.S. holder
who is treated as the owner, or who has made certain lifetime
transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required
to include the value of the common stock in his or her gross
estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable
estate tax treaty provides otherwise or no U.S. federal
estate tax is in effect.
Recently-Enacted
Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts
Legislation has been recently enacted that imposes significant
certification, information reporting and other requirements on
foreign financial institutions and certain other
non-U.S. entities.
The legislation is generally effective for payments made after
December 31, 2012. The failure to comply with the
certification, information reporting and other specified
requirements in the legislation would result in withholding tax
being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to
foreign financial institutions and certain other
non-U.S. holders.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisers regarding the application
of this legislation to them.
115
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has
severally agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of
shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Signal Hill Capital Group LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of
the shares
to be purchased by the underwriters will be purchased from us.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters are subject to various conditions,
including approval of legal matters by counsel. The underwriting
agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to
purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any
are purchased, other than those shares covered by the
over-allotment option described below.
The underwriting agreement provides that we will indemnify the
underwriters against liabilities specified in the underwriting
agreement under the Securities Act, or will contribute to
payments that the underwriters may be required to make relating
to these liabilities.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to
purchasers on or
about ,
2010.
Over-Allotment
Option
We have granted a
30-day
over-allotment option to the underwriters to purchase up to a
total
of
additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial
public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by
us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the
underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each
of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the
conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase
the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their
respective commitments set forth in the table above.
Determination
of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters.
In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include the valuation multiples of publicly-traded companies
that the representatives of the underwriters believe are
comparable to us, our financial information, our history and
prospects and the outlook for our industry, an assessment of our
management, our past and present business operations and
relationships, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future
sales and an assessment of these factors in relation to market
values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged
in activities similar to ours.
We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market
will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will
trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or
above the initial offering price.
Commissions
and Discounts
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a
concession not in excess of $ per
116
share of common stock to other dealers specified in a master
agreement among underwriters who are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The underwriters may allow,
and the other dealers specified may re-allow, concessions not in
excess of $ per share of common
stock to these other dealers. After this offering, the offering
price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the
underwriters. Our common stock is offered subject to receipt and
acceptance by the underwriters and to other conditions,
including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to
the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses,
payable to us:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnification
of Underwriters
We will indemnify the underwriters against some civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and
liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and
warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are
unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to
payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of
those liabilities.
No Sales
of Similar Securities
The underwriters will require all of our directors and officers
and certain other of our stockholders to agree, subject to
certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or
otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any options
or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any
securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent
the right to receive shares of common stock without the prior
written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus.
We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written
consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, offer, sell, contract to
sell or otherwise dispose of any securities that are
substantially similar to the common stock, including but not
limited to any securities that are convertible into or
exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common
stock or any such substantially similar securities except for
the shares of common stock offered in this offering, the shares
of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options
and warrants on the date of this prospectus and the shares of
our common stock that are issued under our 2010 Omnibus
Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we will adopt in connection with
this offering.
The
180-day
restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will
be automatically extended if: (1) during the last
17 days of the 180-day restricted period we release
earnings results or announce material news or a material event
or (2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
15-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results
or the announcement of the material news or material event.
Nasdaq
Global Market Listing
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol
.
117
Short
Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in
this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize,
maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock
during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters
may engage in the following activities in accordance with the
rules of the SEC.
Short sales.
Short sales involve the sales by the
underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are
required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are
short sales made in an amount not greater than the
underwriters over-allotment option to purchase additional
shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out
any covered short position by either exercising their
over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in
the open market. In determining the source of shares to close
out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider,
among other things, the price of shares available for purchase
in the open market as compared to the price at which they may
purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short
sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment
option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position
by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common
stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing transactions.
The underwriters may make bids
for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as
stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Penalty bids.
If the underwriters purchase
shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or
syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling
concession from the underwriters and selling group members who
sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and
syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the
shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these
transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an
effect on the price of the shares if it discourages presales of
the shares.
The transactions above may occur on the Nasdaq Global Market or
otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any
representation or prediction as to the effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the
shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be
discontinued without notice at any time.
Relationships
The underwriters may, from time to time, perform investment
banking and advisory services for us or engage in transactions
with us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.
118
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and
certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
K&L Gates LLP, Raleigh, North Carolina. Certain legal
matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington,
DC.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Primo Water Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2009 included in this
prospectus and registration statement have been so included in
reliance on the report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in
its report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included
in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
CHANGE IN
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM
On February 10, 2009, our Board of Directors approved the
dismissal of Ernst & Young LLP (E&Y),
as our independent registered public accounting firm, which was
immediately effective, and appointed McGladrey &
Pullen, LLP (McGladrey) as our independent
registered public accounting firm for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
E&Ys report on our financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 2007, did not contain an adverse opinion
or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as
to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During our
two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period
preceding the dismissal of E&Y, there were no disagreements
with E&Y on any matters of accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or
procedure, which, if not resolved to E&Ys
satisfaction, would have caused E&Y to make reference to
the matter in their report, and there have been no
reportable events as defined in Item 304
(a)(1)(v) of
Regulation S-K.
Prior to the engagement of McGladrey, we did not consult with
such firm regarding the application of accounting principles to
a specific completed or contemplated transaction, or any matter
that was either the subject of a disagreement or a reportable
event. We also did not consult with McGladrey regarding the type
of audit opinion which might be rendered on our financial
statements and no oral or written report was provided by
McGladrey.
We have provided E&Y with a copy of this disclosure prior
to its filing with the Commission and have requested E&Y to
furnish us with a letter addressed to the Commission stating
whether it agrees with the above statements regarding E&Y
and, if not, stating the respects in which is does not agree. A
copy of this letter, dated March 12, 2010, which states
that E&Y agrees with these statements, is filed as
Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common
stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information included in the registration
statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the
rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this
offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its
exhibits. On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to
the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and will be required to file annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We
anticipate making these documents
119
publicly available, free of charge, on our website
(
www.primowater.com
) as soon as reasonably practicable
after filing such documents with the SEC.
You can read the registration statement and our future filings
with the SEC over the Internet at the SECs website at
www.sec.gov. You may request copies of the filing, at no cost,
by telephone at
(336) 331-4000
or by mail at Primo Water Corporation, 104 Cambridge Plaza
Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104. You may also read
and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public
reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain
copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the
Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
facilities.
120
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board
of Directors and Stockholders of
Primo Water Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and
the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 12, 2010
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
516
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
3,205
|
|
|
|
1,888
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
2,818
|
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
Assets associated with discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
11,393
|
|
|
|
4,820
|
|
Bottles, net
|
|
|
2,069
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
15,574
|
|
|
|
14,321
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,427
|
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
30,570
|
|
|
$
|
22,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
2,704
|
|
|
$
|
2,756
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
2,925
|
|
|
|
4,144
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and notes
payable
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
Liabilities associated with discontinued operations
|
|
|
1,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,957
|
|
|
|
7,326
|
|
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current
portion
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14,403
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
14,443
|
|
|
|
22,777
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value
200,000 shares authorized, 15,158 and 15,157 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value
100,000 shares authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock, 18,755 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Series B preferred stock, 23,280 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Series C preferred stock, 12,520 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
86,343
|
|
|
|
86,723
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(74,083)
|
|
|
|
(90,999)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
16,127
|
|
|
|
(409)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
30,570
|
|
|
$
|
22,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-3
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
30,776
|
|
|
|
38,771
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10,353
|
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
9,922
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
25,688
|
|
|
|
48,185
|
|
|
|
52,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(12,235)
|
|
|
|
(13,538)
|
|
|
|
(5,917)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(29)
|
|
|
|
(153)
|
|
|
|
(2,258)
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(12,170)
|
|
|
|
(13,608)
|
|
|
|
(8,174)
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(12,170)
|
|
|
|
(13,608)
|
|
|
|
(8,174)
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(1,904)
|
|
|
|
(5,738)
|
|
|
|
(3,650)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(14,074)
|
|
|
|
(19,346)
|
|
|
|
(11,824)
|
|
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge
|
|
|
(2,147)
|
|
|
|
(19,875)
|
|
|
|
(3,042)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,221)
|
|
|
$
|
(39,221)
|
|
|
$
|
(14,866)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.95)
|
|
|
$
|
(2.21)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.74)
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
(0.12)
|
|
|
|
(0.38)
|
|
|
|
(0.24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(1.07)
|
|
|
$
|
(2.59)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.98)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
|
|
15,158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-4
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2006
|
|
|
15,085
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
|
18,755
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
23,274
|
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,773)
|
|
|
$
|
39,404
|
|
|
$
|
2,742
|
|
|
$
|
(18,641)
|
|
|
$
|
19,789
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock, Series B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,773
|
|
|
|
(508)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,265
|
|
Warrants attached to Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock, Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(489)
|
|
|
|
10,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,149
|
|
Warrants attached to Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
Dividends accrued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,147)
|
|
|
|
(2,147)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,074)
|
|
|
|
(14,074)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
15,147
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
18,755
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
23,280
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(489)
|
|
|
|
49,772
|
|
|
|
3,433
|
|
|
|
(34,862)
|
|
|
|
17,916
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock, Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,005
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
|
18,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,232
|
|
Warrants attached to Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
Warrants issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
Beneficial conversion feature of Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,548)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends accrued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,327)
|
|
|
|
(2,327)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,346)
|
|
|
|
(19,346)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
15,157
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
18,755
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
23,280
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
12,520
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,343
|
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
(74,083)
|
|
|
$
|
16,127
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
Dividend of subsidiary stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,050)
|
|
|
|
(2,050)
|
|
Dividends accrued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,042)
|
|
|
|
(3,042)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,824)
|
|
|
|
(11,824)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
15,158
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
|
18,755
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
23,280
|
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
|
12,520
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,723
|
|
|
$
|
3,797
|
|
|
$
|
(90,999)
|
|
|
$
|
(409)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-5
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(14,074)
|
|
|
$
|
(19,346)
|
|
|
$
|
(11,824)
|
|
Less: Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(1,904)
|
|
|
|
(5,738)
|
|
|
|
(3,650)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(12,170)
|
|
|
|
(13,608)
|
|
|
|
(8,174)
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to
net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
298
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(427)
|
|
|
|
(1,943)
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(316)
|
|
|
|
(1,277)
|
|
|
|
969
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(89)
|
|
|
|
(93)
|
|
|
|
(782)
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
|
|
(213)
|
|
|
|
(714)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(6,752)
|
|
|
|
(11,832)
|
|
|
|
(1,972)
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(3,917)
|
|
|
|
(8,331)
|
|
|
|
(1,589)
|
|
Purchases of bottles, net of disposals
|
|
|
(1,076)
|
|
|
|
(1,089)
|
|
|
|
(835)
|
|
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Additions to and acquisitions of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(232)
|
|
|
|
(48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(4,992)
|
|
|
|
(9,628)
|
|
|
|
(2,450)
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net borrowings from revolving line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,004
|
|
|
|
(6,580)
|
|
Issuance of long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,350
|
|
Note payable and capital lease payments
|
|
|
(74)
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
|
|
(5,353)
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(134)
|
|
|
|
(636)
|
|
Prepaid equity issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105)
|
|
Net change in book overdraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
(147)
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
14,104
|
|
|
|
19,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(1,563)
|
|
|
|
(2,327)
|
|
|
|
(1,257)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
12,529
|
|
|
|
24,361
|
|
|
|
6,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash from continuing operations
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
2,901
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
Cash, beginning of year
|
|
|
7,638
|
|
|
|
5,776
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
Cash used in discontinued operations from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
|
(2,269)
|
|
|
|
(6,764)
|
|
|
|
(1,514)
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
(378)
|
|
|
|
(1,194)
|
|
|
|
(41)
|
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203)
|
|
|
|
(813)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,647)
|
|
|
|
(8,161)
|
|
|
|
(2,368)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, end of year
|
|
$
|
5,776
|
|
|
$
|
516
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
1,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets acquired under capital lease
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred dividends accrued not paid
|
|
$
|
584
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-6
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
|
Business
Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated
subsidiaries, Primo, we,
our, the Company) is a rapidly growing
provider of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water and
water dispensers sold through major retailers nationwide.
Principles
of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Our consolidated statements have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States (GAAP).
Operating
Segments
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments,
Primo Bottled Water Exchange (Exchange) and Primo Products
(Products). Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon
purified bottled water through retailers in the each of the
contiguous United States. We service the retail locations
through our national network of primarily independent bottlers
and distributors. Our Products segment sells water dispensers
that are designed to dispense Primo and other
dispenser-compatible bottled water through major U.S. retailers.
We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection
of our products.
Unless otherwise indicated, information in these notes to
consolidated financial statements relates to continuing
operations. Certain of our operations have been presented as
discontinued. See Note 13.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with
GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and
assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and
assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the
financial statements are reasonable, based on information
available at the time they are made. To the extent there are
material differences between these estimates and actual results,
our consolidated financial statements may be affected. Some of
the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful
accounts, valuation of inventories, depreciation, valuation of
deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized for the sale of three- and five-gallon
purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to
the retail stores or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is
either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount
is provided on the purchase of a
three- or
five-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty
three- or
five-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on
exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange
discount.
Our water dispensers are sold primarily through a direct-import
model, where we recognize revenue when title is transferred to
our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to
accept returns of water dispensers nor do we guarantee water
dispenser sales. However, we will at times accept returns or
issue credits for water
F-7
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
dispensers that have manufacturer defects or that were damaged
in transit. Revenues of water dispensers are recognized net of
an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate
based upon historical experience.
In addition, our customers can earn certain incentives that are
netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three
months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash
equivalents.
Accounts
Receivable
All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located
within the United States. We maintain an allowance for doubtful
accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of
our customers to make required payments. The allowance for
doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically
identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis.
Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of
accounts receivable based on historical experience and current
economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.
The following table shows the changes in the allowance for
doubtful accounts for the preceding three years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Sales, Costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
End
|
|
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
or Expense
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
(58)
|
|
|
$
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
304
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
|
$
|
425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
425
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
(479)
|
|
|
$
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
Our inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are
valued at the lower of cost or realizable value, with cost
determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method. Miscellaneous selling supplies such as
labels are expensed when incurred.
Bottles
Bottles consist of three- and five- gallon refillable
polycarbonate bottles used in our exchange business and are
stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of three years.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. For internally developed
software, certain costs during the application development stage
and related to upgrades and enhancements that provide additional
functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated
useful life of the
F-8
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
software. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using
straight-line methods over estimated useful lives that range
from two to 10 years.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets consist of customer lists, patents, and
trademarks. Intangible assets not subject to amortization are
tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if
indicators of impairment are present. Patent costs are amortized
using a straight-line basis over estimated lives of three years,
while customer lists are amortized on an accelerated basis over
an estimated useful life of 10 years.
Long-Lived
Assets
We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is
not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash
flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition
of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability,
whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is
measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a
long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. We recorded an
impairment charge in 2008 of $98, reflected in selling, general
and administrative expenses of the Exchange segment in the
statement of operations, related to display racks no longer in
use and to be disposed.
Fair
Value Measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) 820,
Fair Value Measurements
and Disclosures,
for financial assets and liabilities. ASC
820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a material
impact on the Companys financial condition or results of
operations.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received
for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in
the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. ASC 820 also describes three levels of
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 observable inputs other than quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 unobservable inputs in which there is
little or no market data available, which require the reporting
entity to develop its own assumptions.
|
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following is a reconciliation of the common stock warrants,
which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
|
|
Initial fair value
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of the Companys financial
instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses,
approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for
loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt,
capital leases and notes payable approximates fair value.
Advertising
Costs
Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising and
advertising materials are expensed when incurred. Advertising
costs totaled approximately $948, $717 and $270 for 2007, 2008
and 2009, respectively, and are included in selling, general,
and administrative expenses.
Beneficial
Conversion Charges
Our Series C Preferred Stock (Series C) is
convertible into common stock and was issued with an adjustable
conversion feature, which was based upon consolidated sales for
the year ending December 31, 2008 with a conversion price
ranging from $1.25 to $2.40 per common equivalent share. A
beneficial conversion charge is measured as the difference
between the initial price of $2.40 per share and the conversion
price at December 31, 2008 of $1.25 per share.
At December 31, 2008 we recorded a beneficial conversion
charge (also referred to as a deemed dividend) of approximately
$17,500 related to the adjustment in the conversion price of the
Series C convertible preferred stock, based upon
consolidated sales for the year ending December 31, 2008.
The beneficial conversion charge for equity instruments is
recorded to additional paid in capital with no effect on total
stockholders equity or the consolidated statement of
operations.
Concentrations
of Risk
Our principal financial instruments subject to potential
concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents,
trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We
invest our funds in a highly rated institution and believe the
financial risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are
minimal. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, approximately $250
and $0, respectively, of our cash on deposit exceeded the
federally insured limits.
We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers
financial condition and maintain allowances for doubtful
accounts that we believe are sufficient to provide for losses
that may be sustained on realization of accounts receivable. We
had one customer that accounted for approximately 59% of sales
in 2007 and two customers that accounted for 42% and 21% of
sales in 2008 and three customers that accounted for
approximately
F-10
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
33%, 19% and 15% of sales in 2009. We had two customers that
accounted for approximately 32% and 11% of total trade
receivables at December 31, 2008 and one customer with a
balance that accounted for approximately 21% of total trade
receivables at December 31, 2009.
Basic and
Diluted Net loss Per Share
Net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period.
Diluted amounts per share include the dilutive impact, if any,
of the Companys outstanding potential common shares, such
as options and warrants and convertible preferred stock.
Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from
the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.
The following outstanding options, convertible preferred stock
and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net
loss per share for the periods indicated because including them
would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
2,451
|
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
1,448
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
34,279
|
|
|
|
52,992
|
|
|
|
57,952
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
6,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability
method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events
that have been included in the financial statements. Under this
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases
of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for
the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the
extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC)
740-10,
Income Taxes
. Previously, we had accounted for tax
contingencies in accordance with ASC
450-10,
Contingencies
. As required by ASC
740-10,
we
recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only
after determining that the relevant tax authority would more
likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax
positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount
recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit
that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being
realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax
authority. At the adoption date, we applied ASC
740-10
to
all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained
open. The implementation of ASC
740-10
did
not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued authoritative guidance which
established the Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC or Codification) as the source of
authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied to
nongovernmental entities, and rules and interpretive releases of
the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The
Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and
reporting standards upon its effective date and, subsequently,
the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements,
FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts.
The guidance is not intended to change
F-11
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
or alter existing GAAP. The guidance became effective in our
fourth quarter of 2009. The guidance did not have an impact on
our consolidated financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the
accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date. This guidance was effective for interim and
annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. This
guidance was amended in February 2010. It requires public
reporting companies to evaluate subsequent events through the
date that the financial statements are issued. The adoption did
not impact our consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies that
the stock portion of a distribution to stockholders that allows
them to receive cash or stock with a potential limitation on the
total amount of cash that all stockholders can elect to receive
in the aggregate is considered a share issuance that is
reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock
dividend. This update is effective for our first quarter of
2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on
our consolidated financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies ASC 810
implementation issues relating to a decrease in ownership of a
subsidiary that is a business or non-profit activity. This
amendment affects entities that have previously adopted ASC
810-10.
This
update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption
is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
2.
|
Change in
Accounting Estimate
|
Effective January 1, 2008, we changed our method of
depreciation for property and equipment from accelerated methods
to the straight-line method. Originally, we utilized accelerated
methods due to our business model being new and the related
uncertainty in the sustainability of the business model. Also,
initial projections showed that upon installation of a new
retail customer the sales would initially peak and then diminish
over time, so using accelerated methods of depreciation was
expected to reflect the pattern of use. However, after we
developed some history and sustainability in our business model
we determined that sales did not peak after installation and
then diminish over time. Instead, sales have maintained at their
initial level or increased steadily following the installation
of our water bottle exchange services at a retail customer.
Therefore, the straight-line method is more reflective of the
pattern of use and also provides a better matching of
depreciation expense to the related sales. We accounted for the
change as a change in accounting estimate in the period of the
change and did not restate prior periods. The effect on
depreciation expense for 2008 was a decrease of approximately
$1,100.
Bottles are summarized as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
$
|
2,600
|
|
|
$
|
2,637
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(531)
|
|
|
|
(640)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,069
|
|
|
$
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for bottles was approximately $721, $853
and $907 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and is reflected
in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
consolidated statements of operations.
F-12
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
4.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment is summarized as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3,232
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
Racks and display panels
|
|
|
11,530
|
|
|
|
12,389
|
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Software and computer equipment
|
|
|
2,521
|
|
|
|
2,770
|
|
Transportation racks
|
|
|
3,944
|
|
|
|
4,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,517
|
|
|
|
23,128
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,943)
|
|
|
|
(8,807)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,574
|
|
|
$
|
14,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for property and equipment was
approximately $1,935, $2,223 and $2,897 in 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and is reflected in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of
operations.
Intangible assets are summarized as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amortized intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer lists
|
|
$
|
2,985
|
|
|
$
|
(1,699)
|
|
|
$
|
1,286
|
|
|
$
|
2,985
|
|
|
$
|
(2,089)
|
|
|
$
|
896
|
|
Patent costs
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(26)
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,020
|
|
|
|
(1,725)
|
|
|
|
1,295
|
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
|
|
(2,125)
|
|
|
|
931
|
|
Unamortized intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,152
|
|
|
$
|
(1,725)
|
|
|
$
|
1,427
|
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
(2,125)
|
|
|
$
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense for intangible assets was approximately
$710, $542 and $401 respectively, in 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and is reflected in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of
operations.
F-13
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
Amortization expense related to intangible assets, which is an
estimate for each future year and subject to change, is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
295
|
|
2011
|
|
|
215
|
|
2012
|
|
|
150
|
|
2013
|
|
|
106
|
|
2014
|
|
|
77
|
|
2015 and thereafter
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities is summarized as
follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Dividends payable
|
|
$
|
582
|
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
Accrued payroll and related items
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Accrued professional and other expenses
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Accrued sales tax payable
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
534
|
|
Accrued advertising
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Accrued receipts not invoiced
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Other
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,925
|
|
|
$
|
4,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Long-Term
Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable
|
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable are summarized
as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Senior loan agreement
|
|
$
|
7,004
|
|
|
$
|
423
|
|
Subordinated convertible notes payable, net of original issue
discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,400
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,011
|
|
|
|
14,829
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(7,006
|
)
|
|
|
(426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current
portion
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
14,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We entered into a Loan and Security Agreement in June 2005 that
was amended in April 2006, April 2007, June 2008, January 2009
and December 2009 (the Senior Loan Agreement)
pursuant to which the bank originally provided a $25,000
revolving loan commitment (the Revolver). In June
2008, the Revolver commitment was reduced to $20,000 and
subsequently reduced to $10,000 in January 2009. The Revolver is
subject to certain borrowing base restrictions based on eligible
accounts receivable, eligible inventory less reserves, and the
aggregate face amount of undrawn trade letters of credit of
which the Company is the beneficiary. The Revolver also provides
for letters of credit issued to our vendors, which reduce the
amount available for cash
F-14
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
borrowings. The availability under the Revolver was
approximately $1,500 and $5,900 at December 31, 2008 and
2009, respectively. All amounts outstanding under the Revolver
are due in full on June 30, 2010; however, at
December 31, 2008 the Revolver is classified as current in
the consolidated balance sheet due to the terms and conditions
included in the Senior Loan Agreement. At December 31, 2008
and 2009, there were outstanding letters of credit under the
Revolver totaling approximately $296 and $371, respectively.
Interest on the outstanding borrowings under the Revolver is
payable quarterly at the option of the Company at (i) the
LIBOR Market Index Rate plus the applicable margin or
(ii) the greater of (a) the federal funds rate plus
0.50% or (b) the banks prime rate plus in either case
the applicable margin. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the
interest rate on the outstanding balance on the Revolver was
based on the banks prime rate plus 2.50% and 0.75%,
respectively (5.75% at December 31, 2009 and 4.00% at
December 31, 2008). Beginning in January 2010 and effective
with the December 2009 amendment, the applicable margin for both
the prime rate and the federal funds rate options was decreased
to 1.00%.
We are required to pay a fee of 3.50% on the outstanding amount
of letters of credit issued under the Revolver. In addition,
there is a fee of 0.50% on the unused portion of the Revolver
lending commitment.
On January 7, 2009, we entered into a Loan and Security
Agreement with our primary bank that was subordinated to the
Senior Loan Agreement (the Prior Subordinated Loan
Agreement), pursuant to which a $10,000 term loan was
provided (the Prior Subordinated Loan). The bank
acted as syndication agent and provided $4,100 of the facility.
Twelve existing investors in the Company (including our CEO and
CFO) funded the $5,900 balance of the facility. The proceeds of
the Prior Subordinated Loan were used to repay the then
outstanding balance on the Revolver and for working capital
purposes. Interest on the Prior Subordinated Loan was at the
banks prime rate plus 10.0%, payable monthly. The Prior
Subordinated Loan had an original maturity of January 6,
2010; however, the balance was paid in full in December 2009. In
connection with the Prior Subordinated Loan the Company paid
fees totaling approximately $575, which were deferred and
amortized as a component of interest expense.
The Senior Loan Agreement contains and the Prior Subordinated
Loan Agreement contained various conditions precedent to
extensions of credit and restrictive covenants including minimum
EBITDA and gross sales requirements. We were in violation of
certain covenants and received a waiver from the bank at
December 31, 2009. Substantially all of the Companys
assets are pledged as collateral to for borrowings under the
Senior Loan Agreement and were pledged as collateral for
borrowings under the Prior Subordinated Loan Agreement.
On December 30, 2009, we issued Subordinated Convertible
Promissory Notes (Notes) to existing and new
investors that have a total face value of $15,000 and are
subordinated to the Senior Loan Agreement. The Notes pay
quarterly interest at 14% and are payable in full on
March 31, 2011 (the Maturity Date). We may
prepay the Notes at any time prior to the Maturity Date with a
prepayment premium of 2% of the principal amount being prepaid,
except where such prepayment is made in connection with an
initial public offering of our common stock. Upon (i) an
initial public offering of the Companys common stock
resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $30,000 (a
Qualified IPO), (ii) the consummation by the
Company of a merger or consolidation with or into another entity
or other corporate reorganization in which the Company is not
the surviving entity, (iii) the sale of all of the capital
stock of the Company, or (iv) the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, the holders of
the Notes may elect to sell to the Company and the Company will
be required to purchase the Notes in full by payment of an
amount equal to the unpaid principal balance thereof, plus, all
unpaid interest accrued thereon through the date of redemption,
plus in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) above the
principal amount of the Notes being redeemed multiplied by the
prepayment premium of 2%.
F-15
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
In addition, if a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the Maturity
Date and the Company has completed a sale of shares of its
capital stock within 90 days of the Maturity Date or
anytime thereafter resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
at least $5,000 (a Qualified Equity Financing), all
unpaid principal on any Notes and unpaid accrued interest is
convertible, at the option of the Note holders, into the
securities being issued in the Qualified Equity Financing. If
the Notes become convertible there would be a beneficial
conversion that would be calculated as the intrinsic value at
the measurement or commitment date.
The Notes are accompanied by detachable warrants with a value at
issuance equal to 4% of the face amount of the corresponding
Notes. The exercise price per share of the warrants is equal to
80% of the purchase price per share of common stock in a
Qualified IPO (if a Qualified IPO has occurred by the time of
such exercise) or ($1.25 if a Qualified IPO has not occurred by
the time of such exercise). The total number of shares of common
stock issuable under the warrants is 1,111. The initial fair
value of the warrants is $600 and resulted in an original issue
discount on the Notes which will be amortized as interest
expense over the term of the Notes. The fair value of the
warrants is included in other long-term liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet based upon the estimated fair value
and will be adjusted periodically until such time as the
exercise price becomes fixed at which time the then fair value
will be reclassified as a component of stockholders equity
(deficit).
Our CEO, CFO, Vice President of Products and certain members of
our Board of Directors (either individually or through an
affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of $3,520 of the Notes
with an aggregate of 261 warrants to purchase common stock.
Substantially all of the Companys assets are pledged as
collateral to secure the Notes, which security interest is
junior to that securing the Senior Loan Agreement.
The aggregate future maturities of long-term debt, capital
leases and notes payable as of December 31, 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
426
|
|
2011
|
|
|
15,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,429
|
|
Less: Amounts representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
In 2008, we amended and restated our Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of shares authorized to be
issued to 200,000 shares of $0.001 par value common
stock.
Series A
Preferred Stock
We are authorized to issue up to 100,000 shares of
$0.001 par value preferred stock. We designated
18,780 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred
Stock (Series A). At December 31, 2009 and
2008, the Company had outstanding 18,755 shares of the
Series A that were issued at a price of $1.00 per share.
Dividends on the Series A are neither mandatory nor
cumulative; however, no dividends will be paid on common stock
unless equivalent dividends are paid on the Series A on a
pro rata basis with the common stock and Series C.
F-16
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the
Series A will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the
original purchase price per share together with any dividends
declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the
common stock. Each share of the Series A is convertible, at
the option of the holder, at any time into common stock. The
initial conversion price of the shares is equal to the
consideration paid per share and the initial conversion ratio is
1:1. Conversion will be mandatory in the event of a public
offering of common stock at a price per share of at least $5.00
(as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits or other
similar events) resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at
least $20,000 or upon a vote or written consent of the holders
of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of the
Series A.
Series B
Preferred Stock
The Company designated 30,000 shares of preferred stock as
Series B Preferred Stock (Series B). At
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding
23,280 shares of Series B that were issued at a price
of $1.00 per share. The Series B shares are non-voting and
non-convertible. Each share of the Series B is accompanied
by a warrant to purchase 0.267 shares of common stock with
an exercise price of $1.25 per share (both subject to adjustment
in the case of stock splits, reverse stock splits or other
similar events). Each warrant will be exercisable through the
earliest to occur of (i) the sixteenth
(16
th
)
day after delivery of a notice of an exercise event (which
includes an initial public offering of the Companys common
stock resulting in proceeds of at least $20,000), (ii) ten
(10) years from the date of such warrant, or
(iii) five (5) years after the date of exercise of
either the put or repurchase rights with respect to the
Series B. The value of the warrants was determined to be
approximately $3,252 and is included in common stock warrants on
the consolidated balance sheet. No warrants had been exercised
as of December 31, 2009.
Dividends on the Series B accrue at an annual rate of $0.10
per share or 10%, payable when declared by the Board of
Directors, and are cumulative. All accrued dividends on the
Companys Series B will be paid prior to the payment
of any dividends on the Companys Series A,
Series C or common stock. In January 2009, the Company
offered Series B investors the option to suspend their
current dividend payment of 10% in exchange for a dividend
accrual of 15% for 2009. In January 2010 the dividends began to
accrue at 10%. Series B dividends paid during 2007, 2008
and 2009 were $1,563, $2,327 and $1,257, respectively. At
December 31, 2008 and 2009 the accrued and unpaid dividends
were $582 and $2,367, respectively, which is included in accrued
expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet.
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the
Series B will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the
original purchase price per share together with any dividends
declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the
Companys Series A and common stock.
Series C
Preferred Stock
In 2008, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of shares authorized to be
issued and designated 14,000 shares of preferred stock as
Series C. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the
Company had issued 12,520 shares of the Series C, at a
price of $2.40 per share. The Series C is convertible into
the Companys common stock based upon a formula taking into
account the Companys sales for the year ending
December 31, 2008, which resulted in a conversion ratio of
1:1.92 as of December 31, 2008. In accordance with GAAP the
Company determined that a beneficial conversion resulted from
the change in the conversion ratio from 1:1 on the issuance date
of the Series C to 1:1.92 on December 31, 2008. The
value of the beneficial conversion feature is analogous to a
dividend and is recognized as a return to the preferred
stockholders over the period from the date of issuance to the
commitment or measurement date, which was December 31,
F-17
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a beneficial
conversion or deemed dividend of approximately $17,548.
Conversion of the Series C will be mandatory in the event of a
public offering of common stock at a price per share of at least
$5.00 (as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits or
similar events) resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at
least $20,000 or upon a vote or written consent of the holders
of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of Series C.
Each share of Series C is accompanied by a warrant to
purchase 0.10 shares of common stock with an exercise price
of $1.98 per share (subject to adjustment in the case of stock
splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events). Each
warrant will be exercisable through the earlier to occur of
(i) the sixteenth
(16
th
)
day after delivery of a notice of an exercise event (which
includes an initial public offering of the Companys common
stock resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least
$20,000) or (ii) December 14, 2017. The total value of
the warrants was determined to be approximately $501 and is
included in common stock warrants in the Consolidated Balance
Sheet. No warrants had been exercised as of December 31,
2009.
Dividends on Series C are neither mandatory nor cumulative;
however, no dividends will be paid on common stock or the
Series A unless equivalent dividends are paid on the
Series C.
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the
Series C will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the
original purchase price per share together with any dividends
declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the
Companys Series A, Series B and common stock.
Each share of Series C is convertible, at the option of the
holder, at any time into common stock.
|
|
9.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
The Company has a stock-based compensation plan (the
Plan) for employees, including officers,
non-employee directors and non-employee consultants. The Plan
provides for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock
options and restricted common stock. The Company has reserved
4,500 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan.
We account for our stock-based employee and director
compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718,
Compensation-Stock Compensation
. ASC 718 requires
recognition of the cost of employee services received in
exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial
statements over the period the employee is required to perform
the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the
vesting period). In 2007, 2008 and 2009 compensation expense
related to stock options was approximately $157, $215 and $298
and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses
from continuing operations, respectively, and approximately $25,
$61 and $80 is included in discontinued operations, respectively.
Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100%
of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the
date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one
to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years
from the date of grant. The terms and conditions of the awards
made under the Plan vary but, in general, are at the discretion
of the board of directors or its appointed committee.
F-18
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date
of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted
during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.67, $0.83, and $0.49
respectively. The following assumptions were used in arriving at
the fair value of options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Expected life of options in years
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.0
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury
rate for the expected life of the options at the time of grant.
As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for
our shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer
group of companies, which collectively provide a reasonable
basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to
consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer
companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient
information regarding volatility of our share price becomes
available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for
this purpose. The expected life is based on the estimated
average life of the options, and forfeitures are estimated on
the date of grant based on certain historical data and
management estimates.
F-19
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
A summary of awards under the Plan at December 31, 2007,
2008 and 2009, and changes during the years then ended is
presented in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
2,115
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
|
|
1.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,465
|
|
|
|
1.13
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for grant at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,465
|
|
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
|
1.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
1.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,832
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,672
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for grant at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,832
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
1.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,923
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,197
|
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for grant at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2009 a total of 142 common stock options were granted,
all issued on one date during the first quarter, at an exercise
price of $1.25 per share. The estimated fair value of the common
stock on the issuance date was $1.25 per share. The fair value
determination was based in part upon the finalization of the
conversion ratio of the Series C Preferred Stock on
December 31, 2008. The board of directors also considered
the Companys most recent independent valuation and then
current expectations of the Companys future performance in
determining the fair value.
The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during 2007,
2008 and 2009 was approximately $16, $8 and $0, respectively,
with proceeds to the Company of $62, $13 and $2, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009 there was approximately $244 of
total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
stock-based compensation grants. This unrecognized compensation
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
approximately 1.0 years.
F-20
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted the 2010 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (the 2010 ESPP). The 2010 ESPP
provides for the purchase of common stock and is generally
available to all employees. The Company has reserved 250 shares
of common stock for issuance under the 2010 ESPP.
2010
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted the 2010 Omnibus
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2010 Plan). The 2010
Plan is limited to employees, officers, non-employee directors,
consultants and advisors. The 2010 Plan provides for the
issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted
stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, cash-
or stock-based performance awards and other stock-based awards.
The Company has reserved 7,500 shares of common stock for
issuance under the 2010 Plan.
|
|
10.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
The Company leases office space and vehicles under various lease
arrangements. Total rental expense from continuing operations
for 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $1,658, $1,496 and
$1,101, respectively. The rental expense includes $693 and $325
in 2007 and 2008, respectively, paid to PWC Leasing, LLC, which
is an entity with common ownership. On June 30, 2008, we
purchased the leased assets of PWC Leasing, LLC at the fair
value of $3,500 and terminated the related lease agreement. At
December 31, 2009, future minimum rental commitments under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
691
|
|
2011
|
|
|
472
|
|
2012
|
|
|
369
|
|
2013
|
|
|
266
|
|
2014
|
|
|
128
|
|
2015 and thereafter
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
Tax
We routinely purchase equipment for use in operations from
various vendors. These purchases are subject to sales tax
depending on the equipment type and local sales tax regulations,
however, certain vendors have not assessed the appropriate sales
tax. For purchases that are subject to sales tax in which the
vendor did not assess the appropriate amount, we accrue an
estimate of the sales tax liability we ultimately expect to pay.
Other
Contingencies
In the normal course of business the Company may be involved in
various claims and legal actions. Management believes that the
outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant
adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
F-21
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
There is no income tax provision (benefit) for federal or state
income taxes as the Company has incurred operating losses since
inception.
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate and
effective tax rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Federal statutory taxes
|
|
|
34
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
.0
|
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
.9
|
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
.9
|
|
%
|
Permanent differences
|
|
|
(0
|
.5
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
(0
|
.2
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
(0
|
.2
|
)
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(35
|
.9
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
(37
|
.7
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
(37
|
.9
|
)
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
.1
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
.2
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
.0
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences
between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets
and liabilities. The following deferred income taxes are
recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal net operating loss carryforward
|
|
$
|
15,131
|
|
|
$
|
18,802
|
|
State net economic loss carryforward
|
|
|
1,967
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
Allowance for bad debts
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
|
506
|
|
Reserve for obsolescence
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
Other
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
19,760
|
|
|
|
23,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
$
|
(861
|
)
|
|
$
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(861
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(18,899
|
)
|
|
|
(23,375
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,
available taxes in the carryback periods, projected future
taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this
assessment.
Accordingly, in connection with the losses incurred in 2008 and
2009, the Company has provided a valuation allowance of $18,899
and $23,375 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively to
reduce the net deferred tax asset to a realizable value. The net
increase in the valuation allowance of $4,476 primarily reflects
the net increase in the federal and state NOL deferred tax
assets.
F-22
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Company has approximately $55,000 in federal net operating
loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2025, and
approximately $51,000 state net economic loss carryforwards
that begin to expire in 2020. Utilization of net operating loss
carryforwards and other deferred tax assets may be subject to
certain limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 382
and similar state income tax provisions.
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments,
Primo Bottled Water Exchange (Exchange) and Primo Products
(Products). Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon
purified bottled water through retailers in each of the
contiguous United States. We service the retail locations
through our national network of primarily independent bottlers
and distributors. Our Products segment sells water dispensers
that are designed to dispense Primo and other
dispenser-compatible bottled water through major U.S. retailers.
We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection
of our products.
We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from
operations before depreciation and amortization because we
believe they provide useful information for effectively
allocating resources among business segments, evaluating the
health of our business segments based on metrics that management
can actively influence, and gauging our investments and our
ability to service, incur or pay down debt.
Operating segments that do not meet quantitative thresholds for
segment reporting are included in Other.
Cost of sales for Exchange consists of costs for bottling,
related packaging materials and distribution costs for our
bottled water. Cost of sales for Products consists of contract
manufacturing, freight, duties, and warehousing costs of our
water dispensers.
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily
of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support,
customer service, as well as other supporting cost for operating
the segment.
Selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically
related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate.
Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of the compensation and
other related expenses for corporate support, information
systems and human resources and administration. Corporate
expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and
compensation of our Board of Directors.
The following table presents segment information for each of the
last three years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Segment Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
10,875
|
|
|
$
|
19,237
|
|
|
$
|
22,638
|
|
Products
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
22,824
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,818
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
Inter-company elimination
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
13,453
|
|
|
$
|
34,647
|
|
|
$
|
46,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Segment Income (Loss) From Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
(2,834
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,267)
|
|
|
$
|
3,374
|
|
Products
|
|
|
(631
|
)
|
|
|
(1,447)
|
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
(116)
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Inter-company elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(5,229
|
)
|
|
|
(7,077)
|
|
|
|
(4,789
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(3,366
|
)
|
|
|
(3,618)
|
|
|
|
(4,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
$
|
(12,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,538)
|
|
|
$
|
(5,917
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
2,084
|
|
|
$
|
2,592
|
|
|
$
|
3,124
|
|
Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Other
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,366
|
|
|
$
|
3,618
|
|
|
$
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
$
|
4,487
|
|
|
$
|
8,174
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
Products
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Other
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,993
|
|
|
$
|
9,420
|
|
|
$
|
2,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Identifiable Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,939
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,541
|
|
|
|
2,655
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,517
|
|
|
|
1,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,997
|
|
|
$
|
22,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
In July, 2008, the Company and its Board of Directors made the
decision to divest the operations of its subsidiary, Prima
Bottled Water, Inc. (Prima). As a result, the
related assets, liabilities and results of the operations of
Prima are accounted for as discontinued operations. In December
2009, the Company completed the divestiture by distributing the
stock in Prima to existing stockholders of the Company. Each
stockholder received a number of shares in Prima based upon such
stockholders proportionate ownership of our Series A,
Series C and common stock on an as converted basis as of
the date of distribution. This transaction is reflected as a
dividend of subsidiary stock in the statement of
stockholders equity (deficit) in the amount of $2,050, the
book value of the net assets of Prima as of the distribution
date.
F-24
PRIMO
WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales and operating results classified as discontinued
operations were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
239
|
|
|
$
|
1,888
|
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
4,456
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(2,568
|
)
|
|
|
133
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
2,930
|
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
Impairment of assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
2,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(5,672
|
)
|
|
|
(3,587
|
)
|
Interest (expense) income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(5,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,650
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The assets and liabilities that comprise the discontinued
operations are summarized as follows at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
246
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1,962
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
2,185
|
|
Other
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
829
|
|
Other
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
Employee
Retirement Savings Plan
|
Effective April 1, 2005, the Company established the Primo
Water Corporation 401(k) Plan & Trust retirement plan
covering substantially all full-time employees who are at least
21 years of age and who have completed at least two months
of service. Plan participants may make before tax elective
contributions up to the maximum percentage of compensation and
dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. The
Companys matching contributions to the Plan are
discretionary and determined with respect to each Plan year. The
Company did not make any matching contributions during 2007,
2008 or 2009. Plan participants are 100% vested in their
elective contributions at all times, and are vested 25% per year
of service for four years in the Companys discretionary
contributions. A year of service for vesting purposes is
1,000 hours of service in a Plan year. In 2010, our Board
of Directors established a Company match of up to 50% of the
employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of
the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of
certain specified objectives to be determined by our Board of
Directors.
F-25
Shares
Common
Stock
PROSPECTUS
,
2010
Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC
BB&T
Capital Markets
Signal
Hill
Neither we nor the
underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information
different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make
a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you
should not rely upon any information other than the information
in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor
the sale of our common stock means that information contained in
this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an
offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances
under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Until ,
2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
|
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount payable by us, in connection with
the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All
amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$
|
4,278
|
|
FINRA Fee
|
|
|
6,500
|
|
Nasdaq Global Market Listing Fee
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Printing Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
Of Directors And Officers
|
We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action
by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation against expenses (including
attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in
connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and
in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that,
in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no
indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as
to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that
will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide
that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and
officers (and may choose to indemnify and advance expenses to
other employees and other agents) to the fullest extent
permitted by law; provided, however, that if we enter into an
indemnification agreement with such directors or officers, such
agreement controls.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of
incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be
personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director,
except for liability for any:
|
|
|
|
|
breach of a directors duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its stockholders;
|
|
|
|
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
|
|
|
|
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
benefit.
|
II-1
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the
form that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, provides that our directors are not personally liable
for breaches of fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities
arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
permits a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in
the form that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any
officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in connection with their
services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit
indemnification. We have directors and officers
liability insurance.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have
entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors
that require us to indemnify such persons against various
actions including, but not limited to, third-party actions where
such director, by reason of his or her corporate status, is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to an action, or by
reason of anything done or not done by such director in any such
capacity. We intend to indemnify directors against all costs,
judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities, amounts paid in
settlement by or on behalf such directors and for any expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by such directors in connection
with such action, if such directors acted in good faith and in a
manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. We also intend to advance to our directors
expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by such
directors in advance of the final disposition of any action
after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or
statements from directors requesting such payment or payments
from time to time, provided that such statement or statements
are accompanied by an undertaking, by or on behalf of such
directors, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that they are not entitled to be indemnified against
such expenses by the corporation.
The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures
that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification or
advancement of expenses, including, among others, provisions
about providing notice to the corporation of any action in
connection with which a director seeks indemnification or
advancement of expenses from the corporation and provisions
concerning the determination of entitlement to indemnification
or advancement of expenses.
Prior to the closing of this offering we plan to enter into an
underwriting agreement, which will provide that the underwriters
are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our
directors, officers and controlling persons against specified
liabilities.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
|
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration
statement, we issued the securities indicated below that were
not registered under the Securities Act. All share and price
information does not reflect the conversion of all of our issued
and outstanding shares Series A and Series C
convertible preferred stock into common stock or the reverse
stock split of our common stock, both of which will occur
immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
Stock,
Warrants and Convertible Subordinated Notes
1. On February 18, 2010, we granted to 18 employees
and four non-employee directors 1,102,500 shares of restricted
common stock. We received no consideration from the individuals
in connection with the grant of the restricted stock.
II-2
2. On December 30, 2009, we issued subordinated
convertible promissory notes, bearing interest at 14% per annum,
in an aggregate original principal amount of $15,000,000, and
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,111,109 shares of
common stock to 28 accredited investors. The aggregate
consideration received by us was $15,000,000.
3. On June 4, 2008, we issued a warrant to purchase
100,000 shares of common stock to two residents of Ontario,
Canada. The consideration received by us was $10.
4. Between December 14, 2007 and June 2, 2008, we
issued an aggregate of 12,520,001 shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 1,252,001 shares of common stock to 37
accredited investors. The aggregate consideration received by us
was $30,048,002.
5. Between November 19, 2007 and February 26,
2009, we issued an aggregate of 73,305 shares of our common
stock to five employees. The aggregate consideration received by
us was $76,118.
6. Between June 1, 2007 and July 13, 2007, we
issued an aggregate of 3,530,495 shares of Series B
preferred stock to 26 accredited investors. The aggregate
consideration received by us was $3,530,495.
7. On January 10, 2007, we issued 3,000 shares of
Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase
801 shares of common stock to one accredited investor. The
consideration received by us was $3000.
The grants of restricted common stock described in
(1) above were made pursuant to our 2004 Stock Plan to our
officers, directors and employees in reliance upon an available
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, including those contained in Rule 701 promulgated
under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among other
things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701,
companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are
exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect
to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to
compensatory benefit plans as defined under that
rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan qualifies as a
compensatory benefit plan.
We believe that the offer and sale of the securities referenced
in (2), (4), (6) and (7) above were exempt from
registration under the Securities Act by virtue of
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not
involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of
unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(2)
and/or
Regulation D represented that they were accredited
investors as defined under the Securities Act. The purchasers in
each case represented that they intended to acquire the
securities for investment only and not with a view to the
distribution thereof and that they either received adequate
information about the registrant or had access, through
employment or other relationships, to such information;
appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates
issued in such transactions; and offers and sales of these
securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.
The sales of common stock referenced in (5) above was made
pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under our 2004
Stock Plan to our officers, directors, employees and consultants
and, we believe, were made in reliance upon an available
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, including those contained in Rule 701 promulgated
under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among other
things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701,
companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are
exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect
to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to
compensatory benefit plans as defined under that
rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan qualifies as a
compensatory benefit plan.
We believe the sales of common stock referenced in
(3) above were exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Regulation S promulgated
thereunder. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for
which we relied on Regulation S represented that they were
not acquiring the securities for the account or benefit of any
U.S. Person as defined by Regulation S.
II-3
There were no underwriters engaged in connection with any of the
transactions referenced above.
Stock
Options
1. On February 18, 2010, we granted one of our employees an
option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.23 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
option.
2. On January 28, 2010, we granted to three of our
employees options to purchase 225,000 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price of $1.23 per share. We received no
consideration from these individuals in connection with the
issuance of such options.
3. On January 29, 2009, we granted to seven of our
employees options to purchase an aggregate of
142,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these
individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
4. On August 1, 2008, we granted to two of our
employees options to purchase an aggregate of 30,000 shares
of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We
received no consideration from these individuals in connection
with the issuance of such options.
5. On July 23, 2008, we granted to one employee an option
to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
options.
6. On June 25, 2008, we granted to one employee an
option to purchase 8,310 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
options.
7. On May 1, 2008, we granted to 18 employees
options to purchase an aggregate of 471,807 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We
received no consideration from these individuals in connection
with the issuance of such options.
8. On January 31, 2008, we granted to one employee an
option to purchase 1,944 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
options.
9. On December 31, 2007, we granted to three employees
options to purchase an aggregate of 75,000 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. We
received no consideration from these individuals in connection
with the issuance of such options.
10. On October 31, 2007, we granted to three employees
options to purchase an aggregate of 72,038 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We
received no consideration from these individuals in connection
with the issuance of such options.
11. On August 15, 2007, we granted to one employee an
option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
options.
12. On August 10, 2007, we granted to two employees
options to purchase and aggregate of 15,000 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We
received no consideration from these individuals in connection
with the issuance of such options.
II-4
13. On April 26, 2007, we granted to one employee an
option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration
from this individual in connection with the issuance of such
options.
14. On January 25, 2007, we granted to
16 employees options to purchase an aggregate of
347,295 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these
individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
15. On January 25, 2007, we granted to four
non-employee directors options to purchase an aggregate of
148,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these
individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
All of the stock options described above were granted under our
2004 Stock Plan to our officers, directors, employees and
consultants in reliance upon an available exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, including those
contained in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b)
of the Securities Act. Among other things, we relied on the fact
that, under Rule 701, companies that are not subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d)
of the Exchange Act are exempt from registration under the
Securities Act with respect to certain offers and sales of
securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans as
defined under that rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan
qualifies as a compensatory benefit plan.
There were no underwriters engaged in connection with any of the
transactions referenced above.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
See Exhibit Index following the signature page.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the
Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant
to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating
to an offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the date it is first used after
effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a
registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such
first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in
the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any such document immediately
prior to such date of first use.
(4) For the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of
securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Winston-Salem, State of North
Carolina, on April 23, 2010.
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
Billy D. Prim
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated, in
each case on April 23, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Billy
D. Prim
Billy
D. Prim
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/
Mark
Castaneda
Mark
Castaneda
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/
David
J. Mills
David
J. Mills
|
|
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
*
Richard
A. Brenner
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
David
W. Dupree
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Malcolm
McQuilkin
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
David
L. Warnock
|
|
Director
|
Billy D. Prim
Attorney-in-fact
II-7
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Primo Water Corporation
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of Primo Water Corporation
|
|
3
|
.5*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Primo Water Corporation
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of
Primo Water Corporation
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of K&L Gates LLP
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2005,
among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products,
LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association
(the Credit Agreement)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
April 26, 2006, among Primo Water Corporation and Wachovia
Bank, National Association
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
April 30, 2007, among Primo Water Corporation and Wachovia
Bank, National Association
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
June 24, 2008, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go,
LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank,
National Association
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
January 7, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To
Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia
Bank, National Association
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
December 30, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To
Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia
Bank, National Association
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
December 30, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To
Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia
Bank, National Association
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of 14% Subordinated Convertible Note, dated as of
December 30, 2009
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Form of Subordinated Convertible Debt Common Stock
Purchase Warrant, dated as of December 30, 2009
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Subscription
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Series C Common Stock Purchase Warrant
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of First Amendment to Series C Common
Stock Purchase Warrant
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Form of Series B Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Series B Common Stock Purchase Warrant
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
2004 Stock Plan**
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (2010 Omnibus
Plan)**
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Option Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan**
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2010 Omnibus
Plan**
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan**
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
2010 Executive Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy**
|
|
10
|
.22*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as
of between
the Company and Billy D. Prim**
|
|
10
|
.23*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as
of between
the Company and Mark Castaneda**
|
|
10
|
.24*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as
of between
the Company and Michael S. Gunter**
|
II-8
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.25*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as
of between
the Company and Duane Goodwin**
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each
of Messrs. Prim, Brenner, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Master Equipment Lease Agreement with PWC Leasing, LLC, dated as
of March 29, 2006
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Termination Agreement of Master Equipment Lease Agreement with
PWC Leasing, LLC, dated as of June 30, 2008
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Assignment Separate from Certificate for Shares of Prima Bottled
Water, Inc., dated December 31, 2009
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Independent Registered Accounting Firm
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries of Primo Water Corporation
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of McGladrey & Pullen LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of K&L Gates LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously filed.
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
**
|
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
|
II-9
Exhibit 10.1
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
between
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: June 23, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
1.
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1.1 Defined Terms:
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1.2 Financial Terms
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
The Credit Facilities; Letters
of Credit; Interest and Fees
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2.1 The Credit Facilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2.2 Collections Account
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2.3 Interest
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2.4 Interest Rate Adjustments
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2.5 Notice and Manner of Borrowing
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2.6 Repayment of Loans
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
2.7 Additional Payment Provisions
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
2.8 Default Rate
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2.9 Calculation of Interest
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2.10 Letters of Credit
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2.11 Fees
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2.12 Statement of Account
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2.13 Termination
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2.14 USA Patriot Act Notice
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2.15 Financial Management Account Agreement
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2.16 Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Revolver Loan
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
3.2 Conditions Precedent to Term Loan
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
3.3 Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
3.4 Conditions Precedent to Each Term Loan Advance
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.1 Valid Existence and Power
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.2 Authority
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.3 Financial Condition
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.4 Litigation
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.5 Agreements, Etc
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.6 Authorizations
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.7 Title
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.8 Collateral
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.9 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.10 Taxes
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.11 Labor Law Matters
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.12 Accounts
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4.13 Judgment Liens
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.14 Corporate Structure
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.15 Deposit Accounts
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.16 Environmental
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.17 ERISA
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.18 Investment Company Act
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.19 Names
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4.20 Insider
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
4.21 Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
4.22 Compliance with Covenants; No Default
|
|
|
24
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
4.23 Full Disclosure
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
4.24 Borrower Information Certificate
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Affirmative Covenants of Borrower
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5.1 Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5.2 Maintenance of Business and Properties
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5.3 Insurance
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5.4 Notice of Default
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
5.5 Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
5.6 Financial Information
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
5.7 Maintenance of Existence and Rights
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
5.8 Payment of Taxes, Etc
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
5.9 Subordination
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
5.10 Compliance; Hazardous Materials
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
5.11 Further Assurances
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
5.12 Covenants Regarding Collateral
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
Negative Covenants of Borrower
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
6.1 Debt
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
6.2 Liens
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
6.3 Restricted Payments
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
6.4 Loans and Other Investments
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6.5 Change in Business
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6.6 Accounts
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6.7 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6.8 No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.9 No Sale, Leaseback
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.10 Margin Stock
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.11 Tangible Collateral
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.12 Subsidiaries
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.13 Liquidation, Mergers,
Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.14 Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6.15 Depositary Relationship
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Other Covenants of Borrower
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
7.1 Minimum EBITDA
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
7.3 Leases
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Default
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
8.2 Remedies
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
8.3 Receiver
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
8.4 Deposits; Insurance
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
Security Agreement
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
9.1 Security Interest
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
9.2 Financing Statements; Power of Attorney
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
9.3 Entry
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
9.4 Other Rights
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
9.5 Accounts
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
9.6 Waiver of Marshaling
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
9.7 Control
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
Miscellaneous.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
10.1 No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative
|
|
|
35
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
10.2 Survival of Representations
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
10.3 Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
10.4 Notices
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
10.5 Governing Law
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
10.6 Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.7 Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.8 No Usury
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.9 Powers
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.10 Approvals; Amendments
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.11 Participations and Assignments
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.12 Dealings with Multiple Borrowers
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.13 Waiver of Certain Defenses
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
10.14 Integration; Final Agreement
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
10.15 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
10.16 BINDING ARBITRATION; PRESERVATION OF REMEDIES
|
|
|
38
|
|
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
|
|
|
Exhibit A-1
|
|
Revolver Note
|
Exhibit B
|
|
Joinder Agreement
|
Exhibit C
|
|
Form of Guaranty Agreement
|
Exhibit 3.1.2
|
|
Borrower Information Certificate
|
Exhibit 4
|
|
Exceptions to Representations and Warranties
|
Exhibit 5.6(a)
|
|
Borrowing Base Certificate
|
Exhibit 5.6(d)
|
|
Compliance and No Default Certificates
|
iii
Loan and Security Agreement
THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the Agreement), dated as of June
23
, 2005
between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (Primo), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, Bank);
WITNESSETH:
In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and to induce
Bank to extend credit to Borrower, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Definitions
. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings set forth in this Section 1.
1.1
Defined Terms:
Accession
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Account
has the meaning set forth in the Code, together with any guaranties, letters
of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and other security therefor, including Supporting Obligations.
Account Debtor
means a Person who is obligated under any Account, Chattel Paper,
General Intangible or Instrument.
Affiliate
of a Person means (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning 25% or more
of the voting stock or equity interests of such named Person or of which the named Person owns 25%
or more of such voting stock or equity interests; (b) any Person controlling, controlled by or
under common control with such named Person; (c) any officer, director or employee of such named
Person or any Affiliate of the named Person; and (d) any family member of the named Person or any
Affiliate of such named Person.
Applicable Margin
means (a) as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is a
LMIR Loan, 2.50%; and
(b) as to the Term Loan, or portion thereof that is a LMIR Loan, 1.50% until the Reduction
Date, and, thereafter, 2.50%.
Arbitration Rules
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.16.
Borrower
means Primo and any Subsidiary who hereafter executes and delivers to Bank
a Joinder Agreement.
Borrower Information Certificate
means a certificate submitted by Borrower to Bank
on or before the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1 hereto concerning certain factual information
about Borrower, to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.1.2 hereto.
Borrowing Base
means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:
(i) until January 1, 2006, 90% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, and
after January 1, 2006, 80% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts,
plus
(ii) until October 1, 2005, 20% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory;
after October 1, 2005, and until January 1, 2006, 30% of the total amount of
Eligible Inventory; and after January 1, 2006, 40% of the total amount of Eligible
Inventory;
minus
(iii) any Reserves;
provided, however, that at no time shall the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory
exceed 50% of the aggregate Borrowing Base and of the portion applicable to Inventory, no more than
one-half shall be applicable to Placed Inventory.
Borrowing Base Certificate
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a).
Bottled Water Product Inventory
means (a) all bottles and other containers that hold
or contain, or are intended for use to hold or contain, Borrowers bottled water products; (b) all
caps, labels (whether or not affixed to any such bottles or other containers), and minerals
necessary to produce Borrowers bottled water products; and (c) all drinking water contained in any
such bottles and other containers at any time, in each case whether Controlled Inventory or Placed
Inventory.
Business Day
means a weekday on which Bank is open for business in Charlotte, North
Carolina.
Chattel Paper
has the meaning set forth in the Code, including Electronic Chattel
Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper, together with any guaranties, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit
Rights, and other security therefore, including Supporting Obligations.
Closing Date
means the date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section 3 of
this Agreement applicable to the Revolver Loan are satisfied and the initial Revolver Loan is made
under this Agreement.
Code
means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute), as adopted and in
force in the Jurisdiction or, when the laws of any other state govern the method or manner of the
perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Collateral, the Uniform Commercial
Code (or any successor statute) of such state. Any term used in this Agreement and in any
financing statement filed in connection herewith which is defined in the Code and not otherwise
defined in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document has the meaning given to the term in the
Code.
Collateral
means the following property of Borrower, wherever located and whether
now owned by Borrower or hereafter acquired: (a) all Inventory; (b) all General Intangibles;
(c) all Accounts; (d) all Chattel Paper; (e) all Instruments and Documents and any other instrument
or intangible representing payment for goods or services; (f) all Equipment; (g) all Investment
Property; (h) all Commercial Tort Claims; (i) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (j) all Deposit Accounts
and funds on deposit therein, including but not limited to any Disbursements Account, Collections
Account or funds otherwise on deposit with or under the control of Bank or its agents or
correspondents; (k) all Fixtures; and (l) all parts, replacements, substitutions, profits,
products, Accessions and cash and non-cash Proceeds and Supporting Obligations of any of the
foregoing (including, but not limited to, insurance proceeds) in any form and wherever located.
Collateral shall include all written or electronically recorded books and records relating to any
such Collateral and other rights relating thereto.
Collateral Location
means any location where Collateral is located, as identified
and certified by Borrower from time to time.
Collections Account
means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank to
which collections, deposits and other payments on or with respect to Collateral may be made
pursuant to the terms hereof, to which only Bank shall have access to withdraw or otherwise direct
the disposition of funds on deposit therein.
2
Commercial Tort Claim
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Controlled Inventory
means Bottled Water Product Inventory in the possession of
Borrower or a Manufacturer or Distributor.
Debt
means all liabilities of a Person as determined under GAAP and all obligations
which such Person has guaranteed or endorsed or is otherwise secondarily or jointly liable for, and
shall include, without limitation (a) all obligations for borrowed money or purchased assets,
(b) obligations secured by assets whether or not any personal liability exists, (c) the capitalized
amount of any capital or finance lease obligations, (d) the unfunded portion of pension or benefit
plans or other similar liabilities, (e) obligations as a general partner, (f) contingent
obligations pursuant to guaranties, endorsements, letters of credit and other secondary
liabilities, (g) obligations for deposits, and (h) obligations under Swap Agreements.
Default
has the meaning set forth in the definition of Event of Default.
Default Rate
means the Interest Rate (including the Applicable Margin) plus 2
percent per annum.
Deposit Account
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Disbursements Account
means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower with Bank for
the purpose of depositing the proceeds of Loans made pursuant hereto.
Distributor
means a Person located within the United States of America with whom
Borrower has contracted for distribution of Bottled Water Product Inventory between Manufacturers
and Retailers.
Document
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Electronic Chattel Paper
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Eligible Accounts
means all Accounts in U.S. dollars evidenced by a paper invoice or
electronic equivalent (valued at the face amount of such invoice, less maximum discounts, credits
and allowances which may be taken by Account Debtors on such Accounts, and net of any sales tax,
finance charges or late payment charges included in the invoiced amount) created or acquired by
Borrower arising from the sale of Inventory and/or the provision of certain services in Borrowers
ordinary course of business (as approved by Bank) in which Bank has a first (and only) priority,
perfected security interest, but excluding, without duplication,
(a) Accounts outstanding for longer than (i) ninety (90) days from original invoice date or
(ii) sixty (60) days from the original due date, whichever is shorter;
(b) all Accounts owed by an Account Debtor if more than fifty percent (50%) of the Accounts
owed by such Account Debtor to Borrower are deemed ineligible hereunder pursuant to clause (a);
(c) Accounts owing from any Affiliate of Borrower;
(d) Accounts owed by a creditor of Borrower to the extent of the amount of the indebtedness of
Borrower to such creditor;
(e) Accounts which are in dispute or subject to any counterclaim, contra-account, volume
rebate, cooperative advertising accrual, deposit or offset;
(f) Accounts owing by any Account Debtor which is not Solvent;
3
(g) Accounts arising from a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, or sale-on-approval
basis or from the delivery of Bottled Water Product Inventory to a Retailer on a consignment or
similar basis prior to the sale thereof by the Retailer to consumer(s);
(h) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that (1) is a Sanctioned Person or (2) is located
outside of the United States of America, unless in its sole and absolute discretion Bank agrees to
allow such Account to be an Eligible Account and such Account is supported by a letter of credit or
credit insurance assigned to Bank and which is issued by a financial institution and in an amount
and on terms which are acceptable to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion;
(i) Accounts owed by the United States of America or other governmental or quasi-governmental
unit, agency or subdivision unless Borrower shall have complied with all applicable federal and
state assignment of claims laws;
(j) Accounts as to which the goods giving rise to the Account have not been delivered to and
accepted by the Account Debtor or the service giving rise to the Account has not been completely
performed or which do not represent a final sale;
(k) Accounts evidenced by a note or other Instrument or Chattel Paper or reduced to judgment;
(l) Accounts for which the total of all Accounts from an Account Debtor (together with the
Affiliates of the Account Debtor) exceed fifty percent (50%) until the first anniversary of the
Closing Date and twenty-five (25%) thereafter of the total Accounts of Borrower (to the extent of
such excess);
(m) Accounts which, by contract, subrogation, mechanics lien laws or otherwise, are subject
to claims by Borrowers creditors or other third parties or which are owed by Account Debtors as to
whom any creditor of Borrower (including any bonding company) has lien or retainage rights, unless
such lien or retainage rights have been effectively waived in writing by such creditor;
(n) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor which is located in a jurisdiction where Borrower is
required by such jurisdiction to qualify to transact business or to file reports in order to seek
judicial enforcement of the Account, unless Borrower has so qualified or filed;
(o) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor who disputes the liability therefor;
(p) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that shall be the subject of any proceeding of the type
described in Section 8.1(f) or (g); and
(q) Aged credits outstanding for longer than the sooner of (i) ninety (90) days from original
invoice date or (ii) sixty (60) days from the original due date.
No Account shall be an Eligible Account if any representation, warranty or covenant herein
relating thereto shall be untrue, misleading or in default.
Eligible Inventory
means all Controlled Inventory and Placed Inventory acquired by
Borrower in the ordinary course of its business as presently conducted consisting of raw materials,
work-in-process and finished goods, valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out
basis,
but
excluding
,
however
, in any event, without limitation of the
foregoing, unless otherwise approved by Bank, any such Inventory which
(a) is not at all times subject to a duly perfected, first priority (and only) security
interest in favor of Bank (other than any rights of Distributors and Manufacturers in the ordinary
course of business and with respect to the rights of Retailers and others under the Code as to
Placed Inventory);
4
(b) is not in good and saleable condition;
(c) is on consignment from, or subject to any repurchase agreement with any supplier (other
than with respect to Placed Inventory;
(d) constitutes returned (other than empty bottles for Borrowers bottled water products
returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course of business); or
repossessed, damaged, defective, obsolete, or slow-moving goods as determined by Bank;
(e) does not conform in any material respect to the warranties and representations set forth
in the Loan Documents in respect of Inventory Collateral or Collateral generally;
(f) is subject to a negotiable document of title (unless issued or endorsed to Bank);
(g) is subject to any license or other agreement that limits or restricts Borrowers or Banks
right to sell or otherwise dispose of such inventory (unless the licensor and Borrower enter into a
licensor waiver in form and substance satisfactory to Bank);
(h) is located at a Collateral Location with respect to which, if not owned and controlled by
Borrower, Bank has not received from the Person owning such property or in control thereof a Third
Party Waiver (unless Reserves are imposed with regard thereto as determined by Bank in its sole and
absolute discretion) (other than Placed Inventory in the possession of a Retailer);
(i) consists of any packaging materials (other than bottles for Borrowers bottled water
products, caps and labels therefor and minerals for use with such bottled water), supplies or
promotional materials;
(j) has been returned to, or repossessed by, Borrower (other than empty bottles for Borrowers
bottled water products returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course
of business); or
(k) which Bank otherwise in its reasonable discretion deems to not be Eligible Inventory.
Environmental Laws
means, collectively the following acts and laws, as amended: the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980; the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Toxic
Substances Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Oil Pollution and Hazardous Substances
Control Act of 1978; and any other Superfund or Superlien law or any other federal, state or
local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree relating to, or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or
material, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.
Equipment
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
ERISA
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
Event of Default
means any event specified as such in Section 8.1 hereof
(
Events of Default
), provided that there shall have been satisfied any requirement in
connection with such event for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both;
Default
or default means any of such events, whether or not any such requirement for
the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the happening of any further condition, event or act
shall have been satisfied.
Federal Funds Rate
means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal
Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as
published for such day (or, if such day is not a
5
Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for such day on such transactions received by Bank from three Federal Funds brokers of
recognized standing selected by it.
Financial Management Account Agreement
means any Financial Management Account
Investment/Commercial Loan Access Agreement or similar agreement now or hereafter entered into
between Bank and Borrower.
Fiscal Quarter
means any fiscal quarter of the Borrower.
Fiscal Year
means any fiscal year of the Borrower.
Fixtures
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the Unites
States from time to time.
General Intangibles
has the meaning set forth in the Code, and includes, without
limitation, general intangibles of Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by
Borrower, including all choses in action, causes of action, company or other business records,
inventions, blueprints, designs, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications,
trade names, trade secrets, service marks, goodwill, brand names, copyrights, registrations,
licenses, franchises, customer lists, permits, tax refund claims, computer programs, operational
manuals, internet addresses and domain names, insurance refunds and premium rebates, all claims
under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to Borrower to secure
payment of any of Borrowers Accounts by an Account Debtor, all rights to indemnification and all
other intangible property of Borrower of every kind and nature (other than Accounts).
Guarantor
means any Person hereafter guaranteeing, endorsing or otherwise becoming
liable for the Term Loan. For purposes of this Agreement, no Person shall be considered a
Guarantor unless and until the Term Loan is made.
Guaranty Agreement
means any guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit C
attached hereto and made a part hereof, hereafter executed and delivered by any Guarantor to Bank,
as it may be modified, with respect to the Term Loan.
Guaranty Removal Date
means the last day of any Fiscal Quarter as of which
Consolidated EBITDA has been positive for that Fiscal Quarter and for the immediately preceding
three Fiscal Quarters,
and
during all such Fiscal Quarters no Default has occurred.
Instrument
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Interest Rate
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.
Inventory
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Investment Property
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Item
means any item as defined in Section 4-104 of the Code, and shall also mean
and include checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment.
Joinder Agreement
means a document substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
pursuant to which a Subsidiary agrees to become a party-Borrower to this Agreement.
6
Jurisdiction
means the State of North Carolina.
Letter of Credit
means a letter of credit issued by Bank for the account of Borrower
as provided in Section 2.1.1 and 2.10 hereof.
Letter of Credit Obligations
means all obligations of Borrower to Bank, including
but not limited to reimbursement obligations, commissions and fees, incurred by Borrower in
connection with Banks issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit hereunder.
Letter-of-Credit Right
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Lien
means any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, statutory lien
or other lien arising by operation of law, security interest, trust arrangement, security deed,
financing lease, collateral assignment or other encumbrance, conditional sale or title retention
agreement, or any other interest in property designed to secure the repayment of Obligations,
whether arising by agreement or under any statute or law or otherwise.
LMIR Loan
means a Loan, or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears
interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Market Index Rate.
Loans
means the Revolver Loans and the Term Loan.
Loan Documents
means the Loan Documents Term Loan and Loan Documents Revolver,
together.
Loan Documents Revolver
means this Agreement, each other Security Agreement, the
Revolver Note, the Notice of Borrowings, the Borrower Information Certificate, Borrowing Base
Certificates, UCC-1 financing statements and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter
evidencing, describing, guaranteeing or securing the Revolver Loan contemplated hereby or delivered
in connection herewith, as they may be modified, amended, extended, renewed or substituted from
time to time, but does not include Swap Agreements.
Loan Documents Term Loan
means this Agreement, each other Security Agreement, the
Term Note, each Guaranty Agreement, the Term Loan Request, UCC-1 Financing Statements and all other
documents and instruments now or hereafter evidencing, describing, guaranteeing or securing the
Term Loan contemplated hereby or delivered in connection herewith, as they may be modified,
amended, extended, renewed or substituted from time to time, but does not include Swap Agreements.
Manufacturer
means a Person located within the United States of America with whom
Borrower has contracted for the manufacturer and production of Bottled Water Product Inventory.
Material Adverse Effect
means any (i) material adverse effect upon the validity,
performance or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, (ii) material adverse effect upon the properties, business, prospects or
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and/or any other Person obligated under any of the
Loan Documents, (iii) material adverse effect upon the ability of Borrower or any other Person to
fulfill any obligation under any of the Loan Documents, or (iv) material adverse effect on the
Collateral.
Material Agreement
means an agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party
(other than the Loan Documents) (i) which is deemed to be a material contract as provided in
Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933 or (ii) for which breach, termination, cancellation, nonperformance or failure to renew could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Net Proceeds
means, with respect to a disposition of any Collateral, proceeds
(including cash receivable (when received) by way of deferred payment) received by Borrower in cash
from the sale, lease, transfer
7
or other disposition of such Collateral, including insurance proceeds and awards of
compensation received with respect to the destruction or condemnation of all or part of such
Collateral, net of: (i) the reasonable and customary costs and expenses of such sale, lease,
transfer or other disposition (including legal fees and sales commissions); (ii) amounts applied to
repayment of Debt for borrowed money (other than the Obligations) secured by a Permitted Lien on
such Collateral disposed of that is senior to Banks Liens; and (iii) in connection with any sale
of Collateral, a reasonable reserve (not to exceed 5% of the total purchase price) for post-closing
adjustments to the purchase price, provided that upon the expiration of not more than ninety (90)
days after the sale, any remaining reserve balance is remitted to Bank for application to the
Obligations.
Notes
shall mean the Revolver Note and, when and if executed and delivered, the Term
Note and any other promissory note now or hereafter evidencing any Obligations, and all
modifications, extensions and renewals thereof.
Notice of Borrowing
with respect to Revolver Loans means the written request for a
Revolver Loan as identified in Section 2.5.2 hereof .
OFAC
means the United States Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets
Control or any successor thereto.
Obligations
means all obligations now or hereafter owed to Bank or any Affiliate of
Bank by Borrower, whether related or unrelated to the Loans, this Agreement or the Loan Documents,
including, without limitation, amounts owed or to be owed under the terms of the Loan Documents, or
arising out of the transactions described therein, including, without limitation, the Loans, any
Debt arising out of or relating to any Deposit Accounts of Borrower at Bank or any Affiliate of
Bank or any cash management services or other products or services, including merchant card and ACH
transfer services, Letter of Credit Obligations for outstanding Letters of Credit, obligations for
bankers acceptances issued for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, amounts paid by Bank
under Letters of Credit or drafts accepted by Bank for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries,
together with all interest accruing thereon, including any interest on pre-petition Debt accruing
after bankruptcy, all existing and future obligations under any Swap Agreements between Bank or any
Affiliate of Bank and Borrower whenever executed (including obligations under Swap Agreements
entered into prior to any transfer or sale of Banks interests hereunder if Bank ceases to be a
party hereto), all fees, all costs of collection, attorneys fees and expenses of or advances by
Bank which Bank pays or incurs in discharge of obligations of Borrower or to inspect, repossess,
protect, preserve, store or dispose of any Collateral, whether such amounts are now due or
hereafter become due, direct or indirect and whether such amounts due are from time to time reduced
or entirely extinguished and thereafter re-incurred.
Permitted Debt
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.
Permitted Liens
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.
Person
means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust,
joint-stock company, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, limited
liability company, any government or any agency or political subdivision of any government, or any
other entity or organization.
Placed Inventory
means Bottled Water Product Inventory placed by Borrower with a
Retailer at a location within the United States of America for sale or exchange to consumers in any
situation where a final sale of such Bottled Water Product Inventory to such Retailer has not
occurred such that no Account with respect to such sale has been created.
Proceeds
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Projections
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(h) hereof.
8
Properly Contested
means, in the case of any Debt of Borrower or any Guarantor
(including any taxes) that is not paid as and when due or payable by reason of Borrowers or such
Guarantors bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount
thereof, (i) such Debt is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (ii) Borrower or such Guarantor has established
appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (iii) the non-payment of such
Debt will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in a forfeiture or sale of any
assets of Borrower or such Guarantor; (iv) no Lien is imposed upon any of Borrowers or such
Guarantors assets with respect to such Debt unless such Lien is at all times junior and
subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Bank (except only with respect to property taxes
that have priority as a matter of applicable state law) and enforcement of such Lien is stayed
during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (v) if the Debt
results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against Borrower or such
Guarantor or any of its assets of a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment,
writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review; and (vi) if such
contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to Borrower or such
Guarantor, Borrower or such Guarantor forthwith pays such Debt and all penalties, interest and
other amounts due in connection therewith.
Reduction Date
has the same meaning as Guaranty Removal Date.
Regulated Materials
means any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or
material, the generation, handling, storage, disposal, treatment or emission of which is subject to
any Environmental Law.
Retailer
means any Person who is a merchant with respect to Borrowers Bottled Water
Product Inventory.
Reserves
means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the sum of
the following (without duplication): (i) such reserves as may be established from time to time in
good faith by Bank in the exercise of its reasonable commercial judgment to reflect changes in the
salability of any Eligible Inventory in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or such other
factors as may negatively impact the value of any Eligible Inventory, including reserves based on
obsolescence, seasonality, theft or other shrinkage, imbalance, change in composition or mix, or
markdowns; (ii) all amounts of past due rent, fees or other charges owing at such time by Borrower
or any Guarantor to any landlord of any premises where any of the Collateral is located or to any
processor, repairman, mechanic or other Person who is in possession of any Collateral or has
asserted any Lien or claim thereto; (iii) any amounts which Borrower or any Guarantor is obligated
to pay pursuant to the provisions of any of the Loan Documents that Bank elects to pay for the
account of Borrower or such Guarantor in accordance with authority contained in any of the Loan
Documents; (iv) all customer deposits or other prepayments held by Borrower; (v) the aggregate
amount of all liabilities and obligations that are secured by Liens upon any of the Collateral that
are senior in priority to Banks Liens if such Liens are not Permitted Liens (provided that the
imposition of a reserve hereunder on account of such Liens shall not be deemed a waiver of the
Event of Default that arises from the existence of such Liens); and (vi) such additional reserves,
in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Bank in its reasonable discretion may elect to
impose from time to time.
Revolver Commitment
means the commitment of Bank, subject to the terms and
conditions herein, to make Revolver Loans and issue Letters of Credit in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2 hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000.00 at any one time.
Revolver Loan
means a loan made by Bank as provided in Section 2.1.1 hereof.
Revolver Note
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2 hereof.
Sanctioned Country
means a country subject to the sanctions program identified on
the list maintained by OFAC and available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html or as otherwise published from time
to time.
9
Sanctioned Person
means (i) a Person named on the list of Specially Designated
Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html
or as otherwise published from time
to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization
controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a Person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent
subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
Security Agreement
means this Agreement as it relates to a security interest in the
Collateral, and any other mortgage instrument, security agreement or similar instrument now or
hereafter executed by Borrower or other Person granting Bank a security interest in any Collateral
to secure the Obligations.
Senior Officer
means the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the
chief financial officer of, or in-house legal counsel to, Borrower.
Solvent
means, as to any Person, that such Person has capital sufficient to carry on
its business and transactions in which it is currently engaged and all business and transactions in
which it is about to engage, is able to pay its debts as they mature, and has assets having a fair
value greater than its liabilities, at fair valuation.
Subsidiary
means any corporation, partnership or other entity in which Borrower,
directly or indirectly, owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, capital or income
interests, or other beneficial interests, or which is effectively controlled by such Person.
Supporting Obligation
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Swap Agreement
has the meaning for swap agreement as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101, as
in effect from time to time, or any successor statute, and includes, without limitation, any rate
swap agreement, forward rate agreement, commodity swap, commodity option, interest rate option,
forward foreign exchange agreement, spot foreign exchange agreement, rate cap agreement, rate floor
agreement, rate collar agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement,
currency option and any other similar agreement.
Tangible Chattel Paper
has the meaning set forth in the Code.
Term
means the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the
Termination Date.
Termination Date
means the earliest of (i) the second anniversary of the Closing
Date, (ii) the date on which Borrower terminates this Agreement and the credit facilities provided
hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof, and (iii) the date on which Bank terminates its
obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(a)
hereof.
Term Loan
means the term loan which may be made, subject to the provisions of this
Agreement, by Bank to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.3 of this Agreement.
Term Loan Acceptance
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3 hereof.
Term Loan Commitment
means the commitment of Bank to make the Term Loan in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.3 of this Agreement.
Term Loan Maturity Date
means the second anniversary of the Closing Date.
Term Loan Request
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3 hereof.
Term Note
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.4 of this Agreement.
10
Third Party Waiver
means a waiver or subordination of Liens satisfactory to Bank
from any Manufacturers, Distributors, lessors, mortgages, warehouse operators, processors or other
third parties that might have lienholders enforcement rights against any Collateral, waiving or
subordinating those rights in favor of Bank and assuring Banks access to the Collateral in
exercise of Banks rights hereunder.
USA Patriot Act
means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate
Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001.
1.2
Financial Terms
. . All financial terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to
them under GAAP unless another meaning shall be specified.
2.
The Credit Facilities; Letters of Credit; Interest and Fees.
2.1
The Credit Facilities
.
2.1.1
Revolver Commitment
. Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower and to issue Letters of Credit on behalf of Borrower
from time to time during the Term in amounts such that the aggregate principal amount of Revolver
Loans and the face amount of any Letters of Credit at any one time outstanding will not exceed the
lesser of (i) the Revolver Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limit,
Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolver Loans at any time during the Term.
2.1.2
Revolver Note
. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, on the Closing Date,
a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the Revolver
Note), which Revolver Note, in addition to the records of Bank, shall evidence the Revolver Loans
and interest accruing thereon. All outstanding principal amounts and accrued interest under the
Revolver Note shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Revolver Note and this
Agreement.
2.1.3
Term Loan Commitment
. Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement and upon the written request of Borrower given not later than the first anniversary
of the Closing Date (the Term Loan Acceptance), to make a term loan (the Term Loan) to Borrower
in the aggregate principal amount of up to $15,000,000.00. The Term Loan shall be funded by Bank,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at such times after the Closing Date and
until the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the Borrower may request in writing (Term Loan Request) in
accordance with the provisions hereof, provided that the aggregate amount of Term Loan advances
shall not exceed $15,000,000.00, and provided further that, in recognition of the requirement
contained in Section 2.6.2 for the aggregate principal amount, if any, of the Term Loan outstanding
on the first anniversary of the Closing Date to be amortized over the last year of the Term, only
the difference between $15,000,000.00 less the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan advanced
prior to such first anniversary of the Closing Date may be borrowed during the last year of the
Term. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used solely by Borrower for the following purposes:
the acquisition of racking and shelving, trailers, furniture and fixtures, return bins and computer
equipment. Borrower shall not be entitled to obtain Term Loan advances more frequently than twice
per month, and Borrower shall not be entitled to reborrow any amounts repaid with respect to the
Term Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall not be
obligated to give the Term Loan Acceptance, make any Term Loan Request or otherwise request or
obtain advances of the Term Loan.
2.1.4
Term Note
. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, prior to any request by
Borrower for an advance of the Term Loan, a promissory note substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the Term Note), which Term Note shall be in
the principal amount of up to $15,000,000.00, and which Term Note, in addition to the records of
Bank, shall evidence the Term Loan and interest accruing thereon. All outstanding principal
amounts and accrued interest under the Term Note shall be due and payable in accordance with the
terms of the Term Note and this Agreement. Amounts advanced under the Term Note and thereafter
repaid may not be reborrowed.
11
2.2
Collections Account.
2.2.1
Collections Account
. All payments on Accounts and other Collateral shall be
forwarded by Borrower to the Collections Account; provided, however, Bank, in its sole discretion,
may require Borrower to establish a lockbox under the control of Bank to which all Account Debtors
shall forward payments on the Accounts. Borrower shall pay all of Banks standard fees and charges
in connection with such lockbox arrangement (if any) and Collections Account as such fees and
charges may change from time to time. In the event Bank requires a lockbox arrangement hereunder,
Borrower shall promptly after request from Bank notify Account Debtors on the Accounts to forward
payments on the Accounts to the lockbox; provided, however, that following the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right to directly contact
Account Debtors at any time to ensure that payments on the Accounts are directed to the lockbox.
All payment items received by Borrower on Accounts and sale of Inventory and other Collateral shall
be held by Borrower in trust for Bank and not commingled with Borrowers funds and shall be
deposited promptly by Borrower to the Collections Account. All such items shall be the exclusive
property of Bank upon the earlier of the receipt thereof by Bank or by Borrower. Borrower hereby
grants to Bank a security interest in and lien upon all items and balances held in any lockbox, the
Disbursements Account and the Collections Account as Collateral for the Obligations, in addition to
and cumulative with the general security interest in all assets of Borrower (including all Deposit
Accounts) contained in Section 9.1 hereof.
2.2.2
Power of Attorney
. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any duly
authorized Person designated by Bank) as Borrowers attorney-in-fact to endorse Borrowers name on
any checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment which come into Banks possession or
control; this power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations
remain outstanding. Such endorsement by Bank under power of attorney shall, for all purposes, be
deemed to have been made by Borrower (prior to any subsequent endorsement by Bank) in negotiation
of the item.
2.2.3
Application of Payments
. Payment items received into the Collections Account
shall be applied by Bank on account of the Revolver Loans the day after deposited by Borrower,
subject to chargebacks for uncollected payment items, and if no Event of Default exists and no
Revolver Loans are then outstanding or have been repaid, Bank shall pay over such of the proceeds
of such payments to a Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank and designated in writing by
Borrower. No payment item received by Bank shall constitute payment to Bank until such item is
actually collected by Bank and credited to the Collections Account; provided, however, that Bank
shall have the right to charge back to the Collections Account (or any other account of Borrower
maintained at Bank) an item which is returned for inability to collect, plus accrued interest
during the period of Banks provisional credit for such item prior to receiving notice of dishonor.
2.3
Interest
. Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of all unpaid principal amounts of
the Loans from the respective dates such principal amounts are advanced until paid (whether at
stated maturity, on acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin
in effect from time to time plus the LMIR in effect from time to time (Interest Rate).
2.4
Interest Rate Adjustments.
2.4.1
LMIR Loan
. The interest rate shall be adjusted daily as applicable to reflect
LIBOR Market Index Rate then in effect.
2.5
Notice and Manner of Borrowing.
2.5.1
Loans
. Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice of each proposed
Revolver Loan and each Term Loan advance not later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North
Carolina) on the same business day as each proposed Loan, or advance. Each such notice shall
specify (i) the date of such Loan, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the amount of each Loan and
(iii) in the case of a Term Loan advance, the use the Borrower shall make with the proceeds of such
advance, which shall be one of the uses set forth in Section 2.1.3, together with such other
evidence (e.g., invoices, statements, contracts, purchase orders, etc.)
12
satisfactory to Bank
regarding each use. Notices received after 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina)
shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Banks acceptance of such a request shall be
indicated by its making the Loan or advance requested. Such a Loan or advance shall be made
available to Borrower in immediately available funds by deposit into the Disbursement Account.
2.5.2
Additional Provisions for Requests for Revolver Loans
. Bank, in its discretion,
may require from Borrower a signed written request for a Revolver Loan in form of a Notice of
Borrowing satisfactory to Bank, which request shall be irrevocable and shall be delivered to Bank
no later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) on the date determined in
accordance with Section 2.5.1, and shall set forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base and a
reconciliation to the previous request or Borrowing Base Certificate, specify the information
required by Section 2.5.1 for the proposed Revolver Loan and provide such other information as Bank
may require.
(a) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, unless payment is otherwise timely made by Borrower,
the becoming due of any amount required to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations (whether
as principal, accrued interest, fees or other charges owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank) shall
be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without the requirement for the submission of a Notice of
Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the due date of, and in an aggregate amount required to pay, such
Obligations, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans by way of direct payment of
the relevant Obligations.
(b) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, the presentation for payment of any check or other
item of payment drawn on the Disbursement Account at a time when there are insufficient funds in
such account to cover such item shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without any
requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the date of such
presentation in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the items presented for payment, and
Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans to the Disbursement Account.
(c) Bank shall have no obligation to Borrower to honor any deemed request for a Revolver Loan
under Section 2.5.2(a) or Section 2.5.2(b) above after the Termination Date or when the principal
amount of such Revolver Loan, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all
Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Revolver
Commitment and the Borrowing Base at such time or when any condition precedent in Section 3.3
hereof is not satisfied, but may do so in its discretion and without regard to the existence of,
and without being deemed to have waived, any Default or Event of Default.
2.5.3
Excess Outstandings
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, make or permit to remain outstanding Revolver Loans which, when added to the
principal amount of all other Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, exceed the Revolver
Commitment or the Borrowing Base, and all such amounts shall (i) be part of the Obligations
evidenced by the Revolver Note, (ii) bear interest as provided herein, (iii) be payable upon demand
by Bank, and (iv) be secured by the Collateral and be entitled to all rights and security as
provided under the Loan Documents.
2.6
Repayment of Loans
.
2.6.1
Repayment of Revolver Loans
.
(a) The outstanding principal amount of the Revolver Loans shall be repaid as follows: Any
portion of the Revolver Loans shall be paid by Borrower to Bank immediately upon each receipt by
Bank or Borrower of any proceeds of any Accounts or Inventory, to the extent of such proceeds.
Bank may apply all proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral received by Bank and all other payments
in respect of the Obligations to the Revolver Loans whether or not then due or to any other
Obligations then due, in whatever order or manner Bank shall determine. In any event, the
outstanding principal amount of Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.
13
(b) Interest accrued on the Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on (i) the first day of
each Fiscal Quarter for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter, computed through the last
calendar day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter; and (ii) on the Termination Date.
2.6.2
Repayment of Term Loan
.
(a) The principal amount of the Term Loan, if made and if not sooner paid, shall be due and
payable and shall be repaid by Borrower in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date. In addition,
beginning the first day of the first Fiscal Quarter on or after the first anniversary of the
Closing Date and continuing on the first day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter, Borrower shall make
quarterly payments of the Term Loan, each in an amount equal to one-twentieth (1/20
th
)
of the principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding on the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
(b) Interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be due and
payable on (i) the first calendar day of each Fiscal Quarter for the immediately preceding Fiscal
Quarter, computed through the last calendar day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter.
2.6.3
Optional Prepayments of Term Loan
. Borrower may, at its option, prepay any
portion of the Term Loan in whole at any time or in part from time to time, in amounts aggregating
not less than $500,000.00 or if less, the principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding, by paying
the principal amount to be prepaid together with interest accrued or unpaid thereon to the date of
prepayment. Borrower shall give written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in
writing) to Bank of any intended prepayment not less than one (1) Business Day prior to any
prepayment. Such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable. Each prepayment of the Term Loan shall
be applied first to accrued but unpaid interest and the balance to installments of principal in the
inverse order of their maturities.
2.6.4
Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan
. Borrower shall repay the entire unpaid
principal balance of the Term Loan, if any, and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the
Termination Date. If the Term Loan is made, Borrower shall also be required to prepay the
principal balance of the Term Loan, in inverse order of their maturities, as follows:
(a) Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan in connection with dispositions of Equipment by
Borrower subsequent to the first Term Loan advance in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such
disposition, except for dispositions of obsolete or worn out Equipment in the ordinary course of
business; provided, however, that the foregoing prepayment requirement shall not apply with respect
to the disposition of Equipment in a single transaction resulting in Net Proceeds of less than
$10,000.
(b) Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of insurance or
condemnation awards paid subsequent to the first Term Loan advance in respect of any Equipment,
except to the extent that such Net Proceeds are applied to purchase replacement Equipment;
provided,
that the foregoing prepayment requirement shall not apply with respect to an insurance or
condemnation award resulting in Net Proceeds of less than $10,000.
(c) The terms of this Section 2.6.4 shall be not be deemed to evidence Banks consent to any
disposition of any Collateral, if Borrower is otherwise required by the terms of this Agreement to
obtain such prior consent from Bank. Any Net Proceeds due to be turned over to Bank for prepayment
of the Obligations hereunder shall be applied to the Term Loan in Banks sole and absolute
discretion.
2.7
Additional Payment Provisions
.
2.7.1
Payment of Other Obligations
. The balance of the Obligations under the Loan
Documents requiring the payment of money shall be repaid by Borrower to Bank as and when provided
in the relevant Loan Documents, or, if no date of payment is otherwise specified in the Loan
Documents,
on demand
.
14
2.7.2
Authorization to Debit
. Bank may debit the Disbursement Account, the
Collections Account and any account subject to Banks control (as such term is used in Article 9 of
the Code) and/or make Revolver Loans to Borrower (whether or not in excess of the lesser of the
Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base) and apply such amounts to the payment of interest,
fees, expenses and other amounts to which Bank may be entitled from time to time pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement and Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized to do so without the consent of
Borrower.
2.7.3
Time and Location of Payment
. Borrower shall make each payment of principal of
and interest on the Loans and fees hereunder not later than 12:00 noon (local Charlotte, North
Carolina time) on the date when due, without set off, counterclaim or other deduction, in
immediately available funds to Bank at its address referred to in Section 10.4. Whenever any
payment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a
Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.
If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest
thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
2.7.4
Late Charge
. If any payments are not timely made, Borrower shall also pay to
Bank a late charge equal to 4% of each payment past due for 15 or more days. This late charge shall
not apply to payments due at maturity or by acceleration of the Loans, unless such late payment is
in an amount not greater than the highest periodic payment due hereunder.
2.7.5
Excess Over Borrowing Base
. To the extent that the aggregate amount of all
Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations exceeds the Borrowing Base at any time, the amount
of such excess will be paid immediately to Bank.
2.7.6
Swaps Are Independent
. Any prepayment shall not affect Borrowers obligation to
continue making payments under any Swap Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding such prepayment, subject to the terms of such Swap Agreement.
2.7.7
Capital Requirements
. If either (a) the introduction of, or any change in, or
in the interpretation of, any applicable law or (b) compliance with any guideline or request from
any central bank or comparable agency or other governmental authority (whether or not having the
force of law), has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of, or
has affected or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by Bank or any
corporation controlling Bank as a consequence of, or with reference to, the Revolver Commitment and
other commitments of this type, below the rate which Bank or such other corporation could have
achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance, then within five (5) Business Days after
written demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank from time to time as specified by Bank
additional amounts sufficient to compensate Bank or such other corporation for such reduction. A
certificate as to such amounts
submitted to Borrower by Bank shall, in the absence of manifest error, be presumed to be
correct and binding for all purposes.
2.8
Default Rate
. In addition to all other rights contained in the Loan Documents, if an Event
of Default occurs, the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, other than Obligations
under any Swap Agreements between Borrower and Bank or its affiliates, may, at Banks option, bear
interest at the Default Rate. The Default Rate shall apply from acceleration until such
Obligations or any judgment thereon is paid in full.
2.9
Calculation of Interest
. All fees and other charges provided for in this Agreement that
are calculated as a per annum percentage of any amount and all interest shall be calculated daily
and shall be computed on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.
F
or purposes
of computing interest and other charges hereunder, all payment items and other forms of payment
received by Bank shall be deemed applied by Bank on account of the Obligations (subject to final
payment of such items) on the first Business Day after Bank receives such items in immediately
available funds in the Collections Account. Each determination by Bank of interest and fees
hereunder shall be presumptive evidence of the correctness of such interest and fees.
2.10
Letters of Credit
.
15
2.10.1
Issuance of Letters of Credit
. Bank shall from time to time issue, upon five
(5) Business Days prior written notice, extend or renew letters of credit for the account of
Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit
issued by Bank which are outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $1,000,000.00, (ii) Bank
shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the
principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser
of the Borrowing Base and the Revolver Commitment, and (iii) all other conditions precedent to the
issuance of each such Letter of Credit as set forth herein are satisfied or waived in writing by
Bank. All payments made by Bank under any such Letters of Credit (whether or not Borrower is the
account party) and all fees, commissions, discounts and other amounts owed or to be owed to Bank in
connection therewith, shall be paid on demand, unless Borrower instructs Bank to make a Revolver
Loan to pay such amount, Bank agrees to do so, and the necessary amount remains available to be
drawn as a Revolver Loan hereunder. All Letter of Credit Obligations shall be secured by the
Collateral. Borrower shall complete and sign such applications and supplemental agreements and
provide such other documentation as Bank may require. The form and substance of all Letters of
Credit, including expiration dates, shall be subject to Banks approval, and Bank shall have no
obligation to issue any Letter of Credit which has a maturity date later than the Termination Date.
Bank may charge certain fees or commissions for the issuance, handling, renewal or extension of a
Letter of Credit. Borrower unconditionally guarantees all obligations of any Subsidiary with
respect to Letters of Credit issued by Bank for the account of such Subsidiary. Upon a Default,
Borrower shall, on demand, deliver to Bank good funds equal to 105% of Banks maximum liability
under all outstanding Letters of Credit, to be held as cash Collateral for Borrowers reimbursement
obligations and other Obligations.
2.10.2
Law Governing Letter of Credit
. Any Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be
governed, as applicable, by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits International
Chamber of Commerce (ICC) Publication 500 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof
adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank or the International Standby Practices, ICC Publication No.
590 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank, except
to the extent that the terms of such publication would limit or diminish rights granted to Bank
hereunder or in any other Loan Document.
2.11
Fees
.
2.11.1
Revolver Loan Facility Fee
. Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable, fully
earned Revolver Loan facility fee in the amount of $125,000.00, one-half of which shall be payable
on the Closing Date and the other one-half of which shall be payable on or before March 31, 2006.
2.11.2
Term Loan Facility Fee
. If the Term Loan is made, Borrower shall pay to Bank a
non-refundable, fully earned Term Loan facility fee in an amount equal to 0.3% of principal amount
of each advance of the Term Loan, which fee shall be payable concurrently with the submission by
Borrower to Bank of a Term Loan Request for such advance.
2.11.3
Letter of Credit Fees
. Borrower shall pay to Bank, at such times as Bank shall
require, Banks standard fees in connection with Letters of Credit, as in effect from time to time,
and with respect to standby Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of each standby Letter of
Credit, a fee equal to the greater of (a) $500.00 or (b) 2.50% per annum on the face amount of the
Letter of Credit for the period of time the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding.
2.12
Statement of Account
. If Bank provides Borrower with a statement of account on a periodic
basis, such statement will be presumed complete and accurate and will be definitive and binding on
Borrower, unless objected to with specificity by Borrower in writing within forty-five (45) days
after receipt.
2.13
Termination
. Upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, Borrower may, at
its option, terminate this Agreement and the Revolver Commitment in its entirety but not partially;
provided however, no such termination by Borrower shall be effective until the full, final and
indefeasible payment of the Obligations in cash or immediately available funds and in the case of
any Obligations consisting of contingent obligations, Banks receipt of either cash or a direct pay
letter of credit naming Bank as beneficiary and in form and
16
substance and from an issuing bank
acceptable to Bank, in each case in an amount not less than 105% of the aggregate amount of all
such contingent obligations. Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable
unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing. Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Revolver
Commitment at any time, without notice, upon or after the occurrence of a Default or Event of
Default.
2.14
USA Patriot Act Notice
. To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering
activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each Person who opens an account. For purposes of this section,
account shall be understood to include loan accounts.
2.15
Financial Management Account Agreement
. The provisions of this Agreement shall be subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of any Financial Management Account Agreement, which shall
control the manner in which funds are transferred between the applicable demand deposit account and
the Revolver Loan for credit or debit to the Revolver Loan.
2.16
Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments
. Borrower authorizes Bank to debit
demand deposit account number 2000026543086, or any other account with Bank (routing number
053101626) designated in writing by Borrower, for any payments due under the Notes. Borrower
further certifies that Borrower holds legitimate ownership of this account and preauthorizes this
periodic debit as part of its right under said ownership.
3.
Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit
.
3.1
Conditions Precedent to Initial Revolver Loan
. In addition to any other requirement set
forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Revolver Loan or make any other
extension of credit hereunder unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied,
in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel:
3.1.1
Loan Documents Revolver
. Borrower and each other party to any Loan Document -
Revolver, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement, the Revolver Note, and
other required Loan Documents Revolver, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.
3.1.2
Supporting Documents and Other Conditions
. Borrower shall cause to be delivered
to Bank the following documents and shall satisfy the following conditions:
(a) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and good standing
certificates of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of their
respective states of incorporation and each state in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is qualified
to do business;
(b) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the board of directors (or other
appropriate governing body) of Borrower and each other Person executing any Loan Documents -
Revolver, signed by the Secretary or another authorized officer of Borrower or such other Person,
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents Revolver;
(c) The legal opinion of Borrowers legal counsel addressed to Bank regarding such matters as
Bank and its counsel may reasonably request;
(d) A satisfactory Borrowing Base Certificate duly completed by Borrower, together with all
supporting statements, schedules and reconciliations as required by Bank;
(e) UCC-11 searches and other Lien searches showing no existing security interests in or Liens
on the Collateral, unless such liens are Permitted Liens or are otherwise approved by Bank in
writing;
17
(f) A satisfactory Borrower Information Certificate duly completed by Borrower;
(g) Satisfactory evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3;
(h) UCC-1 financing statements and, if applicable, certificates of title covering the
Collateral shall duly have been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to
establish, preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be created
by the Security Agreement; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution,
delivery and filing of the Security Agreement and the financing statements shall duly have been
paid;
(i) Subordinations satisfactory to Bank from all Affiliates as required by Section 5.9;
(j) Third Party Waivers as required by Section 5.12 (c);
(k) A complete and final payoff letter from any lender whose outstanding Debt is to be
satisfied by remittance of proceeds of the initial Revolver Loan, and, if applicable, such
disbursement letter as shall be required to direct the payment of loan proceeds;
(l) All required appraisals shall have been completed to Banks satisfaction;
(m) All additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Bank or its
counsel may require;
(n) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and reimbursement of all costs incurred
by Bank, and evidence of payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is required
under the Loan Documents to pay by the date of the initial Revolver Loan;
(o) There shall be no litigation in which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party defendant,
which may have a Material Adverse Effect;
(p) Bank shall have received Borrowers pro forma, forecasted financial statements and such
other financial reports and information concerning Borrower as Bank shall request, and Bank shall
be satisfied therewith.
3.2
Conditions Precedent to Term Loan
. In addition to any other requirement set forth in this
Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund the Term Loan unless and until the following
conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel:
3.2.1
Loan Documents Term Loan
. Borrower and each other party to any
Loan Document Term Loan, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this
Agreement, the Term Note, and other required Loan Documents Term Loan, all in form
and substance satisfactory to Bank. In addition, the identity of the Guarantor(s) must
be satisfactory to Bank; provided, however, no Guarantor shall be required in connection
with the Term Loan if the Guaranty Removal Date shall have then occurred.
3.2.2
Supporting Documents and Other Conditions
. To the extent not
theretofore satisfied in connection with the Revolver Loan, Borrower shall cause to be
delivered to Bank the following documents and shall satisfy the following conditions:
18
(a) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and good standing
certificates of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of their
respective states of incorporation and each state in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is qualified
to do business;
(b) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the board of directors (or other
appropriate governing body) of Borrower and each other Person executing any Loan Documents, signed
by the Secretary or another authorized officer of Borrower or such other Person, authorizing the
execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents Term Loan;
(c) The legal opinion of Borrowers and any Guarantors legal counsel addressed to Bank
regarding such matters as Bank and its counsel may reasonably request;
(d) UCC-11 searches and other Lien searches showing no existing security interests in or Liens
on the Collateral;
(e) A satisfactory Borrower Information Certificate duly completed by Borrower;
(f) Satisfactory evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3;
(g) UCC-1 financing statements and, if applicable, certificates of title covering the
Collateral shall duly have been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to
establish, preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be created
by the Security Agreement; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution,
delivery and filing of the Security Agreement and the financing statements shall duly have been
paid;
(h) Subordinations satisfactory to Bank from all Guarantors and Affiliates as required by
Section 5.9;
(i) Third Party Waivers as required by Section 5.12 (c);
(j) Financial Statements of the Guarantor(s) evidencing a financial condition of the
Guarantor(s) satisfactory to Bank;
(k) The evidence (e.g., invoices, statements, contracts, purchase orders, etc.) required
pursuant to Section 2.5.1 with respect to the first advance of the Term Loan;
(l) All additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Bank or its
counsel may require;
(m) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and reimbursement of all costs incurred
by Bank, and evidence of payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is required
under the Loan Documents to pay by the date of the initial Term Loan advance;
(n) There shall be no litigation in which Borrower or any Guarantor or Subsidiary is a party
defendant, which Bank determines may have a Material Adverse Effect;
(o) Bank shall have received Borrowers then updated forecasted financial statements and such
other financial reports and information concerning Borrower as Bank shall request, and Bank shall
be satisfied therewith.
19
3.3
Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan
. In addition to any other requirements set
forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Revolver Loan or issue any Letter
of Credit unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion
of Bank and its counsel, and each Notice of Borrowing (whether or not a written Notice of Borrowing
is required) shall be deemed to be a representation that all such conditions have been satisfied:
3.3.1
Notice of Borrowing
. Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Notice
of Borrowing and such other information as Bank may request.
3.3.2
No Default
. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
could occur upon the making of the Revolver Loan and, if Borrower is required to deliver
a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officers
certificate to such effect, which may be incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
3.3.3
Correctness of Representations
. All representations and warranties
made by Borrower herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith shall be true and
correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the representations and
warranties had been made on and as of date of the proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of
Credit, and, if Borrower is required to deliver a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower
shall have delivered to Bank an officers certificate to such effect, which may be
incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
3.3.4
No Adverse Change
. There shall have been no change which could have
a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or any Subsidiary since the date of the most
recent financial statements of such Person delivered to Bank from time to time.
3.3.5
Limitations Not Exceeded
. The proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of
Credit shall not cause the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolver Loans
plus Letter of Credit Obligations to exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and
the Borrowing Base.
3.3.6
Further Assurances
. Borrower shall have delivered such further
documentation or assurances as Bank may reasonably require.
3.4
Conditions Precedent to Each Term Loan Advance
. In addition to other requirements set
forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to make any advance of the Term Loan unless and
until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its
counsel, and each request for a Term Loan advance shall be deemed to be a representation that all
such conditions have been satisfied:
3.4.1
Request
. Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Term Loan Request
for Term Loan advance and such other information, as Bank may request.
3.4.2
No Default
. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
could occur upon the making of the Term Loan advance in question.
3.4.3
Correctness of Representations
. All representations and warranties
made by Borrower and any Guarantor herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith
shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the
representations and warranties had been made on and as of date of the proposed Term Loan
advance.
3.4.4
No Adverse Change
. There shall have been no change which could have
a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor since the date of
the most recent financial statements of such Person delivered to Bank from time to time.
20
3.4.5
No Termination
. Bank shall (i) have timely received all financial
information from all Guarantors as required under the Loan Documents, and (ii) not have
received notice from any Guarantor or any surety terminating or repudiating such
Persons guaranty of the Term Loan.
3.4.6
Further Assurances
. Borrower shall have delivered such further
documentation or assurances as Bank may reasonably require.
4.
Representations and Warranties
. Except as may be set forth in
Exhibit 4
attached hereto and made a part hereof, in order to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement and to
make the Loans or extend credit as provided for herein, Borrower makes the following
representations and warranties, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents. Unless
otherwise specified, such representations and warranties shall be deemed made as of the date hereof
and as of the date of each request for a Loan or extension of credit hereunder:
4.1
Valid Existence and Power
. Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization and is duly qualified or licensed to transact business in all places where the failure
to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect on it. Each of Borrower and each other
Person which is a party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) has the power to make and perform
the Loan Documents executed by it and all such instruments will constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations of such Person, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject
only to bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors rights generally. Borrower is organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
4.2
Authority
. The execution, delivery and performance thereof by Borrower and each other
Person (other than Bank) executing any Loan Document have been duly authorized by all necessary
actions of such Person, and do not and will not violate any provision of law or regulation, or any
writ, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority or agency or any
provision of the governing instruments of such Person, and do not and will not, with the passage of
time or the giving of notice, result in a breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent
under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property or assets of such Person pursuant
to, any law, regulation, instrument or agreement to which any such Person is a party or by which
any such Person or its respective properties may be subject, bound or affected.
4.3
Financial Condition
. Other than as disclosed in the audited financial statements of the
Borrower for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2004, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor (to
the knowledge of Borrower) any Guarantor has any direct or contingent obligations or liabilities
(including any guarantees or leases) or any material unrealized or anticipated losses from any
commitments of such Person. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower, Subsidiary or Guarantor, as the case
may be, as of the date thereof. Borrower is not aware of any material adverse fact (other than
facts which are generally available to the public and not particular to Borrower, such as general
economic trends) concerning the conditions or future prospects of Borrower or any Subsidiary or any
Guarantor which has not been fully disclosed to Bank, including any adverse change in the
operations or financial condition of such Person since the date of the most recent financial
statements delivered to Bank. Borrower is Solvent, and after consummation of the transactions set
forth in this Agreement and the other Loan documents, Borrower will be Solvent.
4.4
Litigation
. There are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower
threatened, before any court or by or before any governmental or regulatory authority, commission,
bureau or agency or public regulatory body against or affecting Borrower, any Subsidiary or (to
Borrowers knowledge) any Guarantor, or their assets, which if adversely determined would have a
Material Adverse Effect on the financial condition or business of Borrower, such Subsidiary or such
Guarantor.
4.5
Agreements, Etc
. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or
instrument or subject to any court order, governmental decree or any charter or other corporate
restriction, adversely
21
affecting its business, assets, operations or condition (financial or
otherwise), nor is any such Person in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any
of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is
a party, or any law, regulation, decree, order or the like.
4.6
Authorizations
. All authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses required under
applicable law or regulation for the ownership or operation of the property owned or operated by
Borrower or any Subsidiary or for the conduct of any business in which it is engaged have been duly
issued and are in full force and effect, and it is not in default, nor has any event occurred which
with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, under any of
the terms or provisions of any part thereof, or under any order, decree, ruling, regulation,
closing agreement or other decision or instrument of any governmental commission, bureau or other
administrative agency or public regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Person, which default
would have a Material Adverse Effect on such Person. Except as noted herein, no approval, consent
or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any governmental commission, bureau or other
regulatory authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery or performance
of any Loan Document.
4.7
Title
. Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary has good title to all of the assets shown
in its financial statements free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens. Borrower alone
has full ownership rights in all Collateral.
4.8
Collateral
. The security interests granted to Bank herein and pursuant to any other
Security Agreement (a) constitute and, as to subsequently acquired property included in the
Collateral covered by the Security Agreement, will constitute, security interests under the Code
entitled to all of the rights, benefits and priorities provided by the Code and (b) are, and as to
such subsequently acquired Collateral will be, fully perfected, superior and prior to the rights of
all third persons, now existing or hereafter arising, upon Bank taking all such actions as may be
required under the Code in order to perfect such security interests. All of the Collateral is
intended for use solely in Borrowers business.
4.9
Jurisdiction of Organization; Location
. The jurisdiction in which Borrower is
organized, existing and in good standing, the chief executive office of Borrower where Borrowers
business records are located, all of Borrowers other places of business and any other places where
any Collateral is kept, are all correctly and completely indicated on the Borrower Information
Certificate. The Collateral is located and shall at all times be kept and maintained only at
Borrowers location or locations as described on the Borrower Information Certificate. No such
Collateral is attached or affixed to any real property so as to be classified as a fixture unless
Bank has otherwise agreed in writing.
4.10
Taxes
. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed all federal and state income and
other tax returns which are required to be filed, and have paid all taxes as shown on said returns
and all taxes, including withholding, FICA and ad valorem taxes, shown on all assessments received
by it to the extent that such taxes have become due. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
subject to any federal, state or local tax Liens nor has such Person received any notice of
deficiency or other official notice to pay any taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have paid all
sales and excise taxes payable by it.
4.11
Labor Law Matters
. No goods or services have been or will be produced by Borrower or
any Subsidiary in violation of any applicable labor laws or regulations or any collective
bargaining agreement or other labor agreements or in violation of any minimum wage, wage-and-hour
or other similar laws or regulations.
4.12
Accounts
. Each Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper and other writing constituting any portion of the
Collateral (a) is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms except for such limits
thereon arising from bankruptcy and similar laws relating to creditors rights; (b) is not subject
to any deduction or discount (other than as stated in the invoice and disclosed to Bank in
writing), defense, set off, claim or counterclaim of a material nature against Borrower except as
to which Borrower has notified Bank in writing; (c) is not subject to any other circumstances that
would impair the validity, enforceability or amount of such Collateral except as to which Borrower
has notified Bank in writing; (d) arises from a bona fide sale of goods or delivery of services in
the ordinary course and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable purchase
order, contract or
22
agreement; (e) is free of all Liens except Permitted Liens; and (f) is for a
liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice therefor. Each Account included in any Notice
of Borrowing, Borrowing Base Certificate, report or other document as an Eligible Account meets all
the requirements of an Eligible Account set forth herein.
4.13
Judgment Liens
. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary, nor any of their assets, are
subject to any unpaid judgments (whether or not stayed) or any judgment liens in any jurisdiction.
4.14
Corporate Structure
. As of the date hereof, the Borrower Information Certificate
sets forth (i) the correct name of each Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of organization and the
percentage of its equity interests having voting powers owned by each Person, (ii) the name of each
of Borrowers corporate or joint venture Affiliates and the nature of the affiliation, (iii) the
number, nature and holder of all outstanding equity interests of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries and (iv) the number of authorized and issued equity interests (and treasury shares) of
Borrower and each Subsidiary. Borrower has good title to all of the shares it purports to own of
the equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear in each case of any Lien other
than Permitted Liens. All such equity interests have been duly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable. Since the date of the last audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to
Bank, Borrower has not made, or obligated itself to make, any dividends (other than stock
dividends) or other distribution on or with respect to, or any purchase, redemption, retirement or
other acquisition of, any equity interests of Borrower, except as otherwise permitted hereunder.
There are no outstanding options to purchase, or any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any
commitments or agreements to issue or sell, any equity interests or obligations convertible into
equity interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. There are no outstanding agreements or
instruments binding upon the holders of any of Borrowers equity interests relating to the
ownership of its equity interests.
4.15
Deposit Accounts
. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no Deposit Accounts other than
(a) on the Closing Date, those listed in the Borrower Information Certificate and (b) after the
Closing Date, those otherwise permitted by Section 6.15.
4.16
Environmental
. Except for ordinary and customary amounts of solvents, cleaners and
similar materials used in the ordinary course of Borrowers business and in strict compliance with
all Environmental Laws, neither Borrower, nor to Borrowers best knowledge any other previous owner
or operator of any real property currently owned or operated by Borrower, has generated, stored or
disposed of any Regulated Material on any portion of such property, or transferred any Regulated
Material from such property to any other location in violation of any applicable Environmental
Laws. No Regulated Material has been generated, stored or disposed of on any portion of the real
property currently owned or operated by Borrower by any other Person, or is now located on such
property. Borrower is in full compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Borrower has
not been notified of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation which calls into question
compliance by Borrower with any Environmental Laws or which seeks to suspend, revoke or terminate
any license, permit or approval necessary for the generation, handling, storage, treatment or
disposal of any Regulated Material.
4.17
ERISA
. As of the date hereof, Borrower has not yet been required to file an annual report pursuant to
Section 104 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), with
respect to any employee benefit plan or other plan maintained for employees of Borrower or any
Subsidiary and covered by Title IV of ERISA (a Plan), and no Termination Event (as hereinafter
defined) with respect to any Plan has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this
Agreement, a Termination Event shall mean a reportable event as defined in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041 of ERISA. Neither
Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any unfunded liability with respect to any such Plan.
4.18
Investment Company Act
. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an investment
company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
4.19
Names
. Borrower currently conducts all business only under its legal name as set
forth above in the introductory section of this Agreement. Except as disclosed on the Borrower
Information Certificate, during the preceding five (5) years Borrower has not (i) been known as or
used any other corporate, fictitious or
23
trade name, (ii) been the surviving entity of a merger or
consolidation or (iii) acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.
4.20
Insider
. Borrower is not, and no Person having control (as that term is defined in
12 U.S.C. § 375(b)(5) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Borrower is, an executive
officer, director, or principal shareholder (as those terms are defined in 12 U.S.C. 375(b)
or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Bank, of a bank holding company of which Bank is
a subsidiary, or of any subsidiary of a bank holding company of which Bank is a subsidiary.
4.21
Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries
. None of Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its
Affiliates or any Guarantor (i) is a Sanctioned Person or (ii) does business in a Sanctioned
Country or with a Sanctioned Person in violation of the economic sanctions of the United States
administered by OFAC. The proceeds of any Loan will not be used to fund any operation in, finance
any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned
Country.
4.22
Compliance with Covenants; No Default
. Borrower is, and upon funding of the initial
Loans on the Closing Date will be, in compliance with all of the covenants hereof. No Default has
occurred, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the funding of the
initial Loans on the Closing Date will not cause a Default.
4.23
Full Disclosure
. There is no material fact which is known or which reasonably should
be known by Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Bank which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Document, nor any agreement, document, certificate or
statement delivered by Borrower to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits
to state any material fact which is known or which reasonably should be known by Borrower necessary
to keep the other statements from being misleading.
4.24
Borrower Information Certificate
. All representations, warranties and statements
made by Borrower in the Borrower Information Certificate executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank
in connection with the Loan are true and correct as of the date hereof.
5.
Affirmative Covenants of Borrower
. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date
hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement,
Borrower and each Subsidiary:
5.1
Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds
. Shall use the proceeds of Revolver Loans only for
working capital to be used in the operation of Borrowers business and furnish Bank all evidence
that it may require with respect to such use.
5.2
Maintenance of Business and Properties
. Shall at all times maintain, preserve and
protect all Collateral and all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its
business, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time
make, or cause to be made, all material needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements,
betterments and improvements thereto so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
conducted properly and in accordance with standards generally accepted in businesses of a similar
type and size at all times, and maintain and keep in full force and effect all licenses and permits
necessary to the proper conduct of its business.
5.3
Insurance
. Shall maintain such liability insurance, workers compensation insurance,
business interruption insurance and casualty insurance in amounts as may be required by law, if
applicable, or as are customary and usual for prudent businesses in its industry and any other
insurance that may be reasonably required by Bank and shall insure and keep insured all Collateral
and other properties with insurance companies satisfactory to Bank. All hazard insurance covering
Collateral shall be in amounts acceptable to Bank, shall name and directly insure Bank as secured
party and loss payee under a long-form loss payee clause acceptable to Bank, or its equivalent, and
shall not be terminable except upon 30 days written notice to Bank. Borrower shall furnish to
Bank
24
copies of all such policies and shall provide evidence of insurance on an annual basis or such
more frequent basis as may be requested by Bank from time to time.
5.4
Notice of Default
. Shall provide to Bank immediate notice of (a) the occurrence of a
Default and what action (if any) Borrower is taking to correct the same, (b) any litigation
involving an amount at issue in excess of $25,000.00 or material changes in existing litigation or
any judgment against it or its assets, (c) any damage or loss to property in excess of $25,000.00,
(d) any notice from taxing authorities as to claimed deficiencies or any tax lien or any notice
relating to alleged ERISA violations, (e) any Reportable Event, as defined in ERISA, (f) any
rejection, return, offset, dispute, loss or other circumstance in an amount greater than $25,000.00
or otherwise having a Material Adverse Effect on any Collateral, (g) the cancellation or
termination of, or any default under, any Material Agreement to which Borrower is a party or by
which any of its properties are bound, or any acceleration of the maturity of any Debt of Borrower;
and (h) any loss or threatened loss of material licenses or permits.
5.5
Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations
. Shall permit inspections of
the Collateral and the records of such Person pertaining thereto and verification of the Accounts,
at such times and in such manner as may be required by Bank and shall further permit such
inspections, reviews and field examinations of its other books and records and properties (with
such frequency and at such times as Bank may desire) by Bank as Bank may deem necessary or
desirable from time to time. The cost of such field examinations, reviews, verifications and
inspections, plus Banks reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne by Borrower; provided,
however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such costs and expenses more than two times
per fiscal year of Borrower unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
5.6
Financial Information
. Shall maintain books and records in accordance with GAAP and
shall furnish to Bank the following periodic financial information:
(a)
Periodic Borrowing Base Information
. Within twenty (20) days of the end of each
month (or more frequently if required by Bank), a completed Borrowing Base Certificate in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit 5.6(a) (a Borrowing Base Certificate). Borrower shall attach the
following to each Borrowing Base Certificate, which shall be certified by the chief financial
officer or president of Borrower to be accurate and complete and in compliance with the terms of
the Loan Documents: (i) a report listing all Accounts of Borrower as of the last Business Day of
such month (an Accounts Receivable Report) which shall include the amount and age of each Account
on an original invoice date aging basis, the name and mailing address of each Account Debtor, a
detailing of all Accounts which do not constitute Eligible Accounts, and such other information as
Bank may require in order to verify the Eligible Accounts, all in reasonable detail and in form
acceptable to Bank, (ii) a report listing all Inventory and all Eligible Inventory of Borrower as
of the last Business Day of such month, the cost thereof, specifying raw materials,
work-in-process, finished goods and all Inventory which has not been timely sold by Borrower in the
ordinary course of business, and such other information as Bank may require relating thereto, all
in form acceptable to Bank (an Inventory Report), and (iii) any other report as Bank may from
time to time require in its sole discretion, each prepared with respect to such periods and with
respect to such information and reporting as Bank may require.
(b)
Interim Statements
. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) a
consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of that
period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that
period (and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ending with such period), together with all
supporting schedules, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the same period of the
preceding Fiscal Year and (ii) a report reconciling (x) the Accounts and Inventory of Borrower as
set forth on the Accounts Receivable Report and the Inventory Report attached to the Borrowing Base
Certificate to (y) the aggregate Accounts and Inventory set forth in the financial statements
delivered to Bank pursuant hereto (which shall be based upon Borrowers general ledger and verified
by a physical Inventory count conducted on a frequency acceptable to Bank). The foregoing
statements and report shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as true and
correct and fairly representing the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and that
such statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, except without footnotes and subject to
normal year-end audit adjustments.
25
(c)
Annual Statements
. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a
detailed audited financial report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing a consolidated and
consolidating balance sheet at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income
statement and statement of cash flows for that period, setting forth in comparative form the
figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, together with all supporting schedules and footnotes, and
containing an unqualified audit opinion of independent certified public accountants acceptable to
Bank that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall obtain
such written acknowledgments from Borrowers independent certified public accountants as Bank may
require permitting Bank to rely on such annual financial statements.
(d)
Compliance and
No Default Certificates
. Together with each report
required by Subsections (b) and (c), a compliance certificate in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit
5.6(d) and a certificate of its president or chief financial officer certifying that no Default
then exists or if a Default exists, the nature and duration thereof and Borrowers intention with
respect thereto, and in addition, shall cause Borrowers independent auditors (if applicable) to
submit to Bank, together with its audit report, a statement that, in the course of such audit, it
discovered no circumstances which it believes would result in a Default or if it discovered any
such circumstances, the nature and duration thereof.
(e)
Auditors Management Letters
. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of each
report submitted to Borrower by independent public accountants in connection with any annual,
interim or special audit made by them of the books of Borrower including, without limitation, each
report submitted to Borrower
concerning its accounting practices and systems and any final comment letter submitted by such
accountants to management in connection with the annual audit of Borrower.
(f)
Statements of Guarantors
. Within thirteen (13) months from the previous statement
date on file with Bank, a detailed financial statement of each Guarantor containing a balance sheet
at the end of that period (including all contingent liabilities) and a statement of income for that
period, all in such form as approved by Bank, and within fifteen (15) days after the filing
thereof, personal federal tax returns of each Guarantor.
(g)
Other Information
. Such other information reasonably requested by Bank from time
to time concerning the business, properties or financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor and their
respective Subsidiaries.
(h)
Projections
. Not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the commencement of
each Fiscal Year, deliver Projections to Bank for Borrower for such Fiscal Year.
Projections
means Borrowers forecasted consolidated and consolidating (i) balance
sheets, (ii) profit and loss statements, (iii) cash flow statements, (iv) capitalization
statements, and (v) Borrowing Base availability calculations, all prepared on a month by month
basis and on a consistent basis with Borrowers historical financial statements, together with
appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.
5.7
Maintenance of Existence and Rights
. Shall preserve and maintain its corporate
existence, authorities to transact business, rights and franchises, trade names, patents,
trademarks and permits necessary to the conduct of its business.
5.8
Payment of Taxes, Etc
. Shall pay before delinquent all of its debts and taxes, except
and to the extent only that such taxes are being Properly Contested.
5.9
Subordination
. Shall cause all debt and other obligations now or hereafter owed to
any Guarantor or Affiliate to be subordinated in right of payment and security to the Obligations
in accordance with subordination agreements satisfactory to Bank.
5.10
Compliance; Hazardous Materials
. Shall strictly comply with all laws, regulations,
ordinances and other legal requirements, specifically including, without limitation, ERISA, all
securities laws and all laws relating to hazardous materials and the environment. Unless approved
in writing by Bank, neither Borrower
26
nor any Subsidiary shall engage in the storage, manufacture,
disposition, processing, handling, use or transportation of any hazardous or toxic materials,
whether or not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Borrower shall promptly report
to Bank any notices of any violations of such laws or regulations received from any regulatory or
governmental body, along with Borrowers proposed corrective action as to such violation.
5.11
Further Assurances
. Shall take such further action and provide to Bank such further
assurances as may be reasonably requested to ensure compliance with the intent of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.
5.12
Covenants Regarding Collateral
. Borrower makes the following covenants with Bank regarding the Collateral for itself and each
Subsidiary. Borrower and each Subsidiary:
(a) will use the Collateral only in the ordinary course of its business and will not permit
the Collateral to be used in violation of any applicable law or policy of insurance;
(b) as agent for Bank, will defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all
Persons, except for Permitted Liens;
(c) will, at Banks request, obtain and deliver to Bank such Third Party Waivers as Bank may
require;
(d) will promptly deliver to Bank all promissory notes, drafts, trade acceptances, chattel
paper, Instruments or documents of title which are Collateral in tangible form, appropriately
endorsed to Banks order, and Borrower will not create or permit any Subsidiary to create any
Electronic Chattel Paper without taking all steps deemed necessary by Bank to confer control of the
Electronic Chattel Paper upon Bank in accordance with the Code;
(e) except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and the voluntary
termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, will not sell,
assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral or
any interest therein;
(f) shall promptly notify Bank of any future patents, trademarks or copyrights owned by
Borrower or any Subsidiary and any license agreements entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary
authorizing said Person to use any patents, trademarks or copyrights owned by third parties;
(g) shall give Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any new trade or
fictitious name. Borrowers or any Subsidiarys use of any trade or fictitious name shall be in
compliance with all laws regarding the use of such names; and
(h) shall permit Bank, from time to time not more than once during any Fiscal Year of
Borrower, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to cause the Collateral to be
appraised by a third-party appraiser satisfactory to Bank, the expenses of which shall be borne by
Borrower.
6.
Negative Covenants of Borrower
. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date
hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement,
Borrower and each Subsidiary:
6.1
Debt
. Shall not create or permit to exist any Debt, including any guaranties or other
contingent obligations, except the following (Permitted Debt):
(a) The Obligations;
(b) Endorsement of checks for collection in the ordinary course of business;
27
(c) Debt payable to suppliers and other trade creditors in the ordinary course of business on
ordinary and customary trade terms and which is not past due;
(d) Purchase money Debt not exceeding $250,000.00 in aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding for Borrower and all Subsidiaries incurred to purchase Equipment, provided that the
amount of such Debt shall not at any time exceed the purchase price of the Equipment purchased;
(e) Debt of any Subsidiary to Borrower or another Subsidiary;
(f) Any Debt incurred under any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates);
(g) Capital or finance lease obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.00;
and
(h) Debt subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Bank.
6.2
Liens
. Shall not create or permit any Liens on any of its property except the
following (Permitted Liens):
(a) Liens securing the Obligations;
(b) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien
imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) not yet due and payable
or which are being Properly Contested;
(c) The claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processor or landlords
arising out of operation of law so long as the obligations secured thereby are not past due or are
being Properly Contested;
(d) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and similar laws;
(e) Judgment and other similar non-tax Liens arising in connection with court proceedings but
only if and for so long as (a) the execution or enforcement of such Liens is and continues to be
effectively stayed and bonded on appeal, (b) the validity and/or amount of the claims secured
thereby are being Properly Contested and (c) such Liens do not, in the aggregate, materially
detract from the value of the assets of the Person whose assets are subject to such Lien or
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of such Persons business; and
(f) Liens securing Permitted Debt incurred solely for the purpose of purchase money financing
or capital or finance lease financing for the acquisition of Equipment, provided that such Lien
does not secure more than the purchase price of, or lease obligation with respect to, such
Equipment and does not encumber property other than the purchased or leased property.
6.3
Restricted Payments
. Shall not pay or declare any dividends (other than stock
dividends) or other distribution or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or other equity
interests or pay or acquire any Debt subordinate to the Obligations except the following:
(a) Any Subsidiary may pay dividends to Borrower or another Subsidiary wholly-owned by
Borrower.
28
(b) If Borrower is an S Corporation, it may distribute to its shareholders during each
calendar year an aggregate amount (including all dividends or other payments) not exceeding the
amount of federal income tax payable by such shareholders in such year with respect to the taxable
income of Borrower, assuming such income is taxed at the rate applicable to the highest bracket of
income (not to exceed 40% unless Bank shall otherwise permit in writing);
provided
that at
the time of each such distribution, and after giving effect thereto, each of the following
conditions is met: (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) Borrower is Solvent, (C) such
distribution is permitted under applicable law, and (D) Borrower has given Bank at least ten
(10) days prior written notice prior to making such distribution;
provided
that if the
amount of any such dividends and other payments to a shareholder exceeds the tax liability of said
shareholder, said shareholder shall promptly after the determination of the amount of such excess
make a contribution to capital of Borrower in the amount of such excess.
(c) Borrower may redeem or repurchase stock from its employees, consultants, directors,
officers and service providers upon the termination of their employment or services to Borrower
pursuant to options or rights granted Borrower pursuant to the terms of any equity incentive
arrangement, equity compensation plan, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement,
employment agreement, consulting agreement, stock purchase plan, management incentive plan or other
agreement, arrangement or plan approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower and by the Bank in
writing.
6.4
Loans and Other Investments
. Shall not make or permit to exist any advances or loans
to, or guarantee or become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the
obligations, leases, stock or dividends of, or own, purchase or make any commitment to purchase any
stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any interest in, or make any capital
contributions to (all of which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as Investments) any
Person, except for (a) purchases of direct obligations of the federal government, (b) deposits in
commercial banks, (c) commercial paper of any U.S. corporation having the highest ratings then
given by the Moodys Investors Services, Inc. or Standard & Poors Corporation, (d) existing
investments in Subsidiaries and future advances or loans to, guaranties of the indebtedness of,
investments in and capital contributions to Subsidiaries wholly-owned by Borrower that join this
Agreement as a Borrower or become a Guarantor prior to the date of such advance, loan, guaranty,
investment or capital contribution, (e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the
ordinary course of business, (f) advances to employees for business travel and other expenses
incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not at any time exceed $50,000.00 in the
aggregate, and (g) any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates).
6.5
Change in Business
. Shall not enter into any business which is substantially
different from the business in which it is engaged on the Closing Date.
6.6
Accounts
. (a) Shall not sell or assign any of its Accounts, Chattel Paper or any
promissory notes held by it other than the discount of such notes in the ordinary course of
business for collection; (b) shall not create or accept any Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or
other obligation of any kind due from or owed by a Sanctioned Person or enter into any lease that
secures the Obligations where the lessee is a Sanctioned Person; and (c) shall notify Bank promptly
in writing of any discount, offset or other deductions not shown on the face of an Account invoice
and any dispute over an Account, and any information relating to an adverse change in any Account
Debtors financial condition or ability to pay its obligations or if it learns that any Account
Debtor is a Sectioned Person.
6.7
Transactions with Affiliates
. Shall not directly or indirectly purchase, acquire or
lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, pay any management fees to or
otherwise deal with, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, any Affiliate (other than a
Subsidiary), except that Borrower may purchase or lease equipment (subject to the limitation in
Section 6.1(g)) from an equipment leasing or finance company now or hereafter organized by Billy D.
Prim or of which Billy D. Prim is or becomes a director, officer, stockholder, member or owner;
provided, however, that any acts or transactions prohibited by this Section may be performed or
engaged in after written notice to Bank if upon terms not less favorable to Borrower or such
Subsidiary than if no such relationship existed.
29
6.8
No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral
.
Shall not change its name or the jurisdiction in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is organized or,
unless it shall have given 60 days advance written notice thereof to Bank, change the location of
its chief executive office or other office where books or records are kept, or permit any Inventory
or other tangible Collateral to be located at any location other than as specified in the Borrower
Information Certificate.
6.9
No Sale, Leaseback.
Shall not enter into any sale-and-leaseback or similar transaction
exceeding $500,000.00 in the aggregate.
6.10
Margin Stock
. Shall not use any proceeds of the Loan to purchase or carry any margin
stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System) or
extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.
6.11
Tangible Collateral
. Shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, allow any
Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be commingled with, or become an accession to or part of,
any property of any other Person so long as such property is Collateral; nor allow any tangible
Collateral to become a fixture unless Bank shall have given its prior written authorization;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict any Bottled Water Product Inventory from
being in the possession of a Manufacturer, Distributor or Retailer at any time in the ordinary
course of Borrowers business.
6.12
Subsidiaries
. Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries or permit any
Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent; provided, however, that Borrower may,
without the consent of Bank, form a Subsidiary to act as an equipment leasing or finance company.
6.13
Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good
Standing
. Shall not merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, liquidate,
wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise any of the assets
of any Person, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its property or assets,
except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of obsolete or
worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of equipment if the proceeds
of such disposition are credited or applied to the purchase price of replacement equipment, and the
voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, or sell
or dispose of any equity ownership interests in any Subsidiary, in each case whether in a single
transaction or in a series of related transactions; or change its name or jurisdiction of
organization or conduct business under any new fictitious name; change its Federal Employer
Identification Number; or fail to remain in good standing and qualified to transact business as a
foreign entity in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to
transact business as a foreign entity and in which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.14
Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods
. Shall not change its Fiscal Year or its
accounting methods. Borrowers Fiscal Year end is December 31 as of the Closing Date.
6.15
Depositary Relationship
. Borrower shall maintain Borrowers primary depositary
account(s) with Bank.
7.
Other Covenants of Borrower
. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof
and until payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement, Borrower and
each Subsidiary shall comply with the following additional covenants:
7.1
Minimum EBITDA
. EBITDA as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters,
determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which
shall be on a cumulative three month, six month, or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall
be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
30
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL QUARTER
|
|
AMOUNT
|
Q3 2005
|
|
$
|
(2,204,400.00
|
)
|
Q4 2005
|
|
$
|
(3,691,200.00
|
)
|
Q1 2006
|
|
$
|
(3,777,600.00
|
)
|
Q2 2006
|
|
$
|
(2,824,800.00
|
)
|
Q3 2006
|
|
$
|
626,000.00
|
|
Q4 2006
|
|
$
|
3,864,800.00
|
|
Q1 2007
|
|
$
|
6,950,400.00
|
|
Q2 2007
|
|
$
|
9,624,800.00
|
|
As used herein,
EBITDA
means for any period the sum of the following, without
duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Fiscal Quarter
(computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss)
plus
(B) to the extent
deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest
expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, and (3) depreciation, amortization and other
non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to
be taken in the future),
less
interest income and any extraordinary gains.
7.2
Minimum Gross Revenues
. Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower as of the end
of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the
first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month, or nine
month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal
Quarter set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL QUARTER
|
|
AMOUNT
|
Q3 2005
|
|
$
|
1,418,400.00
|
|
Q4 2005
|
|
$
|
6,602,400.00
|
|
Q1 2006
|
|
$
|
16,076,800.00
|
|
Q2 2006
|
|
$
|
31,307,200.00
|
|
Q3 2006
|
|
$
|
46,646,400.00
|
|
Q4 2006
|
|
$
|
60,914,400.00
|
|
Q1 2007
|
|
$
|
75,018,400.00
|
|
Q2 2007
|
|
$
|
86,172,000.00
|
|
7.3
Leases
. Borrower shall not incur, create, or assume any direct or indirect liability
for the payment of rent or otherwise, under any lease or rental arrangement (excluding capitalized
leases) if immediately thereafter the sum of such lease or rental payments made by Borrower during
the first year after the Closing Date is greater than $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate and during the
second year after the date hereof is $2,000,000.00.
8.
Default
.
8.1
Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default
:
(a) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the payment, when due, of any principal of or
interest on any Note or any fee due hereunder; or there shall occur any default by Borrower in the
payment of any other amounts due hereunder, under any other Loan Document, or under any other
Obligations which continues for 5 days after the same becomes due; or
(b) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the performance of any agreement, covenant or
obligation contained in Section 5.1, 5.5, 5.6, or Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement; or
(c) There shall occur any default by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document (other
than Bank) in the performance of any other agreement, covenant or obligation contained in this
31
Agreement or such Loan Document not provided for elsewhere in this Section 8 and the breach of such
other agreement, covenant or obligation is not cured to Banks satisfaction within 15 days after
any Senior Officers receipt of notice of such breach from Bank; provided, however, that such
notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply in the case of any failure to perform, keep or
observe any covenant which is not capable of being cured at all or within such 15-day period or
which is a willful and knowing breach by Borrower or such other party; or
(d) Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document
(other than Bank) herein or therein or in any certificate or report furnished in connection
herewith or therewith shall prove to have been untrue or incorrect in any material respect when
made; or
(e) Any other obligation now or hereafter owed by Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor
to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank shall be in default and not cured within the grace period, if any,
provided therein; or
(f) Borrower or any Subsidiary or Guarantor shall fail to make any payment in respect of
outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000.00 or
more when due after the expiration of any applicable grace period, or any event or condition shall
occur which results in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt (including, without
limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or put of such Debt to any such Person) or enables
(or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holders of such Debt or
a commitment related to such Debt (or any Person acting on such holders behalf) to accelerate the
maturity thereof or terminate any such commitment prior to its normal expiration (including,
without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or put of such Debt to such Person); or
(g) Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor shall (A) voluntarily dissolve, liquidate or
terminate operations or apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by,
a
receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of such Person or of all or of a substantial part
of its assets, (B) admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as the
debts become due, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (D) commence a
voluntary case under the federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (E) file a
petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, (F) fail to controvert in a
timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an
involuntary case under Bankruptcy Code, or (G) take any corporate action for the purpose of
effecting any of the foregoing; or
(h) An involuntary petition or complaint shall be filed against Borrower or any Subsidiary or
any Guarantor seeking bankruptcy relief or reorganization or the appointment of a receiver,
custodian, trustee, intervenor or liquidator of Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor, of all
or substantially all of its assets, and such petition or complaint shall not have been dismissed
within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof; or an order, order for relief, judgment or decree
shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent authority approving or
ordering any of the foregoing actions; or
(i) A judgment in excess of $50,000.00 shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary or
Guarantor and shall remain undischarged, undismissed and unstayed for more than ten days (except
judgments validly covered by insurance with a deductible of not more than $50,000.00) or there
shall occur any levy upon, or attachment, garnishment or other seizure of, any portion of the
Collateral or other assets of Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor in excess of $50,000.00 by
reason of the issuance of any tax levy, judicial attachment or garnishment or levy of execution; or
(j) Any Guarantor shall attempt to repudiate or revoke any Guaranty Agreement; or
(k) Loss, theft, damage or destruction of any material portion of the tangible Collateral for
which there is either no insurance coverage or for which, in the reasonable opinion of Bank, there
is insufficient insurance coverage; or
32
(l) There shall occur any change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and/or
any Guarantor which, in the reasonable opinion of Bank, could have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m) The death (1) of the holder of the majority ownership interests of Borrower, or (2) of any
individual Guarantor, and alternate arrangements reasonably acceptable to the Bank shall not have
been agreed upon within 90 days thereafter; or
(n) Billy D. Prim shall cease for any reason to be the chief executive officer of Borrower and
a successor CEO reasonably acceptable to the Bank shall not have been employed within 90 days
thereafter.
8.2
Remedies
. If any Default shall occur, Bank may, without notice to Borrower, at its
option, withhold further Loans or other extensions of credit to Borrower. If an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, Bank may at its option take any or all of the following
actions:
(a) Bank may declare any or all Obligations (other than Obligations under any Swap Agreements,
between Borrower and Bank or any Affiliate of Bank, which shall be due in accordance with and
governed by the provisions of said Swap Agreements) to be immediately due and payable (if not
earlier demanded), terminate its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to
Borrower, bring suit against Borrower to collect the Obligations, exercise any remedy available to
Bank hereunder or at law and take any action or exercise any remedy provided herein or in any other
Loan Document or under applicable law. No remedy shall be exclusive of other remedies or impair
the right of Bank to exercise any other remedies.
(b) Without waiving any of its other rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Bank
shall have all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code (and the Uniform Commercial
Code of any other applicable jurisdiction) and such other rights and remedies as may be available
hereunder, under other applicable law or pursuant to contract. If requested by Bank, Borrower will
promptly assemble the Collateral and make it available to Bank at a place to be designated by Bank.
Borrower agrees that any notice by Bank of the sale or disposition of the Collateral or any other
intended action hereunder, whether required by the Code or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable
notice to Borrower if the notice is mailed to Borrower by regular or certified mail, postage
prepaid, at least five days before the action to be taken. Borrower shall be liable for any
deficiencies in the event the proceeds of the disposition of the Collateral do not satisfy the
Obligations in full.
(c) Bank may demand, collect and sue for all amounts owed pursuant to Accounts, General
Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents or for proceeds of any Collateral (either in
Borrowers name or Banks name at the latters option), with the right to enforce, compromise,
settle or discharge any such amounts.
8.3
Receiver
. In addition to any other remedy available to it, Bank shall have the
absolute right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to seek and obtain the appointment of a
receiver to take possession of and operate and/or dispose of the business and assets of Borrower
and any costs and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with such receivership shall bear
interest at the Default Rate, at Banks option, and shall be secured by all Collateral.
8.4
Deposits; Insurance
. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower authorizes
Bank to collect and apply against the Obligations when due any cash or Deposit Accounts in its
possession, and any refund of insurance premiums or any insurance proceeds payable on account of
the loss or damage to any of the Collateral and irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact
to endorse any check or draft or take other action necessary to obtain such funds.
9.
Security Agreement
.
9.1
Security Interest
.
33
(a) As security for the payment and performance of any and all Obligations and the performance
of all obligations and covenants of Borrower to Bank and its Affiliates, whether hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents, Swap Agreements between Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and Borrower
or otherwise, certain or contingent, now existing or hereafter arising, which are now, or may at
any time or times hereafter be owing by Borrower to Bank or any of Banks Affiliates, Borrower
hereby grants to Bank (for itself and its Affiliates) a continuing security interest in and general
lien upon and right of set-off against, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the
Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.
(b) Except as herein or by applicable law otherwise expressly provided, Bank shall not be
obligated to exercise any degree of care in connection with any Collateral in its possession, to
take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in any of the Collateral or to preserve any rights
therein against prior parties, and Borrower agrees to take such steps. In any case Bank shall be
deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it shall have taken such steps for the care and
preservation of the Collateral or rights therein as Borrower may have reasonably requested Bank to
take and Banks omission to take any action not requested by Borrower shall not be deemed a failure
to exercise reasonable care. No segregation or specific allocation by Bank of specified items of
Collateral against any liability of Borrower shall waive or affect any security interest in or Lien
against other items of Collateral or any of Banks options, powers or rights under this Agreement
or otherwise arising.
(c) Bank may at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, with or without notice to Borrower, (i) transfer into the name
of Bank or the name of Banks nominee any of the Collateral, (ii) notify any Account Debtor or
other obligor of any Collateral to make payment thereon direct to Bank of any amounts due or to
become due thereon and (iii) receive and direct the disposition of any proceeds of any Collateral
except pursuant to this Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or other
obligation or property of any kind due from, owed by or belonging to, a Sanctioned Person or (ii)
any lease in which the lessee is a Sanctioned Person shall be Collateral or shall be credited
toward the payment of the Obligations.
9.2
Financing Statements; Power of Attorney
. Borrower authorizes Bank at Borrowers
expense to file any financing statements and/or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral
(without Borrowers signature thereon) which Bank deems appropriate that (a) indicate the
Collateral (i) as all assets of Borrower or words of similar effect, if appropriate, regardless
of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of
the Code, or (ii) by specific Collateral category, and (b) provide any other information required
by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing
statement or amendment. Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact to execute any
such financing statements and/or control agreements in Borrowers name and to perform all other
acts, at Borrowers expense, which Bank deems appropriate to perfect and to continue perfection of
the security interest of Bank. Effective upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, Borrower hereby appoints Bank as Borrowers attorney-in-fact to endorse, present
and collect on behalf of Borrower and in Borrowers name any draft, checks or other documents
necessary or desirable to collect any amounts which Borrower may be owed. Effective upon the
occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank is hereby granted a license
or other right to use, without charge, Borrowers labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any
name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar
nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and
Borrowers rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Banks benefit.
The proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral may be applied, first to
the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys fees and expenses incurred by Bank for collection and
for acquisition, completion, protection, removal, storage, sale and delivering of the Collateral;
secondly, to interest due upon any of the Obligations; and thirdly, to the principal amount of the
Obligations and to any other Obligations then outstanding. If any deficiency shall arise, Borrower
and each Guarantor (but only to the extent set forth in such Guaranty Agreement) shall remain
jointly and severally liable to Bank therefor.
9.3
Entry
. Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to any act by Bank or its agents in
entering upon any premises for the purposes of either (i) inspecting the Collateral or (ii) taking
possession of the Collateral
34
and Borrower hereby waives its right to assert against Bank or its agents any claim based upon
trespass or any similar cause of action for entering upon any premises where the Collateral may be
located.
9.4
Other Rights
. Borrower authorizes Bank without affecting Borrowers obligations
hereunder or under any other Loan Document from time to time (i) to take from any party and hold
additional Collateral or guaranties for the payment of the Obligations or any part thereof, and to
exchange, enforce or release such collateral or guaranty of payment of the Obligations or any part
thereof and to release or substitute any endorser or guarantor or any party who has given any
security interest in any collateral as security for the payment of the Obligations or any part
thereof or any party in any way obligated to pay the Obligations or any part thereof; and (ii) upon
the occurrence of any Event of Default to direct the manner of the disposition of the Collateral
and the enforcement of any endorsements, guaranties, letters of credit or other security relating
to the Obligations or any part thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.
9.5
Accounts
. Bank may require a lockbox arrangement hereunder at any time; and Borrower
shall promptly after request from Bank notify Account Debtors on the Accounts to forward payments
on the Accounts to the lockbox. After any Event of Default and during the continuance thereof,
Bank may notify any Account Debtor of Banks security interest and may direct such Account Debtor
to make payment directly to Bank for application against the Obligations. Any such payments
received by or on behalf of Borrower at any time, whether before or after default, shall be the
property of Bank, shall be held in trust for Bank and not commingled with any other assets of any
Person (except to the extent they may be commingled with other assets of Borrower in an account
with Bank) and shall be immediately delivered to Bank in the form received. Bank shall have the
right to apply any proceeds of Collateral to such of the Obligations as it may determine.
9.6
Waiver of Marshaling
. Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to require
marshaling of its assets.
9.7
Control
. Borrower will cooperate with Bank in obtaining control of, or control
agreements with respect to, Collateral for which control or a control agreement is required for
perfection of the Banks security interest under the Code.
10.
Miscellaneous
.
10.1
No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative
. No failure on the part of Bank to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are
cumulative and are in addition to any other remedies provided by law, any Loan Document or
otherwise.
10.2
Survival of Representations
. All representations and warranties made herein shall
survive the making of the Loan hereunder and the delivery of the Note, and shall continue in full
force and effect so long as any Obligations is outstanding, there exists any commitment by Bank to
Borrower, and until this Agreement is formally terminated in writing.
10.3
Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses
. In addition to all other Obligations, Borrower
agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its Affiliates and all of their
respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants and agents from and against any
and all losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, fees, costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, attorneys and paralegals fees, costs and expenses, and fees,
costs and expenses for investigations and experts) incurred by such indemnitees, whether prior to
or from and after the date hereof, as a result of or arising from or relating to (i) the
negotiation, preparation, execution and/or performance of any of the Loan Documents or of any
document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby and the perfection of
Banks Liens in the Collateral, maintenance of the Loan by Bank, and any and all amendments,
modifications, and supplements of any of the Loan Documents or restructuring of the Obligations,
(ii) any suit, investigation, action or proceeding by any Person (other than Borrower), whether
threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any
35
Person under any statute, regulation or common law principle, arising from or in connection with
Banks furnishing of funds to Borrower under this Agreement, (iii) Banks preservation,
administration and enforcement of its rights under the Loan Documents and applicable law, including
reasonable attorneys fees if collected by or through an attorney at law and disbursements of
counsel for Bank in connection therewith, whether suit be brought or not and whether incurred at
trial or on appeal, and all costs of repossession, storage, disposition, protection and collection
of Collateral, (iv) periodic field exams, audits and appraisals performed by Bank pursuant to
Section 5.5 hereof;(v) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against Bank or any Affiliate of
Bank and all reasonable costs and expense (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in
connection with defense thereof by Bank or such Affiliate, as a result of the funding of Loans or
the extension of credit, the acceptance of payments due under the Loan Documents or any Swap
Agreement or acceptance of Collateral, and/or (vi) any matter relating to the financing
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or by any document executed in connection with the
transactions contemplated thereby, other than for such loss, damage, liability, obligation,
penalty, fee, cost or expense arising from such indemnitees gross negligence or willful
misconduct. If Borrower should fail to pay any tax or other amount required by this Agreement to
be paid or which may be reasonably necessary to protect or preserve any Collateral or Borrowers or
Banks interests therein, Bank may make such payment and the amount thereof shall be payable on
demand, may at Banks option be debited against any Deposit Account of Borrower at Bank or
converted to a Loan hereunder, shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of demand
until paid and shall be deemed to be Obligations entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan
Documents. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay and save Bank harmless against any liability for
payment of any state documentary stamp taxes, intangible taxes or similar taxes (including interest
or penalties, if any) which may now or hereafter be determined to be payable in respect to the
execution, delivery or recording of any Loan Document or the making of any Loan, whether originally
thought to be due or not, and regardless of any mistake of fact or law on the part of Bank or
Borrower with respect to the applicability of such tax. Borrowers obligation for indemnification
for all of the foregoing losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fees, costs and
expenses of Bank shall be part of the Obligations, secured by the Collateral, chargeable against
Borrowers loan account, and shall survive termination of this Agreement.
10.4
Notices
. Any notice or other communication hereunder or under the Note to any party
hereto or thereto shall be by hand delivery, overnight delivery via nationally recognized overnight
delivery service, facsimile with receipt confirmed, telegram, telex or registered or certified
United States mail with return receipt and unless otherwise provided herein shall be deemed to have
been given or made when delivered, telegraphed, telexed, faxed or, if sent via United States mail,
when receipt signed by the receiver, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at its address
specified below (or at any other address that the party may hereafter specify to the other parties
in writing):
|
|
|
|
Bank:
|
Wachovia Bank, National Association
|
|
|
101 North Main Street
|
|
|
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27150
|
|
|
Mail Code: NC 6713
|
|
|
Fax No.
|
|
|
Attn:
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower:
|
Primo Water Corporation
|
|
|
101 N. Cherry Street, Suite 700
|
|
|
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101
|
|
|
Fax No.
|
|
|
Attn:
|
10.5
Governing Law
. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be deemed contracts made
under the laws of the State of the Jurisdiction and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of said state (excluding its conflict of laws provisions if such
provisions would require application of the laws of another jurisdiction) except insofar as the
laws of another jurisdiction may, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, govern the perfection,
priority and enforcement of security interests in the Collateral.
36
10.6
Successors and Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of Borrower and Bank, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, that Borrower
may not assign any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Bank, and any such
assignment made without such consent will be void.
10.7
Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures
. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall
constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile
transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.
10.8
No Usury
. Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Note or in any
other Loan Document, if for any reason the effective interest should exceed the maximum lawful
interest, the effective interest shall be deemed reduced to, and shall be, such maximum lawful
interest, and (i) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to the
reduction of the principal balance of the Note and not to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the
loan evidenced by the Note has been or is thereby paid in full, the excess shall be returned to the
party paying same, such application to the principal balance of the Note or the refunding of excess
to be a complete settlement and acquittance thereof.
10.9
Powers
. All powers of attorney granted to Bank are coupled with an interest and are
irrevocable.
10.10
Approvals; Amendments
. If this Agreement calls for the approval or consent of Bank,
such approval or consent may be given or withheld in the discretion of Bank unless otherwise
specified herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may not be modified, altered or
amended, except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Bank and may not be modified in
any manner adverse to a provider under any secured or guarantied Swap Agreement without that
providers prior written consent.
10.11
Participations and Assignments
. Bank shall have the right to enter into one or more
participation with other lenders with respect to the Obligations and to assign to one or more
assignees all or a portion of its interest, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents. Upon
prior notice to Borrower of such participation or assignment, Borrower shall thereafter furnish to
such participant or assignee any information furnished by Borrower to Bank pursuant to the terms of
the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prohibit Bank from
pledging or assigning this Agreement and Banks rights under any of the other Loan Documents,
including collateral therefor, to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.
10.12
Dealings with Multiple Borrowers
. If more than one Person is named as Borrower
hereunder or becomes a Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, all Obligations,
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities set forth in the Loan Documents to which
such Person is a party shall be joint and several. Bank shall have the right to deal with any
individual of any Borrower with regard to all matters concerning the rights and obligations of Bank
hereunder and pursuant to applicable law with regard to the transactions contemplated under the
Loan Documents. All actions or inactions of the officers, managers, members and/or agents of any
Borrower with regard to the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents shall be deemed with
full authority and binding upon all Borrowers hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints Primo Water
Corporation as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full right and power, for purposes of
exercising all rights of such Person hereunder and under applicable law with regard to the
transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. The foregoing is a material inducement to the
agreement of Bank to enter into the terms hereof and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.
10.13
Waiver of Certain Defenses
. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon
the occurrence of any Event of Default, neither Borrower nor anyone claiming by or under Borrower
will claim or seek to take advantage of N.C.G.S. 26-7, et seq. or any other law requiring Bank to
attempt to realize upon any Collateral or collateral of any surety or guarantor, or any
appraisement, evaluation, stay, extension, homestead, redemption or
37
exemption laws now or hereafter in force in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this
Agreement. Borrower, for itself and all who may at any time claim through or under Borrower,
hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of all such laws. All
rights of Bank and all obligations of Borrower hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional
irrespective of (i) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of,
all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure
from any provision of the Loan Documents, (ii) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other
collateral given as security for the Obligations, or any release or amendment or waiver of or
consent to departure from any guaranty for all or any of the Obligations, or (iii) any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Borrower
or any third party, other than payment and performance in full of the Obligations.
10.14
Integration; Final Agreement
. This Agreement and the other loan documents represent
the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior,
contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral
agreements between the parties.
10.15
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES
. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO,
INCLUDING BANK BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IN ANY JUDICIAL, MEDIATION OR ARBITRATION
PROCEEDING OR ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM (A DISPUTE) THAT MAY ARISE OUT OF OR
BE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT
BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM OR THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY OR RELATED HERETO, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY
PARTY HAVE A REMEDY OF, OR BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR, (1) INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR (2) PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY
RIGHT OR CLAIM TO PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES THEY MAY HAVE OR WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE FUTURE IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER THE DISPUTE IS RESOLVED BY ARBITRATION, MEDIATION, JUDICIALLY
OR OTHERWISE.
10.16
BINDING ARBITRATION; PRESERVATION OF REMEDIES.
(a)
Binding Arbitration
. Upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before or after
institution of any judicial proceeding, any claim or controversy between parties hereto arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents shall be resolved by binding
arbitration conducted under and governed by the Commercial Financial Disputes Arbitration Rules
(the Arbitration Rules) of the American Arbitration Association (the AAA) and the Federal
Arbitration Act. Disputes may include, without limitation, tort claims, counterclaims, a dispute
as to whether a matter is subject to arbitration, claims brought as class actions, or claims
arising from documents executed in the future. A judgment upon the award may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration provision does not apply
to disputes under or related to Swap Agreements.
(b)
Special Rules
. All arbitration hearings shall be conducted in the city named in
the address of Bank first stated above. A hearing shall begin within 90 days of demand for
arbitration and all hearings shall conclude within 120 days of demand for arbitration. These time
limitations may not be extended unless a party shows cause for extension and then for no more than
a total of 60 days. The expedited procedures set forth in Rule 51
et seq.
of the
Arbitration Rules shall be applicable to claims of less than $1,000,000.00. Arbitrators shall be
licensed attorneys selected from the Commercial Financial Dispute Arbitration Panel of the AAA.
The parties do not waive applicable Federal or state substantive law except as provided herein.
(c)
Preservation and Limitation of Remedies
.
Notwithstanding the preceding binding
arbitration provisions, the parties agree to preserve, without diminution, certain remedies that
any party may exercise before or after an arbitration proceeding is brought. The parties shall
have the right to proceed in any court of proper jurisdiction or by self-help to exercise or
prosecute the following remedies, as applicable: (i) all rights to foreclose against any real or
personal property or other security by exercising a power of sale or under applicable law by
judicial foreclosure including a proceeding to confirm the sale; (ii) all rights of self-help
including peaceful
38
occupation of real property and collection of rents, set-off, and peaceful possession of
personal property; (iii) obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies including injunctive relief,
sequestration, garnishment, attachment, appointment of receiver and filing an involuntary
bankruptcy proceeding; and (iv) when applicable, a judgment by confession of judgment. Any claim
or controversy with regard to any partys entitlement to such remedies is a Dispute.
(d)
Waiver of Jury Trial
.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT BY AGREEING TO BINDING
ARBITRATION THEY HAVE IRREVOCABLY WAIVED ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO JURY TRIAL WITH REGARD TO A
DISPUTE.
[Signatures on following page]
39
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed under
seal as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
(SEAL)
|
|
|
By
|
/s/ Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Billy D. Prim
|
|
|
|
Its: President
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted in Winston-Salem, North Carolina:
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SEAL)
|
|
|
By
|
/s/ Michael L. Rogers
|
|
|
|
Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|